8VLS 8LVvO LOZLE
|
Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2008 with funding from
Microsoft Corporation
http://www.archive.org/details/elementsofwaterb0Opresuoft
a
ELEMENTS
OF
WATER BACTERIOLOGY
WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO
¥
SANITARY WATER ANALYSIS
BY
SAMUEL CATE PRESCOTT
Professor of Industrial Microbiology in the Massachusetts
Institute of Technology
AND
CHARLES-EDWARD AMORY WINSLOW
Director, Division of Publicity and Education, New York State Department of
Health, and Curator of Public Health, American Museum of Natural
fistory, New York
THIRD EDITION. REWRITTEN
SECOND THOUSAND, REVISED
NEW YORK
JOHN WILEY & SONS, Inc.
Lonpon: CHAPMAN & HALL, Lmitep
TQX5
BY. - eon
S. C. PRESCOTT anv C.-E. A. WINSLOW
a . 7
. ‘ :
“> :
a"
4
<
¢ *
‘ .
} -
- 4
: J Es
y 7 fe
, 4 ,
¥ ¥
*
7
’ s :
’ #
ee
os
“THE SCIENTIFIC PRESS)
a} ROBERT DRUMMOND AND COMPANY
‘ pa aee ; BROOKLYN, N. Y-
“2 < fgg arc
*
ai
an vw
> x
ty
*
1 . \
¢ .
*
;
-
;
)
t
2
axes
-
€ 5
PREFACE TO FIRST EDITION
THE general awakening of the community to the
importance of the arts of sanitation—accelerated by the
rapid growth of cities and the new problems of urban
life—demands new and accurate methods for the study
of the microbic world. Bacteriology has long since
ceased to be a subject of interest and importance to
the medical profession merely, but has become intimately
connected with the work of the chemist, the biologist,
and the engineer. To the sanitary engineer and the
public hygienist a knowledge of bacteriology is indis-
pensable.
In the swift development of this science during the
last ten years perhaps no branch of bacteriology has
made more notable progress than that which relates to
the sanitary examination of water. After a_ brief
period of extravagant anticipation, and an equally
unreasonable era of neglect and suspicion, the methods
of the practical water bacteriologist have gradually
made their way, until it is recognized that, on account
of their delicacy, their directness, and their certainty,
these methods now furnish the final criterion of the
sanitary condition of a potable water.
vi PREFACE TO FIRST EDITION
A knowledge of the new science early became so
indispensable for the sanitary expert that a special
course in the Bacteriology of Water and Sewage has for
some years been given to students of biology and sani-
tary engineering in the Biological Department of the
Massachusetts Institute of Technology. For workers
in this course the present volume has been especially
prepared, and it is fitting, we think, that such a manual
should proceed from an institution whose faculty,
graduates, and students have had a large share in shap-
ing the science and art of which it treats. We shall
be gratified, however, if its field of usefulness extends
to those following similar courses in other institutions,
or occupied professionally in sanitary work.
The treatment of the subject in the many treatises
on General Bacteriology and Medical Bacteriology is
neither special enough nor full enough for modern
needs. The classic work of Grace and Percy Frank-
land is now ten years old; and even Horrocks’ valuable
“ Bacteriological Examination of Water” requires to
be supplemented by an account of the developments °
in quantitative analysis which have taken place on this
side of the Atlantic.
It is for us a matter of pride that Water Bacteriology
owes much of its value, both in exactness of method
and in common-sense interpretation, to American
sanitarians. The English have contributed researches
of the greatest importance on the significance of certain
intestinal bacteria; but with this exception the best
work on the bacteriology of water has, in our opinion,
been done in this country. Smith, Sedgwick, Fuller,
PREFACE TO FIRST EDITION vii
Whipple, Jordan, and their pupils and associates (not
to mention others) have been pioneers in the develop-
ment of this new field in sanitary science. To gather
the results of their work together in such form as to
give a correct idea of the best American practice is
the purpose of this little book; and this we have tried
to do with such completeness as shall render the volume
of value to the expert and at the same time with such
freedom from undue technicality as to make it reada-
ble for the layman. It should be distinctly understood
that students using it are supposed to have had before-
hand a thorough course in general bacteriology, and
to be equipped for advanced work in special lines.
Boston, March 10, 1904.
Mot OY is
Pe fe
Oe
.™»
'
¥
4
PREFACE TO THIRD EDITION
A SECOND edition of this work was called for in 1908
and it was rewritten in that year, with the inclusion
of much new material in the chapters dealing with
the isolation of the typhoid bacillus and of intestinal
bacteria, and with the addition of a new chapter on the
bacteriology of sewage and sewage effluents. In the
same year there appeared an excellent volume on
Water Bacteriology by Dr. W. G. Savage, which showed
the English methods of investigation and interpre-
tation to be closely in accord with those used in
America.
In the five years which have elapsed since our second
edition was published, there has again been important
progress along many lines in sanitary bacteriology;
and in particular the publication in 1912 of a new edition
of the Report of the Committee on Standard Methods
of the Laboratory Section of the American Public
Health Association has made necessary a change in
many details of current practice.
We have, therefore, prepared at this time a some-
what far-reaching revision of our book. Newer ideas
ix
x PREFACE TO THIRD EDITION
on the effect of temperature upon the viability of
bacteria in water are included in Chapter I. The recent
recommendations of the Committee on Standard
Methods are discussed in Chapters II and IV; in
particular, Chapter IV, dealing with the 37° count,
has been expanded. We cannot bring ourselves to
agree with the recommendation of the committee that
the 37° count should replace the 20° count; but we are
entirely in accord with the resolution adopted by the
Laboratory Section of the American Public Health
Association at its Washington meeting that both
determinations should be made in ordinary routine
water examinations. Indeed, this is the position we —
have maintained in both our earlier editions.
Chapter V, dealing with the isolation of specific
pathogenes from water, has been extensively rewritten
and extended. The use of the Jackson bile medium
for the preliminary enrichment of the typhoid bacillus
has become general since 1908 and a number of suc-
cessful isolations have been reported by its use; so that
this procedure promises to be of increasing importance
in the future.
In regard to the isolation and identification of
bacilli of the colon group we feel that the time has come
for a change from the usual American practice of the
past. The five standard tests for “ typical B. coli”
established by the Committee on Standard Methods
in its 1905 report have come to seem more and more
illogical and unscientific to most practical water bac-
teriologists. The conviction has grown that they go
either too far or not far enough. For waters, in the
. ee
PREFACE TO THIRD EDITION xi
United States, at least, it seems clear that all of the
lactose-fermenting group of bacilli are significant of
pollution from human or animal sources when present
in considerable numbers. The ig12 report of the
Standard Methods Committee apparently takes this
view in one place, while retaining the five tests in another
section. We have felt it best to place ourselves fairly
and fully in line with the view that the whole group
of aérobic lactose-fermenting bacilli is significant and
this broad definition is the one upon which we have
based our general discussion of the colon group in Chap-
ters VI and VII. In Chapter VIII we have discussed
the subdivisions of the group as worked out by Mac-
Conkey and others and their special significance with
respect to recent and remote pollution as suggested by
the researches of Houston and Clemesha.
The use of the lactose-bile test as sufficient evidence
of the presence of bacilli of the colon group has become
very general and was endorsed by the Laboratory Sec-
tion of the American Public Health Association at its
1912 meeting. The U.S. Treasury Department, acting
on the advice of a special commission of experts, in for-
mulating a standard for water supplied by common car-
riers in interstate commerce has, however, recommended
a lactose peptone broth enrichment medium, followed
by plate isolation and a confirmatory test in lactose
peptone broth. Further study is needed to determine
the relative value of these two procedures.
The growing importance of the application of bac-
teriology to the sanitary study of shellfish has led
us to include a new chapter dealing with this subject.
xii PREFACE TO THIRD EDITION
based largely upon the recent report of the Committee
of the Laboratory Section of the American Public
Health Association.
Throughout the book we have resorted freely to
the use of tables of actual data for the illustration of
the various points discussed, believing that ample
familiarity with practical examples furnishes the only
sound basis for judgment in sanitary water exam-
ination.
For the benefit of the student the chapters have
been sub-divided into sections with prominent headings
indicating the general topics under discussion.
Massachusetts Institute of Technology,
Boston, Mass.
American Museum of Natural History,
NEw York,N. Y.
Feb. 1, 1915.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER I
PAGE
THE BACTERIA IN NATURAL WATERS........-----++--e-+e ee eee I
CHAPTER I
THE QUANTITATIVE BACTERIOLOGICAL EXAMINATION OF WATER.. 29
CHAPTER III
THE INTERPRETATION OF THE QUANTITATIVE BACTERIOLOGICAL
CHAPTER IV
DETERMINATION OF THE NUMBER OF ORGANISMS DEVELOPING AT
THE -Bopy TEMPERATURE... 2.65.25 6-222 .-%- Se role a eens 61
CHAPTER V
Tue IsoLaATION OF SPECIFIC PATHOGENES FROM WATER......... 74
CHAPTER VI
Tue Coton Group oF BACILLI AND METHODS FOR THEIR ISOLATION 99
xi
xiv TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER VII
PAGE
SIGNIFICANCE OF THE PRESENCE OF THE COLON GROUP IN WATER. 140
CHAPTER VIII
VARIETIES OF COLON BACILLI AND THEIR SPECIAL SIGNIFICANCE. 174
CHAPTER IX
OTHER INTESTINAL BACTERIA.: .....: 3s. cess os couse eee 201
CHAPTER X
THE SIGNIFICANCE AND APPLICABILITY OF THE BACTERIOLOGICAL
EEXAMINATION «<3 .'s\s s/s) 5 a:0-s/0\s gaan ld-gler#le Whale ates ieee ann 215
CHAPTER XI
BACTERIOLOGY OF SEWAGE AND SEWAGE EFFLUENTS...........- 228
CHAPTER XII
BACTERIOLOGICAL EXAMINATION OF SHELLFISH...........--- oes 244
APPENDIX. 605.5! s. 50's 6.5 ooo cd 9 nla pa wielo eg a's ate Wed Sige» eer on 265
ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
CHAPTER I
THE BACTERIA IN NATURAL WATERS
Bacteria and Their Nutritive Relations. Bacteria are
the most numerous and the most widely distributed
of living things. They are present not merely at the
surface of the earth or in the bodies of water which
partially cover it, as is the case with most other living
things, but in the soil itself, and in the air above, and
in the waters under the earth.
Probably no organisms are more sensitive to external
conditions, and none respond more quickly to slight
changes in their environment. Temperature, moisture,
and oxygen are of importance in controlling their distri-
bution; but the most significant factor is the amount
of food supply. Bacteria and decomposing organic
matter are always associated, and for this reason a
brief consideration of the general relation of bacteria
to their sources of food supply must precede the study
of their distribution in any special medium.
The bacteria possess greater constructive ability
than any animal organisms. They lack, however,
2 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
the power of green plants to build up their own food
from compounds like carbon dioxide and nitrates which
have no stored potential energy. The food require-
ments of various bacterial types differ, however, widely
among themselves. Fischer (1900) has divided the
whole group into three great subdivisions according
to the nature of their metabolism. The Prototrophic
forms are characterized by minimal nutrient require-
ments, including organisms like the nitrifying bacteria
which require no organic compounds at all, but derive
their nourishment from carbon dioxide or carbonates,
nitrites and phosphates, or from inorganic ammonium
salts. A second group of Metatrophic bacteria includes
those forms which require organic matter, nitrogenous
and carbonaceous, but are not dependent on the fluids
of the living plant or anima]. Finally, the Paratrophic
bacteria are the true parasites, which exist only within
the living tissues of other organisms. These sub-
divisions, like all groups among the lower plants, are
not sharply defined, and the metatrophic bacteria in
particular exhibit every gradation, from types which
grow in water with a trace of free ammonia to organisms
like the colon bacillus which normally occur on the
surface of the plant or animal body, feeding upon the
fluids or on the extraneous material collected upon its
surface.
The vast majority of bacteria belong to the second, —
or metatrophic group, living as saprophytes on dead
organic matter wherever it may occur in nature, and
particularly in that diffuse layer of decomposing plant
and animal material which we call the humus, or surface
ip,
ee eS oe
oo
by
Ce ren
ae a TY Pa
a ee
THE BACTERIA IN NATURAL WATERS 3
layer of the soil. Wherever there is life, waste matter
is constantly being produced, and this finds its way
to the earth or to some body of water. The excretions
of animals, the dead tissues and broken-down cells of
both animals and plants, as well as the wastes of domestic
and industrial life, all eventually find their way to the
soil. In a majority of cases these substances are not
of such chemical composition that they can be utilized
at once by green plants as food, but it is first necessary
that they go through a decomposition or transforma-
tion in which their chemical nature becomes changed;
and it is as the agents of this transformation that
bacteria assume their greatest importance in the world
of life.
We may take the decomposition of a comparatively
simple excretory product, urea, as an example of the
part which the bacteria play in the preparation of
plant food. Through the activity of an enzyme pro-
duced by certain bacteria this compound unites with
two molecules of water and is converted into ammonium
carbonate,
COC = +220 = (NH.)2COs.
NH
This, however, is only part of the process. While
green plants can derive their necessary nitrogen in part,
at least, from ammonium compounds it is a well-
established fact that this element is often obtained
more readily from nitrates, and there are other bacteria
which as a further step oxidize the ammoniacal nitro-
+ ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
~ gen to a more available form. This process of oxida-
tion is known as nitrification, and takes place in a suc-
cession of steps, the organic nitrogen being first con-
verted to the form of ammonium salts, and these in
turn to nitrites and nitrates, the oxygen used coming
from the air. Several groups of organisms are instru-
mental in bringing about this conversion. It is gen-
erally assumed that one group attacks the ammonium
compounds and changes them to nitrites; while another
group completes the oxidation to nitrates. In the
latter form nitrogen is readily taken up by green plants
to be built up into more complex albuminoid sub-
stances (organic nitrogen) through the constructive
power of chlorophyll.
This never-ending cycle is illustrated in the accom-
panying figure, devised by Sedgwick (Sedgwick, 1889) to
illustrate the transformations of organic nitrogen in
nature, the increasing size and closeness of the spiral
on the left-hand side indicating the progressive com-
plexity of organic matter as built up by the chlorophyll
bodies of green plants in the sunlight, and the other
half of the figure the reverse process, carried out largely
by the bacteria. In nature there are many short
circuits, as, for instance, when dead organic matter
is used as food for animals and built up into the living
state again without being nitrified and acted upon
by green plants; but the complete cycle of organic
nitrogen is as indicated on the diagram.
We have dwelt thus at length upon the general
relation between. bacteria and organic decomposition
because in this relation will be found the master key
THE BACTERIA IN NATURAL WATERS 5
to the distribution of bacteria in water as well as in
other natural habitats. It is true that certain peculiar
forms may at times multiply in fairly pure waters; but,
in general, large numbers of bacteria are found only in
connection with the organic matter upon which they
feed. Such organic matter is particularly abundant
in the surface layer of the soil. Here, therefore, the
bacteria are most numerous; and in other media their
s\RAN i *
WN \ \S : NITROGEN AS
mh NY me . NY) + q Ui r ORGANIC NITROGEN
rN ~s Sy potetatomnked Wp (ALSUMINOID AMMONIA)
IN VY a YEN
SNS ESS y
Y,
WLLL, GALLE, 0 ) WYLTTMTTT TELL ILLETL ts Yih, bs. 77 i Ves v TENTIAL err SYA
numbers vary according to the extent of contact with
the living earth.
Classification of Waters. Natural waters, then,
group themselves from a_ bacteriological standpoint
in four well-marked classes, according to their relation
to the rich layers of bacterial growth upon the surface of
the globe. There are first the atmospheric waters which
have never been subject to contact with the earth;
second, the surface-waters immediately exposed to such
6 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY:
contamination in streams and pools; third, stored waters
in lakes and large ponds where storage has reduced
bacterial numbers and produced a state of comparative
purity; and fourth, the ground-waters from which pre-
vious contamination has been even more completely re-
moved by filtration through the deeper layers of the soil.
Bacterial Content of Various Waters. Even rain and
snow, the sources of our potable waters, are by no
means free from germs, but contain them in numbers
varying according to the amount of dust present in
the air at the time of the precipitation. After a long-
continued storm the atmosphere is washed nearly free
of bacteria, so that a considerable series of sterile plates
may often be obtained by plating 1-c.c. samples. These
results are in harmony with the observations of Tissandier
(reported by Duclaux, 1897), who found that the dust
in the air amounted to 23 mg. per cubic meter in Paris
and 4 mg. in the open country. After a rainfall these
figures were reduced to 6 mg. and 0.25 mg., respectively,
With regard to what may be considered normal values
for rain it is difficult to give satisfactory figures. Those
obtained by Miquel (Miquel, 1886) during the period
1883-1886 showed on the average 4.3 bacteria per c.c.
in the country (Montsouris) and 19 per c.c. in Paris.
Snow shows rather higher numbers than rain. Janowski
(Janowski, 1888) found in freshly fallen snow from 34
to 463 bacteria per c.c. of snow-water.
As soon as the rain-drop touches the surface of the
earth its real bacterial contamination begins. Rivulets
from ploughed land or roadways may often contain
several hundred thousand bacteria to the cubic centi-
i ee ee oe Fe ee ey ee
Paes, ee,
a _
“oo ! ee
- - _
ee ee) Se el ee
THE BACTERIA IN NATURAL WATERS 7
meter; and furthermore the amounts of organic and
mineral matters which serve as food materials, and thus
become a factor in later multiplication of organisms,
are greatly increased.
In the larger streams several conditions combine to
make these enormous bacterial numbers somewhat
lower. Ground-water containing little microbic life
enters as a diluting factor from below. The larger
particles of organic matter are removed from the flow-
ing water by sedimentation; many earth bacteria,
for which water is an unfavorable medium, gradually
perish; and in general a new condition of equilibrium
tends to be established. It is difficult, however, to
find a river in inhabited regions which does not con-
tain several hundreds or thousands of bacteria to the
cubic centimeter. Furthermore, heavy rains which
introduce wash from the surrounding watershed may
at any time upset whatever equilibrium exists, and
surface-waters are apt to show sudden fluctuations
in their bacterial content.
Seasonal Variation of Bacteria in Surface Waters.
Sharp variations in bacterial content are particularly
apt to occur in the spring and fall as a result of the
rain and melting snow at those seasons. The high
numbers shown for various rivers in the table on page
8 illustrate this point.
The rainfall is the main factor which causes these sea-
sonal variations; but its specific effect differs with dif-
ferent streams. The immediate result of a smart shower
is always to increase contamination by introducing fresh
wash from the surface of the ground. More prolonged
8 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
SEASONAL VARIATIONS IN BACTERIAL CONTENT OF
RIVER WATERS. BACTERIA PER C.C. MONTHLY
AVERAGE
River. Year. Jan. Feb. Mar. | April. | May. | June.
Thames 2.3 5..0 1905-6 | 2,075| 1,679] 1,161 277| 1,064] 382
PET SD aca ke gather dss 1905-6 | 5,192] 3,083] 1,308] 471| 1,350 598
ING@W ESR ike so 1905-6 | 1,455] 1,304 291 149 352) 108
Mississippi ?....| 1900-01] 972] 2,871] 1,795] 3,507] 2,152| 2,007
Potomac S22. 05.3 1906-7 | 4,400] 1,000] 11,500] 3,700] 750] 2,300
Merrimac ‘..... 1905 14,200] 14,800] 10,300] 3,600] 1,900] 9,600
Susquehanna ®. .| 1906 9,510| 21,228] 31,326] 39,905| 6,187| 2,903
River. Year. July. ug. | Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec.
Ahames bes 5 ces. 1905-6 O52). Sos spe sete a lieshas nla tee 740
POE Ae. Seis eens 190576" |
the experiments of Jordan, Russell and Zeit (1904), and
Russell and Fuller (1906), which will shortly be referred
to more fully, that the life of typhoid germs is shorter
in water containing large numbers of other bacteria
than in that of greater purity. Horrocks (1899), too,
found freshly isolated typhoid bacilli alive in sterile
sewage after 60 days; while they disappeared in 5 days
when B. coli was also present. These phenomena may
be due, however, to a struggle for oxygen, or for food,
rather than to the assumed presence of highly toxic
bacterial products, of which there is no independent
evidence.
Many investigations conducted since the pioneer
researches of Downes and Blunt (Downes and Blunt,
1877) have confirmed the results reported by them,
which showed that direct sunlight is fatal to most
bacteria in the vegetative state and even to spores if
THE BACTERIA IN NATURAL WATERS 17
the exposure be sufficiently long, while diffused light
is harmful in a less degree. Opinions vary as to the
degree to which light is active in destroying the bacteria
in natural waters. Buchner (Buchner, 1893) found
by experiment that the bactericidal power of light
extends to a depth of about three meters before it
becomes imperceptible. On the other hand, Procaccini
(Procaccini, 1893) found that when sunlight was passed
vertically through 60 cm. of drain-water the lower
layers contained nearly as many bacteria after 3 hours’
treatment as before the exposure. The middle and
upper portions showed a great falling off in numbers,
however.
But few studies have been made of the effect of light
on bacteria in flowing water. Jordan (Jordan, 1900)
has investigated several Illinois streams and arrived
at the conclusion that in moderately turbid water, at
least, the sun’s rays are virtually without action. On
the other hand, Rapp has observed a considerable
reduction of the bacteria in the Isar at Pullach after the
period of diurnal insolation, as shown by the table on
the following page. Clemesha (1912*) attributes very
great importance to the action of light in the self-
purification which takes place in Indian lakes and
rivers; his opinion is apparently not based on com-
parative experiments including and excluding this
factor, but chiefly on the greater numbers of intestinal
bacteria at the bottom as compared with the superficial
layers of water.
It is unnecessary to dwell in detail upon the effect
which the lack of nutritive elements must exert upon
18 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
intestinal bacteria and soil bacteria in waters of ordinary
purity. Comparative studies of culture media, to be
quoted in the succeeding chapter, will show how del-
icately the bacteria respond to comparatively slight
changes in their food-supply. Wheeler (1906) found
that typhoid bacilli would persist in almost undimin-
ished numbers in sterilized water from a polluted well
containing considerable organic matter and kept in
the dark at 20 degrees, while in purer water or in the
light they died out in from 2 to 6 weeks.
EXAMINATIONS OF THE ISAR AT PULLACH
(Rapp, 1903)
(A) Carried out September 26, 1898, no rain having fallen for three weeks
Temperature. ,
pee Bacteria per c.c.
of the Water. of the Air.
T3007; $..8> °C. 7.30 P.M. 146
sere: C. 9.0° ©, 9.30 P.M. 270
7o.5° C. 6.2°-C, 5.00 A.M. 370
16.2°'C. 82°C. 8.00 A.M. 320
(B) Carried out November 28, 1898, no rain having fallen for some time
ite te OF 3.07 GC; 6.00 P.M. 266
Bie uey A ah OF 8.00 P.M. 402
iy ad OF 2.0 7G, 10.00 P.M. 482
Bete 2.0°'C, 3.00 A.M. 532
7 taht er, 2,5. Cz 7.30 A.M. 400
Whipple and Mayer (1906) have called attention to
another important factor in the general problem. They
find that the presence of oxygen is essential to the per-
THE BACTERIA IN NATURAL WATERS 19
sistence of typhoid and colon bacilli in water, although
in nutrient media both forms may thrive under anzrobic
conditions.
EFFECT OF OXYGEN ON VIABILITY OF TYPHOID BACILLI
IN STERILE TAP WATER
WHIPPLE AND MAYER, 1906
Tubes Kept in Air. Tubes Kept in Hydrogen.
Period in Days
aa Per Cent. peer ae Per Cent.
° 600,000 100.0 600,000 100.90
2 455,000 76.0 2,400 0.4
4 190,000 32.0 25 ©.004
8 120,000 20.0 ° 0.0
12 67,000 II.o ° 0.0
18 25,000 4.2 Bias >. 0.0
26 9,250 1.5 ° 0.0
33 2,150 0.6 ° 0.0
4° 132 0.02 ° 0.0
47 6 0.001 ° 0.0
54 ° ©.000 ° 0.0
Various inorganic constituents of the medium undoubt-
edly exercise an important influence upon the life of
bacteria in water; and the mutual interaction of the
different substances present is a highly complex one.
Thus Winslow and Lochridge (1906) report that five
parts of dissociated hydrogen per million parts of tap
water (0.005 normal HCl) is fatal to typhoid bacilli,
while ten times as much acid is required for sterilization
when 1 per cent of peptone is present to check the
dissociation of the hydrogen. In Hazen and Whipple’s
study of the Allegheny, Monongahela and Ohio rivers
20 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
at Pittsburgh the antiseptic effect of acid wastes was
strikingly shown. (Engineering News, 1912.)
Although it is hard to estimate the exact importance
of each factor, the general phenomena of the self-
purification of streams are easy to comprehend. A
small brook, immediately after the entrance of polluting
material from the surface of the ground, contains many
bacteria from a diversity of sources. Gradually those
organisms adapted to life in the earth or in the bodies
of plants and animals die out, and the forms for which
water furnishes ideal conditions survive and multiply.
It is no single agent which brings this about, but that —
complex of little-understood conditions which we call |
the environment. If any one thing is of prime impor-
tance it is probably the food-supply, for only certain —
bacteria are able to multiply in the presence of the
small amount of organic matter present in ordinary
potable waters. As Jordan (Jordan, 1900) has said:
“In the causes connected with the insufficiency or
unsuitability of the food-supply is to be found, I believe,
the main reason for the bacterial self-purification of
streams.”
Effect of Temperature upon Bacteria in Water.
The effect of temperature upon the survival of bac-
teria in water varies according to this primary con-
dition of food-supply which has just been discussed.
When bacteria are in a medium in which they are able
to grow and multiply, warmth, within reasonable limits
of course, favors their development, At times this
may be true even of certain intestinal bacteria in water.
Thus at Harrisburg, Pa., a series of B. coli examinations
THE BACTERIA IN NATURAL WATERS 21
made in the midsummer of 1906 showed positive
results in 7 per cent of the samples of water entering the
storage reservoir and in 27 per cent of the samples
leaving it. The storage period in this case was about
two days and the temperature of the water in the
reservoir was nearly at blood heat (Harrisburg, 1907).
Clemesha (1912*) has recently made an exhaustive study
of this multiplication of coli-like microbes in warm
waters and has shown that it is confined to certain
particular types within the colon group. For most
intestinal bacteria the conditions necessary for growth
and multiplication are not realized in water and an
entirely different temperature effect is manifest. When
a bacterium cannot multiply, the only vital activity
which can take place is a katabolic wasting away,
which soon proves destructive, and the higher the
temperature the more rapidly the fatal result is reached.
A frog in winter lives at the bottom of a pond breath-
ing only through its skin and eating not at all, but as
soon as the temperature rises it must eat and breathe
through its lungs or perish. It is quite true that even
in ice 40 per cent of typhoid bacilli perish in 3 hours
and 98 per cent in 2 weeks (Sedgwick and Winslow,
1902). Recent work has shown, however, that they
die in spite of the cold, not on account of it, and that
the decrease is more rapid at higher temperatures,
unless of course food-supply and other conditions admit
of multiplication. | Houston (1911) has furnished a
very clear demonstration of this temperature rela-
tion by storing typhoid bacilli in water with the results
tabulated on page 22.
22 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY |
EFFECT OF TEMPERATURE ON SURVIVAL OF TYPHOID
BACTERIA IN WATER
(Houston, 1911)
Percentage of Typhoid Period of Final
Temperature C, serie i rg after Disappearance of Bacilll.
Desi eraieccn ey taihe 46 9 weeks
Beistte eS ees mre peace s hase 14 7 weeks
DOM Scop ioe bien eh bps eve ee 0.07 5 weeks
Tle Getic nersscene aks 0.04 4 weeks
Ruediger (1911) has shown that colon bacilli are
far more abundant in the Red Lake River during the
winter when the river is covered with ice than in sum-
mer, although the volume of the river and the amount
of sewage pollution are about the same. Typhoid
bacilli in celloidin dialyzers floated down the river
showed only 2.5 and 3.5 per cent surviving in 2 days
and 0.51, 0.89, 2.2 and 3.2 per cent surviving in 3 days
when the river was not frozen, while dialyzers suspended
through the ice in colder weather showed 6.1, 10.5, 17-7,
46.8 and 62.9 per cent surviving in five different experi-
ments after 2 days, 31 per cent in 3 days, 19 per cent
in 7 days, and 2.5 per cent in 14 days. Ruediger —
attributes this greater persistence at low temperatures
to the absence of poisonous waste products of other
organisms and to protection from the light; but there
can be little doubt that it is mainly a result of the general
preservative effect of cold. From an epidemiological
standpoint the conclusion that disease germs perish
quickly in warm waters is amply confirmed. Almost
without exception outbreaks of typhoid fever due to
polluted water occur in cold weather and this is, in
THE BACTERIA IN NATURAL WATERS 23
part at least, due to the greater persistence of typhoid
bacilli at low temperatures.
Relation between Time of Storage and Self-purifica-
tion. It is obvious that the efficiency of all the agencies
which tend to decrease the number of bacteria in sur-
face waters will increase with the prolongation of the
‘period for which they act. Time is the great measure
of self-purification; and in a comprehensive study of the
self-purification of the Potomac River, the investigators
of the U. S. Public Health Service have found that the
time relation is close enough to be stated mathematically.
Prof. Phelps expresses this in the formula log nts
where ¢ is the time and m; and m2 the respective num-
bers of bacteria; k, of course, will vary with the tem-
perature and the other conditions discussed above.
The absolute time required to make water safe will
vary widely with this value &. Jordan, Russell and Zeit
(1904), in an important series of experiments, added
typhoid bacilli to the unsterilized waters of Lake
Michigan, the Chicago River and Drainage Canal and
the Illinois River, in collodion sacs suspended in the
_ respective bodies of water. From the relatively pure
Lake Michigan water the specific organisms could be
isolated for at least a week, but in the polluted waters
of the rivers and the Drainage Canal they were not
found after 3 days except in a single instance. Russell
and Fuller, (1906) confirmed these general results,
finding that typhoid bacilli would live for 10 days in
the unsterilized water of Lake Mendota, while they
could be isolated only after 5 days when immersed
in sewage. Other observers record much greater
24 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
viability for the typhoid bacillus. Savage (1905)
added a heavy dose of the organism to unsterilized
tidal mud and found it living after 5 weeks. Hoffmann
(1905), after inoculating a large aquarium with a rich
typhoid culture, was able to isolate the germ from the
water after four weeks and from the mud at the bottom
after two months. Konradi (1904) reports the per-
sistence of typhoid bacilli in unsterilized tap water
for over a year.
These last experiments deal only with the maximum
survival period for a few out of great numbers of germs
introduced into the water or mud, and entirely ignore
the quantitative aspects of the case. When one con-
siders the proportion of the original bacteria surviving,
the period necessary to bring about a reasonably safe
condition is found to be much shorter. Houston
(1908) has shown that when water is artificially infected
with typhoid bacilli and stored, 99.9 per cent of the
disease germs perish in one week, although some may
persist for from 1 to g weeks.
In later experiments (Houston, 1911) he finds that
“ uncultivated’ typhoid bacilli added to the water
directly from the urinary sediment of a disease carrier
perish much more rapidly than the laboratory strains,
usually disappearing entirely after one week and always
after three. On a number of occasions Dr. Houston
gave dramatic expression to his confidence in these
negative laboratory findings by drinking half pint
portions of water which a few weeks previously had
contained millions of typhoid bacilli. We have plenty
of practical epidemiological evidence, such as that
THE BACTERIA IN NATURAL WATERS 25
offered in the Chicago Drainage Canal case and in the
lawsuit over the condition of the water supply of Jersey
City, to confirm the general conclusion that any water
which has been stored for 4 weeks is practically safe.’
Bacteria in Ground-waters. In general we have
seen that surface-waters tend continually to decrease
in bacterial content after their first period of contact
with the humus layer of the soil. In that other portion
of the meteoric water which penetrates below the
surface of the earth to join the reservoir of ground-
water, later to reappear as the flow of springs and wells,
this diminution is still more marked, since the filtering
action of the earth removes not only most of the bac-
teria, but much of their food material as well. The
numbers of bacteria in the soil itself decrease rapidly
as one passes downward. Kabrhel (1906) found several
million per c.c. in surface samples of woodland soil,
a few thousands or tens of thousands half a meter
below, and usually only hundreds in centimeter
samples collected at depths greater than a meter.
Many observers formerly believed that all ground-
waters were nearly free from bacteria, because often
no colonies appeared on plates counted after the
ordinary short periods of time. If, however, a longer
period of incubation be adopted considerable numbers
may be obtained.
For convenience we may divide ground-waters into
three groups, namely: shallow open wells, springs and
“tubular”? (driven) or deep wells. This division is
important because ordinary shallow wells form a group
by themselves in respect to the possibility of aerial and
26 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
surface contamination, their water often being fairly
rich in bacterial life. Egger (Wolffhiigel, 1886) examined
60 wells in Mainz and found that 17 of them contained
over 200 bacteria to the cubic centimeter. Maschek
(Maschek, 1887) found 36 wells out of 48 examined in
Leitmeritz which had a bacterial content of over 500
per c,c. Fischer (Horrocks, 1901) reported 120 wells
in Kiel which gave over 500 bacteria per c.c. and only
51 with less than that number.
In the examination of 147 shallow farmyard wells
by one of us (S. C. P.) it was found that 124 of the
wells which contained no B. coli, and were therefore
probably free from fecal pollution, averaged 190 bacilli
per c.c. while 23 which gave positive tests for B. coli
averaged 570 per c.c. The distribution of the two series
of samples according to the number of bacteria present
is indicated in the table below.
BACTERIA IN SHALLOW FARMYARD WELLS
PERCENTAGE OF SAMPLES IN EAcH Group
Bactefia percc....:.. © |1-|11-|21—|51-—|101— | 501— | 100I—| 2001-
10] 20] 50/100} 500 | 1000 | 2000] 3000
Series I. B. coli absent.| 3 [16] 14] 16] 11] 31 5 Aol aout
Series II. B. coli present...| ...).:| -8)..«.])20] -25.7' | eo 14 5
.
Very similar results are reported for shallow wells
used as farm water-supplies in Minnesota by Kellerman
and Whittaker (1909), although the general quality
of the wells examined was considerably below that
of the series tabulated above.
ae
THE BACTERIA IN NATURAL WATERS 27
In the ordinary standard 48-hour period very few
bacteria develop from normal spring-waters. Thus
in an examination of spring-waters made by the Mas-
sachusetts State Board of Health in 1900 (Massachusetts
State Board of Health, 1901), of 37 springs which were
practically unpolluted and had less than o.10 part
per 100,000 excess of chlorine over the normal, 54 sam-
ples were examined and gave an average of 41 bacteria
per c.c. Only 6 samples showed figures over 50.
It now remains to consider the other great division
of ground-waters, namely, deep, “ driven,” or “‘ tubular ”
wells, which, if carefully constructed, should ordinarily
be free from all surface-water contamination, and should
show low bacterial counts. The results tabulated below
obtained by Houston in the examination of a series of
deep wells of high quality at Tunbridge Wells are
fairly typical.
BACTERIAL CONTENT OF DEEP WELL WATERS
(Houston, 1903)
Bacteria per c.c.
36 6 9 4 I
16 17 4 3 12
2 4 Io 5 2
Fifteen driven wells in the neighborhood of Boston,
examined in 1903, showed at the end of 48 hours an
average of only 18 colonies per c.c.; and the results
of certain examinations of other wells and springs,
recently made by the authors, are given in the table
on page 28.
28 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
BACTERIA IN DEEP WELL AND SPRING WATERS
Bacteria Bacteria
Town per c.c. Town. per c.c.
Worcester, Mass.:..... Io Saranac Lake, N.Y. . II
Waltham, Mass...... eS Ellenville, N. Y...... °
Newport, R.T....... 7 Hyde Park, Mass..... 12
It is plain that water absolutely free from bacteria
is not ordinarily obtained from any source. In deep
wells, however, their number is small; and the peculiar
character of the organisms present is manifested in
many cases by the slow development at room tem-
perature (frequently no growth until the third day),
the entire absence of liquefying colonies, and the
abundance of chromogenic species.
CHAPTER II
THE QUANTITATIVE BACTERIOLOGICAL EXAMINATION
OF WATER
Relation of the Medium to the Number of Bacteria
Obtained. The customary methods for determining
the number of bacteria in water do not reveal the total
bacterial content, but only a very small fraction of -it,
as becomes apparent when we consider the large num-
ber of organisms, nitrifying bacteria, strict anzrobes,
etc., which refuse to grow, or grow only very slowly in
ordinary culture media, and which, therefore, escape
detection. On the one hand, certain obligate parasites
cannot thrive in the absence of the rich fluids of the
animal body; on the other hand, the prototrophic
bacteria, adapted to the task of wrenching energy from
nitrites and ammonium compounds are unable to develop
in the presence of so much organic matter. Winslow
(1905) in the examination of sewage and sewage effluents,
found 20-70 times as many bacteria by microscopic
enumeration as by the gelatin plate count. Certain
special media enable us to obtain much larger counts
than those yielded by the ordinary gelatin method.
The Niahrstoff Heyden agar, for example, has been
strongly advocated by Hesse (Hesse and Niedner,
1898) and other German bacteriologists upon this
29
30 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
ground. In this country Gage and Phelps (Gage and
Phelps, 1902) showed that the numbers obtained by
the ordinary procedure were only from 5 to 50 per cent -
of those obtained by the use of Heyden’s Nihrstoff
agar. For practical sanitary purposes, however, our
methods are fairly satisfactory. Within limits, it is
of no great importance that one method allows the
growth of more bacteria than another. When we are
using the quantitative analysis as a measure of sewage
pollution the essential thing is that the section of the
total bacterial flora which we obtain should be thor-
oughly representative of that portion of it in which
we are most interested—the group of the quickly
growing, rich-food-loving sewage forms. In this respect
meat-gelatin-peptone appears to be unrivalled; and it
is in this respect that such media as Nahrstoff agar fail.
Miiller (1900) showed that the larger counts obtained
by plating on the Néahrstoff medium are due to the
fact that it specially favors the more prototrophic
forms, among the water bacteria themselves. Intestinal
organisms and even the ordinary putrefactive germs,
when plated in pure culture, show no higher counts on
Nihrstoff agar than on gelatin. Gage and Adams
(1904) found by plating pure cultures of the common
laboratory bacteria, saprophytes and parasites, that
Nihrstoff counts were actually lower than those obtained
by the use of gelatin. When sewage and highly polluted
waters are examined counts are slightly higher on
Nihrstoff media, while with purer waters the Nahrstoff
numbers are far in excess of those obtained with gelatin.
Winslow (1905) found the ratio of N&ahrstoff agar
QUANTITATIVE EXAMINATION OF WATER 31
to gelatin count to be 1.7 to 1.0 for sewage, and 4.8
to 1.0 for sand filter effluent. With waters of still
_ better quality the ratio goes up higher, reaching a
maximum when the bacteria which increase and
multiply in water are most abundant. Miiiller (1900)
found, for example, that water which normally showed
six times as many bacteria on Niahrstoff agar as on
gelatin might give a Niahrstofi-gelatin ratio of 20-30
after it had been standing for some time in the supply
pipes. The table below, taken from the valuable
paper by Gage and Phelps (1902), shows strikingly
the different Ni&hrstoff-agar ratios for waters of
TABLE SHOWING PERCENTAGES OF BACTERIA DEVELOP-
ING ON REGULAR AGAR AND NAHRSTOFF AGAR
FOR DIFFERENT CLASSES OF WATERS
(GAGE AND PHELPS, 1902)
Regular Agar
Days’ Count.
Class of Water. 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Ground water.....| o 5 6 6 6 6 6
Filtered water... .. 6 7 7 7 7 7 7
Merrimac River... 6 7 7 8 8 9 9
Filtered sewage....| 14 17 18 19 19 19 19
NEWOBE. 2 2's 5 oss as 34 44 46 46 46 46 46
NGrhstoff Agar
Ground water... .. 6 43 78 88 03 | 100 | 100
Filtered water.....| 37 69 80 92 98 100 100
Merrimac River...| 29 78 903 07 07 99 | I00
Filtered sewage....| 26 65 93 95 07 99 | I00
EAR eee 39 75 95 | 100 | I00 | I00 | I00
32 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
various grades of purity. It is obvious from all these
facts that the effect of using the Niahrstoff medium
is to increase disproportionately the bacterial counts
obtained from purer waters and thus to diminish the
difference in bacterial content between normal and
contaminated sources. The ordinary agar and gelatin
media, on the other hand, are adapted to the growth
of intestinal and putrefactive forms and, therefore,
serve best the prime object of bacteriological water
examination.
The first requisite in a procedure for water analysis
is, then, that it should be adapted to the end in view,
the differentiation of pure and contaminated waters.
The second and equally important requirement is that
the procedure should be a standard one, so that results
obtained at different times and by different observers
may be comparable. In this respect the work of G. W.
Fuller, G. C. Whipple, and other members of the
Committee on Standard Methods of the American Public
Health Association has placed the art of quantitative
water analysis in this country in a very satisfactory
state by contrast with the varying practices which
prevail in England and Germany. The first report on
this question was made in 1897 (Committee of Bac-
teriologists, 1898). A permanent Committee on Stand-
ard Methods was then formed which reported in 1901
(Fuller, 1902), in 1904 (Committee on Standard Methods
of Water Analysis, 1905), and again in 1911 (Committee
on Standard Methods for the Examination of Water
and Sewage, 1912), recommending in considerable
detail a standard routine procedure for the quantitative
2
QUANTITATIVE EXAMINATION OF WATER 33
and qualitative bacteriological examination of water
for sanitary purposes. These reports have had a far-
reaching effect in simplifying and unifying the methods
of water analysis. Similar results have followed from
the work of the English Committee appointed to con-
sider the Standardization of Methods for the Bac-
terioscopic Examination of Water which reported in
1904, although this committee unfortunately did not
consider the process of media making in great detail.
The last report of the American Committee on Standard
Methods (1912) will be adhered to in this and succeed-
ing chapters unless otherwise specifically stated; and
that portion of its report which deals with methods of
making media will be found in full in the appendix.
Standard Procedure for Quantitative Determination of
Bacteria in Water. The procedure for the quantitative
determination of bacteria in water consists, in brief,
in mixing a definite amount of a suitably collected
specimen of the water with a sterile, solidifiable culture
medium and incubating it for a sufficiently long time
to permit reproduction of the bacteria and the forma-
tion of visible colonies which may be counted. The
process is divided naturally into four stages—sampling,
plating, incubating, and counting.
Sampling. All samples of water for bacteriological
examination should be collected in clean, sterile bottles
with wide mouths and glass stoppers, preferably of the
flat mushroom type. It is desirable that these bottles
should have a capacity of at least 100 c.c.
They should be cleaned thoroughly before using, by
treatment with sulphuric acid and potassium bichromate
34 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
or with alkaline permanganate of potash followed by
sulphuric acid, dried by draining, and sterilized by
dry heat at 160° C. for at least 1 hour, or by steam at
115-120° for 15 minutes. If not to be used immediately
the neck and stopper should be protected against dust
or other contamination by wrapping with lead-foil.
For transportation the bottle should be enclosed in a
suitable case or box.
The greatest care must be taken that the fingers do
not touch the inside of the neck of the bottle or the cone
-of the stopper, as the water thereby would become
seriously contaminated and rendered unfit for examina-
tion. It is well known that bacteria are found: abun-
dantly upon the skin, and Winslow (Winslow, 1903)
has shown that even B. coli is present upon the hands
in a considerable number of cases.
In order to obtain a fair sample, great precautions
must be taken, and these will vary with the different
classes of waters to be examined and with local condi-
tions. Ifa sample is to be taken from a tap, the water
should be allowed to flow at least five minutes (if from
a tap in regular use) or for a longer period in case the
water has been standing in the house-service system.
In the small pipes, changes in bacterial content are
liable to occur, certain species dying and others mul-
tiplying.
If a sample is to be taken from a pump similar pre-
cautions are necessary. The pump should be in con-
tinuous operation for 5 minutes at least, and preferably
for half an hour before the sample is taken, in order to
avoid excessively high numbers due to the growth of
QUANTITATIVE EXAMINATION OF WATER 35
bacteria within the well and pump, the bacterial con-
dition of the water as it passes through the ground being
what we wish to determine. Thus Hereus (Hereus,
1886) in a well-water which had been but little used
during the preceding 36 hours found 5000 organisms
per c.c.; when the well was emptied by continuous
pumping, a second sample, after an interval of half an
hour, gave only 35. Maschek (Tiemann and Gartner,
1889) obtained similar results, shown in the following
table:
EFFECT OF PUMPING ON THE BACTERIAL CONTENT OF
WELL-WATER
Well-water after continuous pumping for fifteen minutes .. 458
sé S *¢ *< many hours...... 140
= ISGOr 350 Bee ees ac Games Sees eeu ee ts 5 68
oe after continuous pumping for fifteen minutes 578
i s “s many hours...... 179
Bh RSE 2s oe et Srnec’ a eer 73
After a proper interval of pumping the sample of a
well-water may be collected from the pet-cock of the
pump or from a near-by tap. With a hand-pump,
such as is found in domestic shallow wells, the water is,
of course, pumped directly into the sample bottle.
The difficulties in securing an average sample from
this latter source are often great, since if the flooring
about the pump is not tight, as is usually the case, con-
tinued pumping may wash in an unusual amount of
surface pollution.
In sampling surface-waters, the greatest precautions
must be observed to prevent contamination from the
fingers. In still waters the fairest sample is one taken
36 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
from several inches down, as the surface itself is likely
to have dust particles floating upon it. The method
most frequently recommended is to plunge the bottle
mouth downward to a depth of a foot or so, then
invert and allow the bottle to fill.
Whenever any current exists, the mouth of the bottle
should be directed against it in order to carry away any
bacteria from the fingers. If there is no current, a
similar effect can be produced by turning the bottle
‘under water and giving it a quick forward motion. In
rapidly flowing streams it is only necessary to hold
the bottle at the surface with the mouth pointed
up-stream.
For taking samples of water at greater depths, a
number of devices’ have been employed, all of which
are fairly satisfactory. ‘The essentials are, first, a weight
to carry the bottle down to the desired depth, and,
second, some method of removing the stopper when
that depth is reached. The student will find one good
form of apparatus described in Abbott’s “ Principles
of Bacteriology ” (Abbott, 1899); an admirable one
was devised by Hill and Ellms (Hill and Ellms, 1898);
and Thresh (1904) figures an ingenious device for the
same purpose. Miquel and Cambier (Miquel and
Cambier, 1902) and other authors recommend the use
of a sealed glass bulb with a capillary tube which can
be broken off at the desired moment. Drew (1912)
has devised an interesting sampling apparatus for use
at great depths in the sea.
Changes in Bacterial Numbers after Sampling. As
soon as a sample of water is collected its: conditions
QUANTITATIVE EXAMINATION OF WATER 37
of equilibrium are upset and a change in the bacterial
content begins. Even in the purest spring-waters,
which contain but few bacteria when collected, and in
which the amount of organic matter is infinitesimal,
enormous numbers may be found after storage under
laboratory conditions for a few days or even a few hours.
In some cases the rise in numbers is gradual, in others
very rapid. The Franklands (Frankland, 1894) record
the case of a deep-well water in which the bacteria
increased from 7 to 495,000 in 3 days. Miquel (Miquel,
1891) from his researches, arrived at the conclusion
that in surface-waters the rise is less rapid than in waters
from deep wells or springs, and that in the latter case
the decrease, after reaching a maximum, is likewise
rapid and steady. Just how far protection from light,
increase in temperature, and a destruction of higher
micro-organisms is responsible for the increase, and
to what extent an exhaustion of food-supply or the
formation of toxic waste products causes the succeeding
decrease, we are not aware; but the facts are well
established.
Whipple has exhaustively studied the details of
this multiplication of bacteria in stored waters
and has shown in the table given below that
there is first a slight reduction in the number
present, lasting perhaps for 6 hours; followed by
the great increase noted by earlier observers. It
is probable that there is a constant increase of the
typical water bacilli, overbalanced at first by a
reduction in other forms, for which the environment
is unsuitable.
33 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
BACTERIAL CHANGES IN WATER DURING STORAGE
(WHIPPLE, 1901)
as Temp. Number of Bacteria per c.c.
fait, | of face. :
Sample] “ature. reds bg Initial. | , eae 6 ree, By ets sk tn
c. C
A #:6° 17.0° 260 215 230 900 | 27,000
B 7.6° £7:0° 260 245 255 720 | 10,850
C 7.6° E25" 260 270 231 600 2,790
D 76° L225 260 270 245 710 1,800
E 720" 2.4° 260 243 210 675 1,980
F 76% 2.4° 260 235 270 560 1,980
G 17.00. VF o5b: 77 55 58 IOI | 10,250
H tE.0° | 2258" 77 53 74 87 2,175
I 7.0" | .23.6° 77 5I 52 II,000 | 41,400
J 6.7° ||- 20:0? 430 375 246° S| Sees 385,000!
oa. “bee? ae 430 345 AOB. Nic dene 750,000!
L 23.2° 23.0° 510 340 230 8,000 | 20,000
M 23.2° OR ts 525 300 220 380 2,200
19,0005 per cent peptone added to the water.
Wolffhiigel and Riedel (Wolffhiigel and Riedel,
1886) noted the dependence of this multiplication
on the air-supply, vessels closed with rubber stoppers
showing lower numbers than those plugged with cotton.
Similarly, Whipple found that the multiplication of
bacteria was much greater when bottles were only
half full than when they were filled completely; and also,
as shown in the very striking table on page 39, that
the size of the bottle markedly influenced the growth.
An important series of investigations by Kohn (1906)
suggests that this phenomenon of multiplication dur-
ing storage may be due in part to the solution of certain
constituents of glass which favor bacterial life, since the
increase is notably greater in bottles of the more soluble
glasses. 3
QUANTITATIVE EXAMINATION OF WATER 39
EFFECT OF SIZE OF VESSEL UPON THE MULTIPLICATION
OF WATER BACTERIA DURING STORAGE
(WHIPPLE, 1901)
Number of Bacteria per c.c.
Sample| Bottle. Incuba-| Ini- After | After | After After After
tion. tial.t | 3 Hrs. | 6 Hrs.| 12 Hrs 24 Hrs. 48 Hrs.
&
A | r-gallon | 13° 77 63 65 47 42 175
B | 2-quart | 13° | 77 59 | 63 60 45 690
C | rquart | 13° | 77 63 63 47 46 | 325
D I-pint 13° 77 57 64 36 38 630
E 2-ounce | 13° 77 55 58 47 IOI | 10,250
F | r-gallon | 24° | 77 iS 97 | 275 290 | 300
G | 2-quart | 24° 77 92 59 62 180 250
H | r-quart | 24° | 77 84 77 46 340 goo
I I-pint 24° 77 51 46 100 | 2,950 | 7,020
5 2-ounce | 24° 77 51 52 145 | 11,000 | 41,400
1 Average of five plates.
Whipple’s table, quoted above, shows that the multi-
plication during storage was greater at a higher tem-
perature; and this is a well-recognized general rule.
In order to obviate the abnormal results of storage
increase it is therefore obvious that samples must be
examined shortly after collection and that they must
be kept cool during their necessary storage. If fairly
pure waters are placed upon ice and kept between o
degrees and 10 degrees, they will show no material
increase in 12 hours. With polluted water, however,
another danger is here introduced. Samples of such
water when packed in ice show a marked decrease
due to the large number of sensitive intestinal bacteria
present. Jordan (Jordan, 1900) found that three
samples of river-water packed in ice for 48 hours fell
40 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
off from 535,000 to 54,500; from 412,000 to 50,500,
and from 329,000 to 73,000, respectively. It is, there-
fore, important that even iced samples should not be
kept too long; and it is desirable to adhere strictly
to the recommendations of the Standard Methods
Committee that the interval between sampling and
examination should not exceed 12 hours in the case of
relatively pure waters, 6 hours in the case of relatively
impure waters, and 1 hour in the case of sewage.
Plating. The bottle ccntaining the sample of water
is first shaken at least twenty-five times in order to
get an equal distribution of the bacteria. If the num-
ber of bacteria present is probably not greater than 200,
1 c.c. is then withdrawn with a sterile 1 c.c. pipette
and delivered into a sterile Petri dish of 10 cm. diameter.
To this is added 5 c.c. of standard 10 per cent gelatin
at a temperature of about 30° C., or standard agar
(7 c.c.) at 40-42° C. Should the number of bacteria
per c.c. probably exceed 200, dilution is necessary.
This is best accomplished by adding 1 c.c. of the water
in question to 9, 99 or 999, etc., c.c. of sterile tap water
according to the amount of dilution required. The
diluted sample is then shaken thoroughly and 1 c.c.
taken for enumeration. In order to determine the
number of bacteria originally present it is only neces-
sary to multiply by the factor 10, 100, or 1000, etc.
When a sample of water from an unknown source
is to be examined it is generally desirable to make
two check plates at each of the above dilutions, select-
ing those which give nearest to 200 colonies on the
plates after incubation as the ones on which to rely
QUANTITATIVE EXAMINATION OF WATER 41
for the count. A much smaller number will not give
average figures, and if more than 200 colonies are present
on a plate many bacteria will be checked by the waste
products of those which first develop and ‘the count
obtained will be too low. After the addition of the
diluted sample and the nutrient medium, their thorough
mixture in an even layer on the bottom of the plate
is obtained by careful tipping and rotation.
It was formerly customary to mix the water with the
gelatin in the tube before pouring into the plate, but
this method is objectionable because there is always
a residuum of medium remaining in the tube which
will retain varying numbers of bacteria and thus
interfere with the accuracy of the count. Before pour-
ing the medium into the plate the mouth of the tube
should be flamed to remove any possibility of con-
tamination.
The usual method of determining the number of
bacteria in water for sanitary purposes in Germany,
England and the United States has always been by
the use of gelatin plates with a 2-day incubation period
at 20 degrees. The 1905 Standard Methods Report
of the American Public Health Association Committee
recommended this procedure, which has been universally
adopted. The 1912 Report, however, suggests the use
of agar with a 1-day period at 37 degrees, as yielding
quicker results and indicating the presence of bacteria
more nearly related to pathogenic types. The com-
parative value of the two methods has been well dis-
cussed by Whipple (1913). The use of gelatin is not
only more time-consuming, but requires the use of a
42 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY .
special 20-degree incubator which is difficult to regulate.
The 37-degree incubator must be provided in any case
for the isolation of B. coli. On the other hand, the
time seems hardly ripe for the abandonment of the
20-degree count, which has been used for 20 years all
over the civilized world, and for the interpretation of
which we have very complete data. There is at present
no such sound basis for interpreting the 37-degree
count, and in many cases, as in the control of water
filtration plants, the 37-degree numbers are too small
to be of any practical value. Furthermore the 20-
degree count may furnish evidence of surface con-
tamination as distinguished from fecal pollution, which
is often of considerable value.
The authors have always urged the use of the 37-
degree count along with the 20-degree count as furnish-
ing most valuable information; but this is very different
from the substitution of one count for the other.
The recommendation that the 20-degree count be
abandoned, with no evidence to warrant such a revolu-
tionary change, and no experimental results on which
to base an interpretation of the 37-degree count, has
aroused vigorous opposition from a large majority
of practical water bacteriologists. At the Washington
meeting of the American Public Health Association
in September, 1912, it was resolved ‘‘ that in the opinion
of the Laboratory Section of the American Public
Health Association, ordinary routine examination of
water for sanitary purposes, and in the control of
purification plants, for the present should include the
determination of the number of bacteria developing
ed ee i~
QUANTITATIVE EXAMINATION OF WATER 43
at 20 degrees and at 37 degrees and a presumptive
test for B. coli in lactose bile.”
This action of the section responsible for the appoint-
ment of the Standard Methods Committee appears to
supersede the report of the committee itself and makes
the combination of the 2c- and 37-degree counts the
standard American procedure. The 20-degree count
may be made on either gelatin or agar; but it is the
20-degree count which will be discussed in this chapter,
leaving the body temperature count for consideration
in Chapter IV.
The exact composition of the medium is, of course,
of prime importance in controlling the number of
bacteria which will develop. The figures previously
cited in connection with the discussion of Hesse’s
Nahrstoff agar show how bacterial counts may vary
with media of widely different composition. The
table quoted on page 44 from Gage and Phelps (1902),
shows the considerable differences which may be due
to the presence or absence of meat infusion, peptone,
etc., in media of generally similar character (compare
the figures for plain gelatin, peptone, gelatin, and meat
gelatin). Much slighter variations than this, however,
are significant. The reaction of the medium was found
as early as 1891 to be important, for Reinsch (Reinsch,
1891) showed in that year that the addition of one
one-hundredth of a gram of sodium-carbonate to the
liter increased sixfold the number of bacteria develop-
ing. Fuller (Fuller, 1895) and Sedgwick and one of
us (Sedgwick and Prescott, 1895), working indepen-
dently, established the fact that an optimum reaction
44 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
existed for most water bacteria and that a devia-
tion either way decreased the number of colonies
developing.
TABLE SHOWING PERCENTAGES OF BACTERIA DEVEL-
OPING ON MEDIA OF DIFFERENT COMPOSITIONS
(GAGE AND PHELPS, 1902)
Medium. Days’ Count.
2 3 | 4 5 6 7 8 | 9
Wabreteff agar. :..36 5.4%. «1% 19 | 60 | 78 | 85 | 95 | 99 | 99 | I00
Nahrstoff peptone agar..... 10 | 22 | 26 | 28 | 30 | 30 1-40-Fu5g0
Peptone agar, i. 4 0. et ads II. |, 16 | 22. |:23- 24° |. ogMieaan ie oe
MER TIAG AN. cine cate nara $8.) 13) )\ 20) |207 eee 17
Pla A oAr es oc Spee lees 8 | 10 | 13 | 14°) 14 | Ta} ea ee
Regulariagar raccisccisteee.t 7) O° | 22 | tho), 1. eee It
Niahrstoff glycerin agar ..... 6 | 10 | 1x | tx | rE | Bae II
Niahrstoff meat agar........ 7 7 8 8 | 10 | 10 |] 10 Io
Meat pelatin'. ¢.o4.st¥idisisgeu so 12 | 19 | 24 | 26 | 26} 26; 26} ‘26
Peptone gelatine ........... 7 | 12 | 18 | 20 | 20] 20 | 20] 20
Standard gelatin. .. 05.0.4: 8] 10 | tr | 22.) 239) E30 heehee
Patsy Weal ess en a eis whe 8 T} 6.) 22 23: tots eta) eee
Nahrstoff gelatin........... S| 6] 9 | 22. [19 rs seas
Whipple (Whipple, 1902) has shown that not only
the particular kind of gelatin used, but its exact physical
condition as affected by sterilization and other previous
treatments, will materially affect the results obtained.
Gage and Adams (1904) found marked differences in
counts as the result of the use of the two best-known
commercial peptones. A long series of waters plated
on agar made up with Merck’s and Witte’s peptones,
respectively, showed the average relative results in the
table on page 45.
QUANTITATIVE EXAMINATION OF WATER 45
AVERAGE RELATIVE NUMBER OF BACTERIA ON PEP-
TONE AGAR WITH DIFFERENT PEPTONES
(GaGE AND ADAMS, 1904)
Days | 2 4 | 6 | 8 | Io | 12
} j
| TOS of a ae ack IE 51 67 89 08
oe ee 38 53 100 roo 100 10°
The same authors showed that the composition of
the water used exercised a marked selective action upon
the development of bacteria. Agar made up with
-sewage permitted a maximum growth of sewage bacteria
and showed no colonies when inoculated with filtered
city water. On the other hand agar made up with city
water showed 100 per cent of the bacteria present in
city water and river water, three-quarters of those
present in sewage and less than half of those present
in sewage effluents.
Hesse (1904) found that the number of bacteria
developing on Nahrstoff agar varied with the composi-
tion of the glass tubes in which the media had previously
been sterilized. The more soluble glasses yielded
sufficient alkali to the medium to inhibit four-fifths of
the bacteria present in certain cases.
All these facts make it evident that only the strictest
adherence to a standard method can ensure comparable
results; the ordinary nutrient gelatin or agar should
then in all practical sanitary work be made up from
distilled water, meat infusion, peptone and gelatin or
agar, in exact accordance with the directions of the
Standard Methods Committee.
46 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY .
Even the standard procedure fails to ensure uniformity
in one important respect. The meat infusion which it
calls for is in itself a highly variable quantity. Gage
and Adams (1904), in the examination of fifteen lots
of beef infusion, found variations of nearly 1 per cent
in organic solids (calculated on the weight of the whole
infusions), after the final filtration. The organic
constituents of the meat infusion varied, therefore,
among themselves by nearly the total amount of pep-
tone added. Itistobe hoped that the standard methods
may soon be so revised as to eliminate this necessarily
uncertain constituent of nutrient media. Criticisms
of detail must, however, give way to the importance
of securing fairly comparable results; and the con-
fusion which would follow the use by individual bac-
teriologists of media made without meat would out-
balance the errors inherent in the standard procedure.
Incubation. Incubation should take place in a dark,
well-ventilated chamber where the temperature is
kept substantially constant at 20 degrees and where
the atmosphere is practically saturated with moisture.
It has been shown by Whipple (Whipple, 1899) and others
that the number of bacteria developing in plate cultures
is to a certain extent dependent upon the presence of
abundant oxygen and moisture. Thus, reckoning the
number of bacteria developing in a moist chamber at
roo, the percentage counts obtained in an ordinary.
incubator were as follows: 75 when the relative humid-
ity of the incubator was 60 per cent of saturation; 82
when it was 75 per cent; 98 when it was 95 per cent.
This source of error may be avoided by the use of ven-
QUANTITATIVE EXAMINATION OF WATER 47
tilated dishes and by the presence of a pan of water in
the incubating chamber.
According to American and German practice, plates
made for sanitary water analysis are counted at the
end of 48 hours. The English Committee appointed
to consider the standardization of methods for the
Bacterioscopic Examination of Water (1904) fixed the
time at 72 hours. French bacteriologists, and some
Germans (Hesse and Niedner, 1906), still recommend -
longer periods, and the following table from Miquel
and Cambier (Miquel and Cambier, 1902) shows that
many bacteria fail to appear in our ordinary procedure.
It is, however, in the main, the characteristic water
bacteria which develop slowly, sewage bacteria almost
without exception being rapid growers. The longer
period of incubation is, therefore, not only inconvenient,
but undesirable, since it obscures the difference between
good and bad waters.
EFFECT OF THE LENGTH OF INCUBATION OF WATER
BACTERIA IN GELATIN UPON THE NUMBER OF
COLONIES DEVELOPING
(MIQUEL AND CAMBIER, 1902)
Length of Incubation. Beet: Length of Incubation. ena
UMP she's ince a-c'% 39s a0. Fi .¢ days =~ .2 a. 821
MENU «Shard pxjs'aie v4 Cae 4365 NN tedays i Hele 8590
PEE oe one WG 5 Orso 254 MB ORYS 2 oe ce ee are 892
Re a ere S875 PIR GAS oct ci as yas 921
0 Sere BAG 1h 8S COWS e oo cnt ti ale O51
OEE ee 637 D4 GBYS. oo oS ee ok 976
Me OS i 3 ee | ae SEA ee 1000
OO eee 780
48 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY |
Counting. The number of bacteria is determined by
counting the colonies developed upon the plate, with the
aid of a lens magnifying at least five diameters. For
convenience in counting the plate may be placed upon
a glass plate ruled in centimeter squares and set over a
black tile; or the tile itself may be ruled. As has
already been said, it is desirable that the number of
colonies should not exceed 200, for when the number
is very high the colonies grow only to a small size,
making counting laborious and inaccurate, and many
do not develop at all. The best results are obtained
with numbers ranging from 50 to 200.
When it is possible to do so, all the colonies on the
plate should be counted. When tiiey exceed 400 or
500 it is often easier, and fully as accurate, to count
a fractional part of the plate and estimate the total
number therefrom. This should not be done, however,
except in case of necessity.
Ayers (1911) has suggested two counting devices
which will be found very useful where a great many
plates have to be handled. For getting the best possible
‘transmitted light, he places his plate on the ground-
glass top of a wooden box, 7 inches square, with one side
open to admit light, which is reflected upward by a
plane mirror set in the box at an angle of 45 degrees.
An ordinary graduated-glass counting plate may be
placed between the ground-glass and the Petri dish, and
the eyes are protected from direct light by a screen
rising from the open side of the box. For picking
colonies from a gelatin plate in a warm room, he places
between the ground glass and the Petri dish a copper
QUANTITATIVE EXAMINATION OF WATER 49
box with top and bottom of glass 7 inches square and
12 inches deep, through which cold water is allowed to
circulate.
Expression of Quantitative Results. It is customary
in determining numbers to make plates in duplicate,
thereby affording a check upon one’s own work. Owing
to-the lack of precision in the method, the limit of
experimental error is a wide one. It should be possible
for careful manipulators to obtain results within ro
per cent of each other, but a closer agreement than this
is hardly to be expected. It has been suggested by the
committee of the American Public Health Association
that the following mode of expressing results be adopted
in order to avoid the appearance of a degree of accuracy
which the methods do not warrant.
NUMBERS OF BACTERIA FROM
1-50 shall be recorded to the nearest unit
51-100 “ce “e ‘éc 5
IOI—250 sé a8 *s Io
251-500 “ce ce “ec 25
501-1000 sc 6c ce 50
IOOI—10,000 “t ne kf 100
I0,00I—50,000 nie = = 500
50,001—100,000 xf de .s 1,000
100,00I—500,000 * SS + 10,000
500,001—1 000,000 .e es ss 50,000
I ,000,001—5,000,000 re ss _ 100,000
The determination of numbers of bacteria in water
in the field has frequently been attempted. Since
the laboratory method of “ plating out” is difficult
to use in field work, the Esmarch tube process has often
been employed. This consists in introducing into a
tube of melted gelatin or agar 1 c.c. of the water and then
50 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY _
rotating the tube until the medium has solidified in a
thin layer on the inner wall. Other bacteriologists
have devised ingenious field kits for adapting the plate
method to this purpose, of which one very good form
has recently been described by Van Buskirk (1912).
The opportunity for air infection in work done outside
a proper laboratory is, however, always great; and it
is almost impossible to secure proper conditions for
incubation in any makeshift establishment. On the
whole, the authors are of the opinion that laboratory
examinations are to be preferred to those made in the
field, if a laboratory can be reached within 12 hours
or so of the time of collection of the samples.
The Kansas State Water Survey has made use
of a device for shipping iced samples which has given
excellent results. The outfit is described in the Amer-
ican Journal of Public Health for May, 1914, and
consists essentially of an insulated container in which
the bottles are firmly held by a simple mechanism.
With proper icing the samples are maintained at a tem-
perature below to degrees C. for two or three days
or even more. Very little change due to storage is
found in the counts on agar when plates are incubated
at 37 degrees C. and in winter the 20-degree counts
are satisfactory on agar. Gelatine counts were found
to be erratic and not dependable.
The following tables kindly sent us by Prof. C. C.
Young show the comparative numbers obtained in the
laboratory after certain periods of storage, and in
the laboratory as compared with the actual field
analyses.
QUANTITATIVE EXAMINATION OF WATER 50a
EFFECT OF STORAGE ON BACTERIAL CONTENT
Total Total B. coli per c.c.
Count Count [_
Place Collected. Agar, 37 | Gelatine
eg. C., | 20 Deg. | Lactose | Lactose | De t os2
24 hrs. |C., 48 hrs. Bile Broth | Bie
Time—immediately
CUNT ESO a 600 3,000 0.4 6.0 6.0
Settling basin........ ; 36 250 ) 0.2 0.2
Tap at 4323 Ky... .. II 1,500 ° ° °
Blackmar Well....... 18 5 ° ° °
Well at 1338 Ohio.... 7 35 0:2 ° °
Time—12 hours
ORM R evar d, Sala-aip! see. 820 28,000 oO.1 2.0 2.0
Settling basin........ 50 2,000 o.1 0.2 0.2
Tap at 1323 Ky...... 25 500 ° ° °
Blackmar Well....... 30 250 ° ° °
Well at 1338 Ohio.... be) 80 O.1 O.I °
Time—48 hours
EDV ORE oslo ig sic aie ties 600 55,000 o.1 0.4 0.4
Settling basin........ 20 1,800 ° 0.2 0.2
Tap at 1323 Ky...... 40 10,000 oO. oO. °
Blackmar Well....... 12 350 ° ° °
Well at 1338 Ohio.... 10 50 Oct 0.2 0.2
Time—immediately
ERLVED rey Ce tt ation ds 750 6,200 8.0 6.0 6.0
Laboratory tap....... Io bere) ° ° °
Blackmar Well....... 8 300 ° ° °
Beamer Well......... 35 500 4.0 4.0 2.0
Time—12 hours
RONG OE A! Wetec ears ae as 850 60,000 4.0 6.0 4.0
Laboratory tap....... 15 25 ° ° °
Blackmar Well....... 4 1,500 ° ° °
Beamer Well......... 40 1,000 4.0 4.0 4.0
Time—24 hours
HRIVOES ise eee Se oie acl 920 2,900 6.0 40.0 8.0
Laboratory tap....... 20 1,400 ° ° °
Blackmar Well... .... 200 1,500 3 ° °
Beamer Well......... 100 500 0.8 4.0 I.0
506 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY |
EFFECT OF STORAGE ON BACTERIAL CONTENT
(Concluded)
Total Total B. coli per c.c.
Count Count
Place Collected. Agar, 37 | Gelatine
Deg. C. '20 Deg.C.| Lactose | Lactose | Dextrose
24 hrs. 48 hrs. Bile. | Broth. Bile.
Time—48 hours
URSV EL senza ae aioe 800 5,500 20.0 20.0 20.0
Laboratory tap....... 12 120 ° ° °
Blackmar Well....... 150 2,000 ° ° °
Beamer Well......... 120 800 0.8 2.0 I.0
Time—immediately
Rivet i435 ieee sb as 2EOO bis Fens 100.0 | 100.0 | 100.0
‘Lap at laboraterys.4.'\W) 3200 | 2.4.0; 0.8 0.8 0.8
Blackmar Well....... 7 S58 Hi ethawes 1.0 1.0 1.0
Public Well, Mass. st. 510 ball Kanade Ee 10.0 10.0 10.0
Time—24 hours
RIVERS saree, S05 j-th) ACOSO AI we rohts oe I00.0 100.0 100.0
Tap at laboratory....| 1900 | ...... 0.4 0.6 0.2
Blackmar Well....... BOOr yen eeee 0.6 0.6 0.4
Public well on Mass. st. 220% Wawa 10.0 4.0 2.0
Time—48 hours
WRIVEN siccc Sraicis fgiole s-ce¥s 2200 | oetiass I00.0 100.0 100.0
Zep at laboratory...) 4400. 5.635 0.6 0.6 0.4
Blackmar Well....... MOO Yl sates. 0.4 0.6 0.2
Public well on Mass.st.| 1200 | ...... 1.0 I.0 I.0
CHAPTER III
THE INTERPRETATION OF THE QUANTITATIVE
BACTERIOLOGICAL EXAMINATION
Standards for Potable Water. The information fur-
nished by quantitative bacteriology as to the antecedents
of a water is in the nature of circumstantial evidence
and requires judicial interpretation. No absolute stand-
ards of purity can be established which shall rigidly
separate the good from the bad. In this respect the
terms “test”? and “analysis” so universally used
are in a sense inappropriate. Some scientific problems
are so simple that they can be definitely settled by a
test. The tensile strength of a given steel bar, for
example, is a property which can be determined.
In sanitary water examination, however, the factors
involved are so complex, and the evidence neces-
sarily so indirect, that the process of reasoning much
more resembles a doctor’s diagnosis than an engineering
test.
The older experimenters attempted to establish
arbitrary standards, by which the sanitary quality of a
water could be fixed automatically by the number of
germs alone. Thus Miquel (Miquel, 1891) published a
table according to which water with less than 10 bac-
teria per c.c. was “ excessively pure,” with 10 to 100
51
52 EKLEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
bacteria, “very pure,” with too to 1000 bacteria,
“pure,” with 1000 to 10,000 bacteria, ‘‘ mediocre,” with
10,000 to 100,000 bacteria, ‘‘ impure,’ and with over
100,000 bacteria, ‘‘ very impure.” Few sanitarians
would care to dispute the appropriateness of the titles
applied to waters of the last two classes; but many bac-
teriologists have placed the standard of “ purity ” much
higher. The limits set by various German observers
range, for example, from 50 to 300. Dr. Sternberg
(Sternberg, 1892) in a more conservative fashion, -
has stated that a water containing less than 100 bacteria
is presumably from a deep source and uncontaminated
by surface drainage; that one with 500 bacteria is
open to suspicion; and that one with over 1000 bac-
teria is presumably contaminated by sewage or surface
drainage. This is probably as satisfactory an arbitrary
standard as could be devised, but any such standard
must be applied with great caution. The source of
the sample is of vital importance in the interpretation
of analyses; a bacterial count which would condemn
a spring might be quite normal for a river; only figures
in excess of those common to unpolluted waters of the
same character give an indication of danger. Fur-
thermore, the bacteriological tests are far more delicate
than any others at our command, very minute addi-
tions of food material causing an immense multiplica-
tion of the microscopic flora. This delicacy necessarily
requires, both in the process of analysis and the inter-
pretation of results, a high degree of caution. As
pointed out in the previous chapter, the touch of a
finger or the entrance of a particle of dust may wholly
QUANTITATIVE BACTERIOLOGICAL ANALYSIS 53
destroy the accuracy of an examination. Even the
slight disturbance of conditions incident upon the
storage of a sample after it has been taken may in a
few hours wholly alter the relations of the contained
microbic life. It is necessary, then, in the first place,
to exercise the greatest care in allowing for possible
error in the collection and handling of bacteriological
samples; and in the second place, only well-marked
differences in numbers should be considered significant.
In the early days of the science, discussion ran high
as to the interpretation of bacteriological analysis;
and particularly as to the relation of bacterial numbers
to the organic matter present in a water. Different
observers obtained inconsistent results, and Bolton
(Bolton, 1886) concluded that there was no relation
whatever between the organic pollution of a water and
its bacterial content. Tiemann and Gartner (Tiemann
and Gartner, 1889) furnished the key to the difficulty
in their statement that there are two classes of bacteria,
the great majority of species normally occurring in
the earth or in decomposing organic matter, which
require abundance of nutriment, and certain peculiar
water bacteria which can multiply in the presence of
such minute traces of ammonia-as are present in ordi-
nary distilled water. Even these prototrophic or
semi-prototrophic forms, however, require a definite
amount of food of their own kind.
Kohn (1906) determined the minimal nutrient mate-
rial requisite for certain of them and found that they
could develop in the presence of 198 X 107° to 198 X 10718
per cent of dextrose, 66X107!3 to 66107!” per cent
54 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
ammonium sulphate and 66X107! to 66X107!® per
cent ammonium phosphate. Similar minute amounts
of organic matter are found in the purest of natural
waters and under exceptional conditions certain species
of bacteria may therefore multiply in bottled samples,
or, at times, in a well or the basin of a spring. In
normal surface-waters, such growths of the prototrophic
forms do not apparently occur. Here it is found as a
matter of practical experience that the number of bac-
teria present depends upon the extent to which the
water has been contaminated with decomposing organic
matter, either by pollution with sewage or by contact
with the surface of the ground. The bacterial content
varies as the extent and character of the contamination
varies. It measures not merely organic matter, but
organic matter in a state of active decay, and like the
ammonias and other features of the sanitary chemical
analysis, indicates fresh organic pollution, with the added
advantage that the presence of the stable nitrogenous
compounds often present in peaty waters introduces
no error in the bacteriological analysis.
Bacterial Content of Surface-waters. In judging of a
surface-water the student will be aided by reference to
the figures given for certain normal sources in Chapter
I; the Boston tap water with 50 to 200 bacteria per
c.c. (Philbrick, 1905) and the water of Lake Zurich
with an average of 71 in summer and 184 in winter
(Cramer, 1885) may be taken as typical of good potable
waters; and numbers much higher than these are open
to suspicion, since all contamination whether contributed
by sewage or by washings from the surface of the
QUANTITATIVE BACTERIOLOGICAL ANALYSIS 55
ground is a possible source of danger. The excess of
bacteria in surface-waters during the spring and winter
months is by no means an exception to the general
tule that high numbers are significant, since the peril
from supplies of this character is clearly shown by the
spring epidemics of typhoid fever which at the times of
melting snow visit communities making use of unpro-
tected surface-waters. Streams receiving direct con-
tributions of sewage exhibit a similar excess of bacteria
at all times, numbers rising to an extraordinary height
near the point of pollution and falling off below as the
stream suffers dilution and the sewage organisms perish.
Miquel (Miquel, 1886) records 300 bacteria per c.c.
in the water of the Seine at Choisy, above Paris; 1200
at Bercy in the vicinity of the city, and 200,000 at St.
‘Denis after the entrance of the drainage of Paris.
Prausnitz (Prausnitz, 1890) found 531 bacteria per c.c.
in the Isar above Munich, 227,369 near the entrance of
the principal sewer, 9111 at a place 13 kilometers
below the city, and 2378 at Freising, 20 kilometers
further down. Jordan (Jordan, 1900), in his study
of the fate of the sewage of Chicago, found 1,245,000
bacteria per c.c. in the drainage canal at Bridgeport,
650,000 at Lockport, 29 miles below, and numbers
steadily decreasing to 3660 at Averyville, 159 miles
below the point of original pollution. Below Avery-
ville the sewage of Peoria enters and the numbers
rise to 758,000 at Wesley City, decreasing to 4800 in
123 miles flow to Kampsville. Brezina (1906) found
1900 bacteria per c.c. in the Danube River above, and
110,000 at the north of the Danube canal. This number
56 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
fell to 85,000 one kilometer below, 62,000 four kilo-
meters below, and 40,000 seven kilometers down the
stream. Vincent (1905) records from 1000 to 46,000
bacteria per c.c. in the waters of more or less polluted
French rivers. Mayer (1902), on the other side of the
world, found 21 and 35 bacteria per c.c. in the Shaho
River, near its source, in the vicinity of the great
Chinese Wall and from 100,000 to 600,000 in the highly
polluted Whangpo near its mouth.
Bacterial Content of Ground-waters. In ground-
waters we have seen that bacteria may occasionally
be present in considerable numbers, but if so they are
generally organisms of a peculiar character, incapable
of development on the ordinary nutrient media in the
standard time. Thus in 48 hours we often obtain
counts measured only in units or tens such as have
been recorded in Chapter I. When higher numbers
are present, the general character of the colonies must
be taken into account, since besides the slowly-growing
forms certain other water bacteria, which require a
comparatively small amount of nutriment, may multiply
at times in a deep well or the basin of a spring. In
such a case, however, the appearance of the plates at
once reveals the peculiar conditions, for the colonies
are of one kind and that distinct from any of the sewage
species. Thus Dunham (Dunham, 1889) reports that the
mixed water from a series of driven wells gave 2 bacteria
per c.c., while another well, situated just like the others,
contained 5000, all belonging to a single species common
in the air. Except in such peculiar cases as this high
numbers in a ground-water mean contamination.
QUANTITATIVE BACTERIOLOGICAL ANALYSIS 57
Bacteria in Filtered Waters. The process of slow
sand filtration for the purification of unprotected
surface-water is essentially similar to the action which
takes place in nature when rain soaks through the
ground to appear in wells and springs; and it is in the
examination of the effluent from such municipal plants
that the quantitative bacteriological analysis finds,
perhaps, its most important application. The chemical
changes which occur in the passage of water through
sand at a rate of 1,000,000 or 2,000,000 gallons per acre
per day are so slight as to be negligible. The bacteria
present should, however, suffer a reduction of 98 or
99 per cent, and their numbers furnish the best standard
for measuring the efficiency of such filtration plants.
At Lawrence, in 1905, Clark found an average of 12,700
bacteria per c.c. in the raw water of the Merrimac
River, while the number present in the filtered water
was only 7o (Massachusetts State Board of Health,
1906). Where the number of bacteria in the applied
water is smaller it is difficult to obtain so high a per-
centage efficiency. At Washington, for example, pro-
longed sedimentation generally reduces the bacterial
numbers to less than a thousand and it is almost impos-
sible to secure a 99 per cent removal. The actual
numbers of bacteria in the effluent are, however, much
lower than at Lawrence. The monthly average results
obtained for a year at these two plants are tabulated
on page 58.
Mechanical filtration gives similar results. Fuller
at Cincinnati (Fuller, 1899) records 27,200 organisms
per c.c. in the water of the Ohio River between
58 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
September 21, 1898, and January 25, 1899, while
the average content of the effluent from the Jewell
filter was 4oo. Data with regard to the: operation of
mechanical filters are now abundant, since all over the
_ world the operation of these plants is controlled by
bacteriological methods. Recently Johnson (1907) has
reported some interesting results from the far East.
At Osaka, Japan, an average of 200 bacteria per c.c. in
the raw water of the Yodo River was reduced, in 1905,
to an average of 25 by slow sand filters; at Bethmangala,
India, in 1906, mechanical filters treated the water of the
Palar River, containing 4350 bacteria per c.c., and
yielded an effluent with only 13 per c.c. (Johnson, 1907).
The average monthly results obtained with the new
mechanical filter plant at Harrisburg, Pa., are included
in the table below for comparison with the figures
REMOVAL OF BACTERIA BY NATURAL SAND FILTERS
AND MECHANICAL FILTERS. BACTERIA PER C.C. IN
APPLIED WATER AND EFFLUENT. MONTHLY AVER-
AGES
Washington, 1906. Lawrence, 1905. Harrisburg, 1906.
moms | Applied | petuent. | Applied | petuent, | APP’ | petuent
January ....| 1500 39 14,200 110 9,510 104
February ... 550 16 14,800 55 21,228 298
March. .4..:: 650 19 10,300 55 31,326 75
Yet | Peete 400 22 3,600 170 30,005 42
Rh eee rie 65 17 1,900 12 6,187 86
NUNC 524 30 220 17 9,600 9 2,903 31
JOY as eens 160 26 3,900 55 685 10
AUIGUSE: 60554 190 14 ‘| 19,500 37 1,637 5
September . . 130 14 13,500 44 836 12
October..... 275 16 39,800 IIo 7,575 63
November .. 220 12 8.700 70 26,224 236
December... . 700 45 oe oa 37,525 163
eee
QUANTITATIVE BACTERIOLOGICAL ANALYSIS 59
recorded at Washington and Lawrence; and these
may be taken as typical, since the Harrisburg plant is
the latest of its type, as the Washington plant is the
newest and most perfectly equipped of slow sand
filters.
In well-managed purification plants the bacteria
in the effluent are determined daily, and any deviation
from the normal value at once reveals disturbing factors
which may impair the efficiency of the process. In
Prussia official regulations demand such systematic
examinations and prescribe 50 as the maximum number
of bacteria allowable in the filtered water. In the
same way the condition of an unpurified surface supply
may be determined by daily bacteriological analyses
and warnings of danger issued to the public, as has
_ been done at Chicago and other cities. In general,
any regular determination of variations from a normal
standard furnishes ideal conditions for the bacteriological
methods; and the detection by Shuttleworth (Shuttle-
worth, 1895) of a break in a conduit under Lake Ontario
by a rise in the bacteria of the Toronto water-supply
may be cited as a classic example of its application.
Often, however, the expert is called to pass upon the
character of a water of which no series of analyses is
available. In such cases an inspection of the location
from which the water comes should be insisted on, as a
sound interpretation of a water analysis can only be made
with a reasonably full knowledge of the source of the
sample. After a careful sanitary inspection, however,
the comparison of the result of even a single examina-
tion with the normal range for waters of the same class
60 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
may prove of great significance, as a few practical
examples may make clear (Winslow, 1gor).
In the spring of 1900 the city of Hartford, Conn.,
was using a double supply, from the Connecticut River
and from a series of impounding reservoirs among the
hills. A single series of plates showed from 4000 to
7000 bacteria per c.c. in the water of the river, while
the reservoir water contained 300 to goo. The abandon-
ment of the river supply followed, and at once the
excessive amount of typhoid fever in the city was
curtailed.
In the fall of 1900, Newport, R. I., experienced an
outbreak of typhoid fever, and when suspicion was
thrown upon the surface water-supply, chemical analysis
of the latter was not wholly reassuring; but there were
only 334 bacteria per c.c. in the water from the taps,
while a well in the infected district gave 6100. It was
no surprise to find, on a further study of the epidemic,
that the well was largely at fault and the public supply
was not.
In the case of ground-water the evidence is usually
even more distinct. At Framingham, Mass., in 1903,
high chlorin content in the public supply, drawn from a
filter gallery beside a lake, had led to public anxiety.
Five samples from different parts of the system showed
averages of 1, 2, 2, 2, and 4 bacteria per c.c.; and
taking this in conjunction with the other features of
the bacteriological analysis, it was possible to report
that any pollution introduced upon the gathering
ground had at the time of examination been entirely
removed.
Cuvureyoy JVM "fyO As01INOD)
"AK 'N ‘uinqny 3 JdA0,7 :
ploydsy, jo orwopidgy sz9yeA OY} JO wax oY} Burancy oosemEO oYe’T Ul 7UW9}U0D YOO ‘| pur yuNOD [rIOT, ut sosueqy
‘Vuruq ofv95 JO 9804) LL _— ——"
"2 Posey Ay Og} HO
spend aoaoy ploqd sy, ‘sono prondsy, Jo sdevp OF
Treen "hn } H rT
bare > ee SS Ne | a hiethal f atk ala 2 a dl a? SC e
4 ong 2
4 ooaT i
=
0008
oon 8
0008 a
0098 &
A oor
8061 L061 ‘ies Fy
‘oag “AON "LOO "1d38 “onv Amn anne AVW "UdV “YVW ‘aad “nve ‘O30 “AON ‘LOO |‘Ld3S L e
QUANTITATIVE BACTERIOLOGICAL ANALYSIS 60a
606 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY |
The results presented in the diagram on page 60a
offer an interesting example of the value of the total
count of bacteria as compared with the estimation
of B. coli. This chart, prepared by Mr. J. W. Acker-
man, the Engineer of the Auburn, N. Y., Water Board,
shows by the vertical. lines the total count and by the
crosses the presence of colon bacilli in the water supply
of Auburn drawn from Lake Owasco. In the year
illustrated in this diagram, and in other years, before
and after, the total count of bacteria rose sharply at
the time of the spring thaw, while colon bacilli were
on the whole more abundant during the summer.
- The explanation of this phenomenon probably is that
a certain proportion of colon bacilli are always contrib-
uted by the small brooks which enter the reservoir
from agricultural land which, not being of human
origin, have but little significance. At the time of
the spring thaws, which for the most part wash an
open farming country, the normal contribution of B.
coli from the fields is obscured by the rain and melting
snow, while only the rise in total count registers the
fact that contaminating material of all sorts is being
washed into the lake. With this contaminating material,
for the most part of a harmless nature, human excreta
are washed in from certain points on the watershed,
and in the spring of 1908 these excreta contained
specific typhoid infection and an epidemic in Auburn,
was the result.
In this case then the total count of bacteria was a
more accurate index of danger than the colon content.
CHAPTER IV
DETERMINATION OF THE NUMBER OF ORGANISMS
DEVELOPING AT THE BODY TEMPERATURE
_ Relation between Counts Made at 20° and 37°. The
count of colonies upon the gelatin plate measures,
as we have pointed out, the number of the metatrophic
bacteria in general; and the distribution of these forms
corresponds with the decomposition of organic matter
wherever it may occur. In this great class, there are
some species which will grow under a wide variety of
conditions. These are present in most waters in small
numbers, and in sources contaminated with wash from
decaying vegetable matter they occur in abundance.
Other metatrophic forms, however, through a semi-
parasitic mode of life, have become specially adapted
to the peculiar conditions characteristic of the animal
body; and these bacteria possess the property of develop-
ing most actively at the temperature of the human
body, 37° C., which altogether checks the growth of
the majority of normal earth and water forms. The
determination of the number of organisms growing
at the body temperature may throw light, then, on the
presence of direct sewage pollution, since the bacteria
from the alimentary canal flourish under such con-
ditions, while most of those derived from other sources
do not. Savage classifies the bacteria which may
61
62 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
be found in water under three headings: normal inhab-
itants, like B. fluorescens; unobjectionable aliens
(from soil), like B. mycoides, and objectionable aliens
(from excreta), like B. coli. The first sort and many
of the second sort are generally unable to grow at 37
degrees. This criterion is not an absolute one. Savage,
(1906) reports an experiment in which unpolluted soil,
which had not been manured or cultivated for at least
3 years, was added to tap water, with the result that a
20° count of 76 was increased to 1970, and a 37° count
of 3 was raised to 1630. In this case most of the
bacteria in the soil were capable of development at
body temperature. Experience shows, however, that
the numbers of such bacteria which actually reach
natural waters from such sources are seldom large.
The count at 37°, therefore, helps to distinguish con-
tamination by wash of the soil of a virgin woodland
from pollution by excreta, since in the former case the
proportion of blood-temperature organisms is much
smaller than in the latter. Furthermore, this method
is free from much of the error introduced by the mul-
tiplication of bacteria after the collection of a sample,
as most of the forms which grow in water during storage
cannot endure the higher temperature and _ conse-
quently do not develop upon incubation. Recently,
for example, water from a spring of good quality was
shipped to the laboratory from a considerable distance.
Gelatin plates showed 4200 bacteria per c.c., but agar
plates at 37° were sterile.
Significance of the 37° Count. A majority of the
English Committee appointed to consider the standard-
DETERMINATION OF ORGANISMS 63
ization of methods for water examination (1904)
recommended the body-temperature count as a stand-
ard procedure. The American Committee on Standard
Methods in its 1905 Report did not recommend this
method even for alternative use. In its last report
(1912), however, it substituted the 37° for the 20° count,
which was dropped out entirely. As we have pointed
out in Chapter II, this course seems to us an unwise
one, and it was formally condemned at the meeting of
the Laboratory Section of the American Public Health
Association in September, 1912, by the passage of a vote
declaring that “ordinary routine examinations of
water for sanitary purposes, and in the control of
purification plants for the present, should include the
determination of the number of bacteria developing
at 20 degrees and 37 degrees.” By this action the
body-temperature count is placed on a par with the
2o-degree count as an integral part of sanitary bac-
teriological water examination, a course which has
been strongly urged in earlier editions of this book.
The body-temperature count must, of course, be made
upon agar plates; but otherwise the procedure is
much the same as that already described for the routine
quantitative bacteriological examination in Chapter
II. A 1.5 per cent agar medium has generally been
used, but the Standard Methods Committee in its
recent report recommends only 1 per cent of agar.
Whipple (1913) points out that this 1 per cent agar
often gives trouble from the running together of the
colonies on the weaker medium. On the other hand,
a 1 per cent agar gives higher counts than 1.5 per cent
64 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
agar. He emphasizes the recommendation of Jackson
that the agar used should be dried at 105° C. for
30 minutes, as commercial agar itself contains more or
less water.
The period of incubation ordinarily adopted for body-.
temperature counts is 24 hours. Lederer and Bach-
mann (1911) find that with sewage effluents a 48-hour
period at 37° may yield counts from two to six
times as high as those obtained in 24 hours; it is ques-
tionable, however, whether the higher counts thus given
would compensate for the loss of time. The adoption
of a 24-hour period by the Standard Methods Com-
mittee in any case represents an almost universal
practice.
In using agar plates at 37° difficulty is some-
times caused by the spreading of colonies of certain
organisms over the surface of the plate in the water
of condensation which gathers; this may be avoided
by inverting the plates after the agar is once well set,
or still better by the use of plates provided with earthen-
ware tops, as suggested by Hill. The porous earthen-
ware absorbs the water which condenses on it, the
surface of the plate remains comparatively dry, and the
percentage of “spread” plates is reduced from 30
per cent to 1 per cent (Hill, 1904). Special pains must
be taken, however, to keep the atmosphere in the
incubator nearly saturated with moisture or errors will
be introduced by the excessive evaporation of the
medium used.
Use of Litmus Lactose Agar. Additional evidence
as to the character of a water sample may be
DETERMINATION OF ORGANISMS 65
obtained with little extra trouble by adding a sugar
and some sterile litmus to the agar medium and
observing the fermenting powers of the organisms
present, as first suggested by Wurtz (Wurtz, 1892)
for the separation of B. coli from B. typhi. It hap-
‘pens that the most abundant intestinal organisms,
belonging to the groups of the colon bacilli and the
streptococci, decompose dextrose and lactose with the
formation of a large excess of acid. The decomposi-
tion of the latter sugar, is, on the other hand, almost
entirely wanting among the commoner saprophytic
bacteria, and therefore lactose is most commonly used
in making sugar agar, 1 per cent being added to the
medium just before the final filtration (between steps
15 and 16 in the standard process of media-making
given on p. 271). In pouring the plate a cubic centi-
meter of sterile litmus solution should be added.
After incubation the colonies of the acid-forming
organisms will be clearly picked out by the redden-
ing of the adjacent agar. Only those colonies which
are sharply colored should be considered as significant,
since certain bacteria of the hay-bacillus group pro-
duce weak acid and faint coloring of the litmus.
When polluted waters are examined in this manner
the number of organisms developing on the lactose-
agar plate will be very high, almost equalling in some
cases the total count obtained on gelatin. Chick
(Chick, 1901), using a lactose-agar medium with the
addition of one-thousandth part of phenol, found, of
colon bacilli alone, 6100 per c.c. in the Manchester
ship canal; 55-190 in the polluted River Severn, and
66 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
numbers up to 65,000 per gram in roadside mud. In
an examination of water from the Charles River above
Boston, 37° counts ranging from 9800 to 16,900 have
been found. The average result of 56 examinations of
Boston sewage from July to December, 1903, showed
5,430,000 bacteria per c.c., at 20° and 3,760,000 per
c.c. at 37°, of which 1,670,000 were acid formers. The
average of 25 samples examined in July and August,
1904, showed 1,690,000 bacteria per c.c. at 20° and
1,400,000 at 37°; 429,000 per c.c. {were acid formers
(Winslow, 1905).
In unpolluted waters not only the absolute number of
organisms developing at the body temperature is less, but
its ratio to the gelatin count is very different. Rideal
(Rideal, 1902) states that the proportion between the
two counts in the case of a London water in a year’s
examination was on the average one to twelve. Mathews
(Mathews, 1893) in 1893 gave the following figures,
the contrast between the ponds and streams, which
were presumably exposed to pollution, on the one
hand, and the wells, springs, and taps, on the other,
being marked.
Average Number of Colonies per c.c.
Source of Water.
Gelatin, 20°. Wurtz Agar, 37.5°.
WV RUS SOTIN RS. dic si4ceiela ss) blew ae kee 1664 28
PRESEN VIIS !s {5 beg selon tareia sie td ou ye elas 153 43
POMC Rindge telsivhece vad cue Sealed as are 296 95
SEI ls a hare a-ie Aoecs batendhc eget ea 242 24
UPR AIIS yas space ape aeqek a aieaias Pate 273 IOI
DETERMINATION OF ORGANISMS 67
According to the English Committee appointed to
consider the Standardization of Methods for the Bac-
terioscopic Examination of Water (1904), the ratio
of the 20° count to the 37° count in good waters is
generally considerably higher than 10 to 1. “ With a
polluted water this ratio is approached, and frequently
becomes 10 to 2, 10 to 3 or even less.”
In 1903 Nibecker and one of ourselves (Winslow
and Nibecker, 1903) made an examination of 259 samples
of water from presumably unpolluted sources in Eastern
Massachusetts, including public supplies, brooks, springs,
ponds, driven wells, and pools in the fields and woods,
with a view to testing the value of the body-temperature
examination. In many cases the samples showed
high gelatin counts, since some of the waters were
exposed to surface wash from vacant land, but the
average number of organisms developing’ on lactose
agar at 37 degrees was less than 8 per c.c., as will be
seen by reference to the table on the following page.
The highest individual counts obtained were 95 in a
meadow pool, 83 in a brook, and 74 in a barnyard well,
the latter probably actually polluted. Only two samples
in the whole series, one from the well above mentioned,
gave any red colonies on the agar plates.
For a series of shallow surface wells recently examined
by one of us (S. C. P.) a similar relation is indicated
in the table on page 69; 124 samples which showed no
colon bacilli and were apparently unpolluted, gave an
average of 190 bacteria per c.c. at 20° and 8 at 37°
with less than one red colony per c.c.; 23 samples
which did contain colon bacilli averaged 570 bacteria
68 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
RELATION OF 20° AND 37° COUNTS IN SAMPLES OF
WATER FROM APPARENTLY UNPOLLUTED SOURCES
(WINSLOW AND NIBECKER, 1903)
#2 peeaeng F
Sp. | sactose- Dextrose-Broth
- | Oo Sear Tubes.
6 |O% | Plates,
a= Oe ee) Jee
§
B te be a| 9 | wm 3 n
Source of Samples. oe Bare eS we'd 215 eo Pee;
v1 go|\eolso| P/F. (al lee
S\ 33/38 /s| & [Ss lao Ce
Elec essl clesleolse
4| 80 | 8c lee| & |2¢| Sa ea
pe | ee"! /e° | Se lee
< $21.05 IOO0O CC
Reaction 1 per cent normal.
The Hesse medium has been used with great success
by Jackson and Melia (1909). Its general composition
is as follows:
EN aU ee he asi oS oats 5 gm
Mute s pepton . 2... is ee Io gm.
Liebig’s meat extract.......... 5 gm.
11 Is OR Se RR 8.5 gm
Dastilled water... 22 ........:. 1000 C.C
Reaction 1 per cent normal.
Jackson (1909) recommends that the agar used
should be dried for half an hour at 105°, and under
78d ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY .
these circumstances 4.5 grams may be used in the
formula instead of the 5 grams recommended by Hesse.
The medium must be stored in an ice chest with saturated
atmosphere. Plates must be made in sufficient dilu-
tion to give a few colonies on the plate; and where
this is done the typhoid colonies are sharply dis-
tinguished from those of B. coli by the fact that they
grow to a considérable size, often several centimeters
in diameter and show a broad translucent or scarcely
turbid zone between the white opaque centre or nucleus
and the perfectly circular narrow white seam or edge.
Stokes and Hachtel (1912) have suggested a modifica-
tion of the Hesse medium which consists in the increase
of the agar to 5.5 per cent and in the addition of 10
gm. of lactose and 50 gm. of glycerin to the formula
cited above. The agar is dried out at 105 degrees for
half an hour and dissolved in half a liter of water. The
meat extract is added to the other half liter and freed
from muscle sugar by inoculation with the colon bacillus
and incubation for 24 hours at 37 degrees. The sugar-
free broth thus prepared is filtered and to it is added
the peptone, lactose and salt. The two half liter por-
tions of the medium are then mixed and boiled for
30 minutes. The medium is filtered and adjusted to a
neutral reaction, the glycerin is added and the medium
is tinted with azolitmin solution before tubing and steril-
izing. Typhoid and para-typhoid organisms develop
medium-sized, pinkish colonies with concentric rings,
and may thus be distinguished from colonies of B.
alcaligenes, B. proteus and other motile forms. Organ-
ISOLATION OF SPECIFIC PATHOGENES 79
isms of the B. subtilis group must be eliminated by
microscopic examination, using the Gram stain.
Preliminary Enrichment. In most cases plate isola-
tion is preceded by some sort of enrichment process
designed to favor the typhoid bacilli at the expense
of the members of the B. coli group. The original
use of carbol broth has been already discussed. In
Europe caffein media have been used for this purpose
and in the United States bile media have been strongly
recommended.
The important fact that caffein has an inhibitory
action on colon bacilli, announced by Roth (Roth,
1903) has given rise to much investigation, and offers
one of the most promising methods for the isolation
of the typhoid bacillus from water. Hoffman and
Ficker (Hoffman and Ficker, 1904) developed methods
for the isolation of B. typhi from feces and from infected
water by its use in connection with nutrose and crystal
violet. For the isolation from infected water solutions
were prepared as follows:
1. Ten grams of nutrose dissolved in 80 c.c. of steril-
ized distilled water.
2. Five grams caffein, in 20 c.c. sterilized distilled
water.
3- One-tenth gram of crystal violet in 100 c.c. water.
Solutions 1 and 2 were mixed by shaking together in a
flask, and the mixture poured into a flask containing
goo cubic centimeters of the water to be tested; 10
c.c. of solution 3 were gradually added, and the whole
thoroughly mixed by shaking and then incubated at
80 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY .
37 degrees for not over 12-13 hours. At the end of the
incubation period loopfuls of the solution were smeared
over Drigalski-Conradi plates.
By this method the B. typhi was isolated from
mixtures in river water containing one typhoid bacillus
to 51,867 water bacteria and colon bacilli.
A number of investigations have shown that the
action of the caffein is not as markedly selective as at
first claimed. Kloumann (Kloumann, 1904) obtained
no better results by this method than by the Drigalski-
Conradi medium alone, and Willson (Willson, 1905)
found that certain strains of B. typhi were inhibited,
while strains of B. coli developed feebly in the presence
of 0.5 per cent of caffein.
In this country marked success in the isolation of
the typhoid bacillus has been attained by the use of
lactose bile as an enrichment medium. Jackson (Jack-
son and Melia, 1909), the principal exponent of this
procedure, recommends that sterilized undiluted fresh
ox gall (or an 11 per cent solution of dry fresh ox gall)
containing 1 per cent of peptone and 1 per cent of
lactose be made up in 4o c.c. amounts in fermen-
tation tubes to which varying amounts of water, up
to 10 c.c. may be added. After incubation for 48
or 72 hours, he plates on Hesse agar and he finds
that in the bile medium B. typhi tends to over-
grow B. coli while most other organisms are entirely
suppressed. ae
Dr. Krumwiede has found brilliant green broth
useful as an enrichment medium for the isolation of
ISOLATION OF SPECIFIC PATHOGENES 81
typhoid bacilli from stools. In a personal letter he
says: “If stools are inoculated into brilliant green broth
(extract broth neutral to phenolphthalein with 1 per
cent of glucose), there is a suppression or inhibition
of many of the lactose fermenters. The dye, even in
strong solutions, has little effect on the growth of
pyocyaneus, proteus, paratyphoid-like (intermediates),
and aérogenes (mucosus types, non dulcit fermenters)
bacilli. Typhoid bacilli will multiply in dilutions of
the dye that inhibit the colon types. As the feces
itself reduces the activity of the dye, adjustment is
necessary and can be obtained by inoculation of o.1
c.c. of the fecal suspension into broth containing
I-300,000, I-400,000 and 1-500,000 of the dye. These
tubes, after 15 to 18 hours’ incubation, are plated
on Endo.”
Concentration by Agglutination or Precipitation. A
physical concentration of the typhoid bacilli precedes
enrichment or isolation in the procedure recommended
by many authors. Klein, as noted above, accomplished
this by passing the water through a Berkefeld filter.
Other workers have made use of agglutination or chem-
ical precipitation for the same purpose.
The phenomenon of agglutination was made the
basis of a method of isolating B. typhi from water by
Adami and Chopin (Adami and Chopin, 1904). Two-
liter samples of the water were collected in sterilized
bottles (Winchester quarts), and to each was added
20 c.c. of 1 per cent glucose broth. The sample was
incubated for 18 to 24 hours at 37° C., after which
82 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
10 c.c. portions were withdrawn and placed in long,
narrow test tubes. To each of these tubes enough
typhoid serum of known potency was added to make
a regularly graded series, 1-50, 1-100, 1-150, and 1-200.
The probable presence of the typhoid bacillus was
manifest by the formation of flocculi within a quarter
of an hour, and agglutination was complete in from
2 to 5 hours.
The tube having the greatest dilution in which
agglutination was apparent was then examined by
breaking off the lower end, containing the precipitate,
washing the sediment two or three times with sterile
water after removing the clear supernatant liquid,
and allowing the bacteria to settle again. The organ-
isms remaining were plated upon various media, and
examined biochemically to determine the true character
of the suspected colonies. It was found that a dilution
of 1 to 60 was the highest which could be used with the
organisms examined, and it is therefore probable that
high dilutions (greater than 1-60) cannot be success-
fully used.
Investigation of an organism isolated by this method
was made by Klotz (1904), who’ found the culture
to be not a typical B. typhi, but a form showing
certain points of similarity to both B. typhi and to
B. coli, and probably intermediate between them.
Frost (1910) isolated a bacillus of the B. proteus
group from filtered Potomac water which agglutinated
with typhoid serum in high dilutions. As Klotz points
out, therefore, it is evident that even when a positive
result is obtained with a relatively high dilution of
ISOLATION OF SPECIFIC PATHOGENES 83
typhoid serum, the action may by no means be abso-
lutely specific.
Schepilewski (Schepilewski, 1903) and Altschuler
(Altschuler, 1903) have also used agglutination as a
means of precipitating the bacteria after enrichment
cultivation in broth. The former incubated the cul-
ture at 37° for 24 fhours, then added a serum of
high potency, allowed the mixture to stand for 2
to 3 hours, and then centrifuged. The supernatant
liquid was removed, and the mass of agglutinated cells
broken up by shaking with glass beads and salt solu-
tion. Upon plating upon litmus lactose agar the organ-
isms could be detected. In this way positive isolation
was made from water containing 1 loopful of a broth
culture in 50 liters of water. Altschuler’s method of
enrichment was essentially like that of Schepilewski.
From the surface of the culture developed at 37°,
IO c.c. were removed to a tapering tube provided with a
rubber tube at the bottom. Serum was added in the
proportion of one part in 50, the culture agitated to
release entangled non-agglutinated bacilli and the
sediment run into a tube containing 1 per cent peptone
and o.5 percent salt. The agglutinated mass was broken
up by shaking with sand, and the culture incubated at
37° for 24 hours, then plated on Drigalski-Conradi
plates. The organism was isolated from dilute suspen-
sions in water (150 in 1 liter) and also from the feces
of a typhoid patient from which other methods gave
negative results.
Precipitation Methods. A number of methods for
concentrating typhoid bacilli in water by chemical
84 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY |
precipitation have been tested experimentally, with
some degree of promise. Vallet (Vallet, 1901) was
the first to employ this principle, and made use of
sodium hyposulphite and lead acetate. The mixture
was then centrifuged and the precipitate dissolved in
more hyposulphite. The clear solution was then plated.
Schiider (Schiider, 1903) observed that the lead
salt reacted harmfully upon the bacteria, and that
the hyposulphite should be in excess. In his experi-
ments water was allowed to stand in tall jars for 24
hours. To 2 liters of infected water, 20 c.c. of a 7.75
per cent solution of sodium hyposulphite was added,
and after thorough mixing 20 c.c. of a 10 per cent
solution of lead nitrate. The precipitate, after 20
to 24 hours, was treated with 14 c.c. of saturated sodium
hyposulphite solution and shaken. From the clear
solution 0.2 to 0.5 c.c. portions were streaked upon
Drigalski-Conradi plates which were then incubated
at 37° for 24 hours. Ficker (Ficker, 1904) modi-
fied the process still more by using ferric sulphate,
and dissolved the precipitate with neutral potassium
tartrate. The final solution was then plated on
Drigalski-Conradi medium. Ficker claimed that this
method gives excellent results, 97-98 per cent of the
typhoid bacteria being carried down with the precipitate.
Miiller (Miiller, 1905), in comparing different pre-
cipitation methods, adopted ferric oxychloride as the
most suitable precipitant, because of its quicker and
less destructive action. Willson (Willson, 1905) sug-
gested the use of alum as a precipitant. He added
0.5 gr. alum per liter of water examined. The mixture
fet Seo asl a la a Od
a
ISOLATION OF SPECIFIC PATHOGENES 85
was then centrifuged, and the precipitate suspended in a
small amount of water and plated on Drigalski-Conradi
medium. Nieter (Nieter, 1906) made 20 parallel experi-
ments, using very pure water infected with typhoid
bacilli in varying numbers. By precipitating with ferric
sulphate and sodium hydrate, centrifuging, and then
filtering through a sterile filter he obtained small
numbers of bacteria. Using iron oxychloride as the
precipitant, he confirmed the results of Miiller. By
plating on malachite green agar he was often able to
get positive results when the Drigalski-Conradi medium
failed.
By use of a combination of enrichment and chemical
precipitation, Ditthorn and Gildemeister (Ditthorn
and Gildemeister, 1906) isolated the typhoid bacillus
from enormous artificial dilutions in water. In the
typhoid fever epidemic in Posen, in 1906, it was found
that the bile of those dying from the disease contained
nearly pure cultures of typhoid bacilli. This led the
authors mentioned to use bile and bile agar as enrich-
ment media. After precipitating by Miiller’s method,
the whole of the precipitate was added to too
c.c. sterile ox bile and grown at 37° for 24 hours,
after which time 1 c.c. portions were plated. With
extreme dilutions it was found desirable to incubate
for 48 to 72 hours. The results were unsatisfactory
in the presence of large numbers of water bacteria.
It is also pointed out that the iron oxychloride is
bactericidal in 48 hours.
Separation on the Basis of Motility. Drigalski (Dri-
galski, 1906) has suggested the separation of B. typhi
86 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
from other bacteria in water through its greater motility.
He succeeded in isolating typhoid bacilli from two
springs by the following method: 5 to ro liters of water
were allowed to stand one to two days in tall milk cans
at room temperature. Samples were taken from the
surface and plated on litmus-lactose agar (Drigalski-
Conradi medium), the amount of water to be used
varying with the contamination.
Starkey (1906) has suggested the use of an apparatus
consisting of a piece of glass tubing bent so as to give
four successive connected loops. This is filled with phenol
broth, inoculated at one end, and incubated anzrobically.
The more actively motile bacilli find their way to the
fourth loop from which they may be isolated by plating.
Review of Suggested Procedures. The methods of
examining water for B. typhi may be conveniently
summarized as follows:
i ( a. By filtration
b. By agglutination
Schiider’s process
1. Physical c. By chemical } Fischer’s process
concentration (precipitation | Willson’s process
Miiller’s process
a. Parietti’s carbol broth
b. Jackson’s lactose bile
2. Enrichment 4 c. Hoffmann and Ficker’s caffein
Examination Process
of water for d. Brilliant green broth
typhoid ( a. Elsner’s gelatin medium
bacilli b. Endo’s medium
c. Loeffler’s malachite green me-
dium
. Brilliant green agar
2, Drigalski-Conradi agar
3. Isolation d
e
f. Hiss’s medium
g
a
. Hesse’s medium
. Morphological and _ cultural
characters
b. Agglutination
4. Identifica-
tion
ISOLATION OF SPECIFIC PATHOGENES 87
Of the comparative advantages of these methods
it is still too early to speak with finality. Up to the
present time the use of caffein and lactose bile has
apparently been followed by the best results, and it
seems likely that of the precipitation methods that
employing the oxychloride of iron is the best. The suc-
cessful use of malachite green and brilliant green in the
isolation of typhoid and paratyphoid bacilli from feces
suggests that the more general adoption of these media
in water examinations would possibly prove fruitful.
Identification of the Typhoid Bacillus. At the end
of the process the identification of the pure cultures
isolated is again- subject to considerable uncertainty.
The typhoid bacillus belongs to a large group which
contains numerous varieties differing from each other
by minute degrees. The inability to reproduce the
disease by inoculation in available test animals owing
to their natural immunity is a serious drawback;
and the specific biochemical characters of the organism
are, as it happens, mostly negative ones, as shown by
comparison with B. coli, to which it is supposed to be
allied.
COMPARISON OF THE CHARACTERS OF B. COLI AND
B. TYPHI
(HorRROCKS, Igor)
B. COLI B. TYPHI
(1) Surface Colonies, Gelatin (z) Much thinner than those
Plates.—Thicker, and grow more _ of B. coli, and grow more slowly.
rapidly than those of B. typhi. After forty-eight hours’ incuba-
After forty-eight hours’ incubation tion at 22° C. they are hardly
at 22° C. they are usually large _ visible to the naked eye.
and characteristic.
88 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY ~
(2) Gelatin-stab.—Quick growth
on the surface and along the line
of inoculation.
(3) Gelatin-slope.—Thick, broad
grayish-white growth with a cre-
nated margin.
(4) Witte’s Peptone and Salt
Solution.—Indol produced.
(5) Milk.—Coagulated.
(6) Litmus-whey, one week at
37° C. Acid produced usually
requiring from 20 to 40 per cent of
N/r10 alkali to neutralize it.
(7) Neutral-red Glucose-agar.—
Marked green fluorescence.
(8) Glucose-gelatin and Lac-
tose-gelatin Shake Cultures, and
Glucose-agar-stab.—Marked gas
formation.
(9) Gelatin, 25 ver cent, incu-
bated at 37° C.— Thick film
appears on the surface.
(10) Potato.—As a rule, a thick
yellowish-brown growth.
(11) Proskauer and Capaldi’s
Media. No.I, after twenty hours’
growth, medium acid. No. II,
Growth, medium neutral or faintly
alkaline.
(12) Nitrate-broth.—Nitrate re-
duced to nitrite.
(13) Microscopical
ances.—A small bacillus often
like a coccus, not motile as a rule.
(14) Flagella—Usually 1 to 3,
short and brittle; sometimes 8 to
12, long and wavy.
(15) Agglutination.—As a rule,
no agglutination with a dilute anti-
typhoid serum.
Appear- _
(2) Slow growth on the surface
like the colonies; along the line of
inoculation, the growth is much
thinner, and often ends below in a
few white points consisting of dis-
crete colonies.
(3) Thin narrow grayish-white
growth, crenated margin not
marked as in B. coli.
(4) No formation of indol.
(5) Unchanged after a month.
(6) Very small amount of acid
produced, requiring not more than
6 per cent of N/1o alkali to neu-
tralize it.
(7) No change.
(8) No gas formation.
(9) No film appears on the sur-
face, but a general growth takes
place throughout the tube.
(10) Thin transparent growth
hardly visible to the naked eye.
(11) No. I, no growth or change
in the reaction of the medium.
No. II, Growth, medium acid.
(12) Reduction of nitrate not so
marked.
(13) Usually longer than B.
coli; highly motile, with a quick
serpent-like movement.
(14) Usually 8 to r2, long and
wavy.
(15) Marked agglutination with
dilute anti-typhoid serum.
In addition to the biochemical characters noted above
the typhoid bacillus is characterized by its failure to
produce gas and by its feeble acid production in lactose
a
ISOLATION OF SPECIFIC PATHOGENES 89
media and by its characteristic colonies on Drigalski-
Conradi agar, Endo medium, Hiss medium, and Hesse
' agar. In studying its immunity reactions agglutina-
tion should in all important cases be supplemented
by the Pfeiffer reaction and the absorption test which
will be found described in standard text-books on
bacteriology.
Of the many observers who have reported the isola-
tion of the typhoid bacillus from water, all but the most
recent are quite discredited, on account of the insuf-
ficiency of the confirmatory tests, and even the latest
results should be received with caution. Since the
introduction of the Widal (Widal, 1896) reaction,
founded on the fact that typhoid bacilli examined
under the microscope in the diluted blood-serum of
a typhoid patient lose their motility and “ agglutinate ”
or clump together, an important aid has been fur-
nished in the diagnosis. Yet serum tests are notably
erratic, and insufficient to identify an organism with-
out an exhaustive study of biochemical reactions.
Many organisms are agglutinated by typhoid serum in
a more or less dilute solution, and agglutinations are
not significant unless obtained in dilutions as great as
I-500 or 1-1000. The discovery of the Bacillus dysen-
teriz of Shiga,! which closely resembles the typhoid
bacillus, has made the identification of the latter more
dubious than ever. Hiss (1904) has shown that the
fermentation and agglutination reactions of the two
organisms are in many respects alike, and Park and his
*For an account of biology of B. dysenterie the student is
referred to an article by Dombrowsky, 1903.
90 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
associates (1904) have shown that there are not less
than three distinct types of dysentery bacilli Fpl 6):
that group.
Isolation of Typhoid Bacilli from Water. The methods
we have been discussing have many of them been used
chiefly for obtaining the typhoid bacillus from feces,
which is much easier than its isolation from polluted
water. There are, however, a number of cases in which
the organism has undoubtedly been isolated from
| polluted. water, as by Kiibler and Neufeld (Kiibler and
Neufeld, 1899), who examined a farmhouse well at
Neumark in 1899, and Fischer and Flatau (Fischer and
Flatau, 1901), who discovered an organism responding
to a most exhaustive series of tests for the typhoid
bacillus in a well at Rellingen in 1901. In these cases
the water was directly plated upon Elsner’s medium or
phenolated gelatin with no preliminary process of
enrichment. Willson (Willson, 1905) summarized the
instances in which the typhoid bacillus had been
isolated from infected drinking water, up to 1905, and
included, in addition to the above-mentioned cases, the
following:
1. By Losener, in 1895, from the Berlin water supply.
2. By Conradi, in 1902, from a well at Pecs in Hun-
gary, by use of carbol gelatin plates.
' 3. By Jaksch and Rau, in 1904, from the water
supply of Prague, and also from the river Moldau, by
caffein-nutrose crystal violet agar.
4. By Strészner, in 1904, from a well near Budapest,
by the same method.
Several other instances in which the isolated organ-
ISOLATION OF SPECIFIC PATHOGENES 91
jsms gave positive agglutination tests, as well as the
usual cultural reactions, are also cited by Willson.
During the last 5 years a number of successful isola-
tions of the typhoid bacillus have been reported in
America. An organism obtained from the water-supply
of Scranton, Pa., in 1907, by simple enrichment in
Parietti bouillon, was identified as the typhoid bacillus
by Prof. Fox after a very careful series of tests with
immune sera (Pennsylvania, 1908). The most impor-
tant results have been achieved, however, by Jackson
with lactose bile enrichment and subsequent plating on
Hesse agar. He reports the isolation of B. typhi from
10 c.c. samples of the Grass River at Canton, N. Y.,
and of a pond and stream .at Hastings, N. Y., (both
used as sources of water-supply) and from two 1 c.c.
samples of the Hudson River near Hastings at the
time of the typhoid epidemic there (Jackson and Melia,
1909). Stokes and Hachtel (1910) by the same method
found organisms corresponding to typhoid in their general
cultural reactions in four samples of surface-waters
(two of them from an impounding reservoir of the
Baltimore supply), in the sediment of a school well
supposed to have caused typhoid fever, in a sewage-
polluted stream and in two samples of market oysters.
These organisms agglutinated with the blood of typhoid
patients in 1/50 and 1/100 dilutions, but with an
immune serum producing agglutination with a standard
laboratory typhoid culture in dilution of 1/25,000
these water organisms would only agglutinate in
dilutions of 1/250 or 1/500. Their identity must
therefore be regarded as somewhat doubtful. The
92 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
same authors (Stokes and Hachtel, 1912) have more
recently reported the isolation of the typhoid bacillus
from the water in the neighborhood of a_ polluted
oyster bed. .
The search for the typhoid bacillus is usually sug-
gested when an outbreak of the disease has cast strong
suspicion upon some definite source of water-supply.
_ By the time an epidemic manifests itself, however,
the period of the original infection is long past, and the
chances.are good that any of the specific bacilli once
present will have disappeared. While elaborate exper-
iments have shown that B. typhi may persist in
sterilized water for upwards of 2 months and in unster-
ilized water from 3 days to several weeks, the number
of the organisms present is always very rapidly reduced.
Even in highly polluted water their number is propor-
tionately small; as is well shown by the experiments —
of Laws and Andrewes (Laws and Andrewes, 1894)
who entirely failed to isolate the typhoid bacillus from
the sewage of London and found only two colonies of
the organism on a long series of plates made from the
sewage of a hospital containing forty typhoid patients.
So Wathelet (Wathelet,1895) found that of 600 colonies
isolated from typhoid stools ‘and having the appearance
characteristic of B. coli and B. typhi only 10 belonged
to the latter species.
Epidemiological evidence confirms these results and
indicates that the number of typhoid bacilli even in
polluted water probably is never very great, while the
fate of Lowell and Lawrence in 1890-91 and the more
recent epidemics at Butler, Pa., and Ithaca, N. Y.,
ISOLATION OF SPECIFIC PATHOGENES 93
demonstrate that even a small number of virulent
organisms can bring about an almost wholesale infection.
Indeed, if the virulent organism were as abundant as
some results would indicate (Remlinger and Schneider,
1897), the human ‘race would long since have been
exterminated. A negative result in testing for typhoid
bacilli has no significance and there is danger that it
may be misinterpreted if the fact that it has been made
comes to public knowledge. In spite of this danger,
however, and in spite of the laborious and time-con-
suming nature of the process, the increasingly large
number of positive isolations in recent years indicate
that it is well worth trying in cases of special importance.
The search for the typhoid bacillus should of course
never supersede the examination for colon bacilli,
since the latter are so much more numerous in water
and so much more easily identified. Because of these
facts, colon bacilli will continue to be our best index
of pollution, while the positive isolations of the typhoid
bacillus will supply additional proof of the deadly
character of a water containing it.
Other Bacteria of the Typhoid Group Related to
Intestinal Disease. The typhoid bacillus and the colon
bacillus (which will be fully discussed in succeeding chap-
ters) stand at the opposite ends of a series of many dif-
ferent varieties of organisms which are intermediate in
their properties between B. typhi and B. coli, all being
non-spore-forming, non-liquefying rods, which produce
a more or less characteristic growth on solid media.
Durham (1898) divided these forms into three main
divisions, grouped, respectively, about B. typhi, B.
94 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
enteritidis and B. coli. Organisms of the first division
ferment neither dextrose, lactose nor saccharose; those
of the second ferment dextrose but not lactose; and
those of the B. coli division form gas in both these
sugars. The relationship of the commonest species
is indicated in tabular form below:
BACTERIA OF THE COLON-TYPHOID GROUP
Dextrose. Lactose.
_ Species.
Gas For- | Acid Pro- |] Gas For- | Acid Pro-
mation. duction. mation. duction.
iB, alcaligenesio3. 2s ccc None None None None
Betypt. a exces eee ey None Slight None None
B. dysemtenie.. sa. es. ees. None Distinct | None None
Benterttidis 6 44.05.c0%e5 er Active | Strong None Slight
Paratyphoid bacilli........ Active | Strong None Slight
Hog cholera bacillus....... Active | Strong None Slight
BNL aie Wim cieee Sa bat Active | Strong Active | Strong
In the typhoid division, B. alcaligenes and B. dysen-
teri are the best-known forms, besides B. typhi itself.
B. alcaligenes stands at the lower end of the whole
series in fermentative power. B. typhi forms a slight
initial acidity in milk and a slight acidity in dextrose
broth, while the reaction of B. alcaligenes in sugar
media is always alkaline. B. dysenteria, on the other
hand, differs from B. typhi in the direction of the B.
enteritidis group, producing a well-marked acid reac-
tion, but no gas in dextrose media. B. typhi and B.
dysenteriz are, of course, also distinguished by their
specific serum reactions.
ISOLATION OF SPECIFIC PATHOGENES 95
The second great division of the colon-typhoid
bacteria is the hog cholera group, or the Gartner group,
as. Durham (1808) called it. As defined by him, it
differed from the typhoid group by gas formation in
dextrose, and from the colon group by the production
of a final alkaline reaction in milk. It includes the
Gartner bacillus (B. enteritidis), the hog cholera bacillus
(B. cholere suis), and the paratyphoid bacilli. Some
of these forms, the paratyphoid bacilli, for example,
and B. enteritidis (isolated in cases of meat poisoning),
produce intestinal disease in man.
There is no doubt that water is sometimes the
means of distributing the germs of dysentery and
diarrhoea, as shown by the decrease of these diseases
in Burlington, Vt., (Sedgwick, 1902), and other com-
munities where pure water-supplies have been sub-
stituted for polluted ones. Thresh (Thresh, 1903)
described an epidemic of over 1000 cases of diarrhoea
with 14 deaths, which occurred in England at Chelmsford
and Widford, and was undoubtedly spread by the
public water-supply. A somewhat similar epidemic
of dysentery occurred in Warren and Kittanning, in
Pennsylvania, in 1906, which was unquestionably due °
to contamination of the water, in this case a river-
supply. It is possible that the examination of water
for the B. dysenterie may in the future help to
throw important light on the sanitary condition of
a water. ;
Starkey (1909 and 1911) believes that all organisms
giving the general reactions of the Gartner and para-
typhoid groups are significant and warrant the con-
96 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
demnation of a water-supply. The difficulty, however,
is that while non-acid-forming bacteria of this general
type are sometimes found in feces, they are also
found in other habitats, and they are less abundant
proportionately, in polluted than in stored and safer
waters. If true dysentery and paratyphoid bacilli
can be isolated and identified by serum reactions it is,
of course, highly important. Houston'(1911), however,
has recently tested the method suggested by Starkey
(1906) for isolating these forms and found that it gave
negative results even with a water artificially infected
with about 14 typhoid bacilli and 21 Gartner bacilli
per c.c. In his own studies Houston reports that in
the examination of 13,442 microbes from polluted
river water he found only one member of the Gartner
group; and in another study of 20,771 colonies he
found only 2 typhoid-like forms.
Isolation of the Cholera spirillum. The isolation of
the cholera spirillum from water can probably be accom-
plished with somewhat less difficulty than is encoun-
tered in the case of B. typhi. Schottelius (Schottelius,
1885) was the first to point out the necessity for grow-
ing this organism in an alkaline medium, and Loeffler
(Loeffler, 1893) found that its isolation from water
could be successfully accomplished by adding to c.c.
of alkaline pepton broth to 200 c.c. of the infected
water and incubating for 24 hours at 37 degrees, when
the organism could be found at the surface of the
medium.
Somewhat earlier than this Dunham (Dunham, 1887)
had made a special study of the chemical reactions of
ISOLATION OF SPECIFIC PATHOGENES 97
the cholera spirillum and found that the organism would
grow abundantly in a solution containing 1 per cent
peptone and o.5 per cent salt (Dunham’s solution),
producing the “ cholera-red or nitroso-indol reaction.”
This medium was brought into practical use by Dunbar
(Dunbar, 1892), who succeeded in isolating the organisms
from the water of the Elbe in 1892, during the cholera
_ epidemic at Hamburg.
Koch (Koch, 1893) prescribed the following method
for the isolation of the organism from water:
To 100 c.c. of the water to be examined is added 1
per cent pepton and 1 per cent salt. The mixture is
then incubated at 37 degrees. After intervals of 10,
15, and 20 hours the solution is examined microscopically
for comma-shaped organisms, and agar plate cultures
are made which are likewise incubated at 37 degrees.
If any colonies showing the characteristic appearance
of the cholera spirillum are found, these are examined
microscopically, and if comma-shaped organisms are
present, inoculations are made into fresh tubes to be
further tested by means of the indol reaction and by
inoculation into animals.
Stokes and Hachtel (1912) have suggested the use
of a modified Hesse agar containing starch for the
isolation of the cholera spirilla, which produce acid on
such a medium, while the colon-typhoid organisms do
not. The glycerin and lactose are omitted from the
medium described on p. 78 and to gms. of soluble
starch are added. The intestinal spirilla as a class
form round, spreading, pinkish colonies on the starch
medium, while colonies of other intestinal bacilli remain
98 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY _
blue. The medium is best used after the Koch enrich-
ment method described above.
Other pathogenic organisms have been isolated from
waters, according to the accounts of numerous investi-
gators, but from the sanitary point of view the typhoid
and cholera bacilli are of most importance, since these
are manifestly the germs of disease most likely to be
disseminated through this medium. For the detection
of B. anthracis and other spore-forming pathogenic
bacteria which may at times gain access to water from
stockyards, slaughter-houses, etc., the method suggested
by Frankland (Frankland, 1894) may be adopted.
The water to be.examined is heated to go degrees for
2 minutes and then plated, the characteristic colonies
of the anthrax organism being much more easily dis-
cerned after the destruction of tne numerous non- —
sporing water bacteria.
ee Es eae a ro Ng ee
ne ees - :
re lil Se
CHAPTER VI
THE COLON GROUP OF BACILLI AND METHODS FOR
THEIR ISOLATION
The Colon Group of Bacilli. The Bacillus coli was
first isolated by Escherich (Escherich, 1884) from the
feces of a cholera patient. It was subsequently found
to be a normal inhabitant of the intestinal tract of man
and many other animals, and to occur regularly in
their excreta, and on this account it became of the
_ highest interest and importance to sanitarians, since
its presence in water-supplies was regarded as direct
evidence of sewage pollution.
Specific disease germs dre difficult to isolate even
when they are present; and water may of course be
grossly polluted with sewage without any specific
disease germs being there at all. All sewage-polluted
water, however, is potentially dangerous, since where
fecal matter exists, disease germs are at any time likely
to appear. A test for fecal material as distinguished
from infected material is, therefore, essential; and
for such a test the colon group of bacilli are specially
well suited. They are not dangerous in themselves,
but they are significant as indices of the probable
presence of disease germs.
The so-called Bacillus coli may be described as a short,
99
100 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY ~
usually motile rod, with diameter generally less than one
micron and exhibiting no spore formation. It often ap-
pears in pairs of rods so short as to suggest a diplococcus.
It decolorizes by the Gram stain. It forms thin, irregu-
lar translucent films upon the surface of gelatin, called
“‘ prape-leaf colonies” by the Germans, produces
no liquefaction, and gives a wire-nail-like growth in
stick cultures. It forms a white translucent layer of
characteristic appearance upon agar, produces a more
or less abundant, moist, yellowish growth on potato,
and turbidity and some sediment in broth; it ferments
dextrose and lactose with the formation of gas of which
ies 1s esc ge
the ratio is approximately, co. 7 38 ordinarily deter-
2
mined; a strong acid reaction and gas are produced
in many other sugar-containing media. The organism
generally gives a characteristic reaction in esculin
' media and typically reduces neutral red, changing
its color to canary yellow with a greenish fluorescence.
It grows in the Capaldi-Proskauer media, forming
acid in the albumin-free medium, No. 1, and giving
a neutral or alkaline reaction in the peptone-mannite
medium No. 2. It coagulates casein in litmus milk,
and reduces the litmus with subsequent slow return
of the color (red), and generally forms indol in peptone
solution. Many cultures of this organism are fatal
to guinea pigs when the latter are inoculated sub-
cutaneously with one-half c.c. of a 24-hour bouillon
culture, and most cultures produce death when this
amount is inoculated intraperitoneally. Although not
a spore-forming bacillus, and in general not possessing
‘i
ees ae. ae
THE COLON GROUP OF BACILLI 101
great resistance against antiseptic substances, B. coli
is less susceptible to phenol than are many other forms,
especially certain water-bacteria.
We have spoken as if Bacillus coli were a single defi-
nite organism. Asa matter of fact it is a name applied
to a considerable group of distinct forms which may
be split up almost as far as one wishes by the applica-
tion of various biochemical tests. The “ colon bacillus,”
as we have pointed out, usually does not liquefy gelatin
and reduces neutral red and coagulates milk, and
produces indol; but there are closely allied forms which
differ from the type in one or more of these respects.
The colon group, as Smith (1893) long ago pointed
out, may first be divided into two distinct subtypes
according to the action of the organisms upon saccharose.
One subtype forms gas and acid in saccharose media
and the other does not. Winslow and Walker (1907)
have found that those strains which ferment saccharose
attack raffinose also, and point out that these two
sugars which behave alike are those which lack the
aldehyde grouping characteristic of dextrose and lactose.
The application of tests in other carbohydrate media,
such as dulcite, adonite, inulin, etc., make it possible
to recognize perhaps a hundred distinct types each
characterized by a particular combination of reactions.
The results obtained by the “colon test” will of
course depend largely upon the definition of what a
colon bacillus is; and there is marked disagreement
upon this point among different observers. Konrich
(1910) tabulates the tests used by 34 different workers,
All of them defined the colon bacillus as a Gram-
102 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY —
negative non-spore-forming rod, but there was unanimity
in no other respect; 26 of the 34 included the formation
of acid and gas in dextrose media, 22 the coagulation
of milk, 21 the formation of indol, 18 the formation
of acid and gas in lactose media, and 18 the failure to
liquefy gelatin. No other test was used by more than
13 out of the 34 observers. Konrich (1910) himself
found that of over 600 colon-like organisms from faces,
all produced gas in dextrose broth, 79 per cent formed
acid and 77 per cent gas in lactose broth, 65 per cent
coagulated milk, 59 per cent fermented dextrose at
46°, 54 per cent reduced neutral red, 38 per cent formed
indol. :
Ferreira, Horta and Paredes (1908*) studied 117
strains of lactose-fermenting bacilli from human feces.
All proved to be motile and Gram negative, all coag-
ulated milk and produced fluorescence in neutral red
media, none liquefied gelatin’ in 15 days, all but one
formed indol. Dextrose, lactose, maltose, galactose,
and mannit were fermented by almost all strains,
while gas was formed in saccharose by 38 per cent,
in dulcite by 69 per cent and in inulin by 12 per cent
of the strains studied. The “ Proskauer reaction ”
(apparently the Voges-Proskauer reaction, though it
is not quite clearly stated) was positive only 8 times
out of 117 strains in dextrose, only 7 times (out of 48
strains tested) in galactose, and not at all in dulcite or
inulin; lactose and maltose, on the other hand, showed
it in almost every case. Copeland and Hoover (1911)
report that out of 3000 colon-like organisms fermenting
lactose bile 65 per cent gave positive tests for B. coli
ie
THE COLON GROUP OF BACILLI 103
in milk, nitrate solution, pepton solution and gelatin;
28 per cent failed to produce indol and 5 per cent did
not reduce nitrates. Numerous other results indicat-
ing similar variations are cited in Chapters VII and
VIil.
Where shall the line be drawn? The English bac-
teriologists usually require in addition to the morpholog-
ical characters mentioned above, motility, non-liquefac-
tion of gelatin, fermentation of dextrose and lactose
media, coagulation of milk; production of indol, and
reduction of neutral red. The usual American pro-
cedure has included reactions in dextrose broth, milk,
peptone solution (for indol), gelatin (absence of liquefac-
tion), and reduction of nitrates. Of late years, how-
ever, there has been a growing feeling that such
arbitrary definitions went either too far or not far
enough. The whole group of lactose-fermenting bacilli
is characteristically of intestinal origin. That we be-
lieve to have been clearly established by results to
be cited later in this chapter and in the succeeding one.
A differentiation between various sub-types of this
group can only be properly justified by the fact that
some of them are less resistant in water than others,
and hence are indicative of fresh and recent pollution.
There is some evidence that such is the case which will
be discussed in Chapter VIII, but whatever may be
concluded from the somewhat conflicting opinions
on this point it appears certain that, in temperate
climates at least, the whole class of lactose fermenters
should be absent from safe water supplies. As the
Committee on Standard Methods of Water Analysis
104 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
(1912) wisely concludes, ‘ The entire group is typical
of the presence of fecal matter when water or sewage
examinations are to be considered.” The Committee
defines the group as a whole by the following character-
istics: ‘‘ Fermentation of dextrose and lactose with
gas production, short bacillus with rounded ends,
non-spore-forming, facultative anaerobe, gives positive
test with esculin, grows at 20° on gelatin and at 37°
on agar, non-liquefying in 14 days on gelatin. Gram-
staining negative.” This definition again, however,
includes debatable elements. It seems to us very
doubtful whether there is sufficient evidence to warrant
making the esculin reaction a general criterion of the
colon group; and bacteria which liquefy gelatin more
or less slowly grade into otherwise identical non-
liquefying forms by almost imperceptible degrees.
We hesitate to add another to the long list of arbitrary
definitions of the much-defined colon bacillus; but it
does seem to us important to get down to rock bottom.
From this standpoint we believe that the colon group
may be defined as including all aerobic non-spore-
forming bacilli which produce acid and gas in dextrose
and lactose media. For practical purposes the test
may be further reduced to positive reactions in a lac-
tose fermentation medium, growth on an aerobic agar
streak, and microscopic examination, since almost all
forms which ferment lactose ferment dextrose as well.
The relative importance of the various subdivisions of
this general group will be discussed in Chapter VIII.
Isolation of Colon Bacilli by Direct Plating. The Wurtz
. litmus-lactose-agar plate (Wurtz, 1892), as noted in
THE COLON GROUP OF BACILLI 105
Chapter IV, furnishes one ready method for the isola-
tion of B. coli from water, and it was used by Sedgwick
and Mathews for the purpose as early as 1892 (Mathews,
1893). The process is based upon the fact already
alluded to, that B. coli readily ferments lactose with
the formation of acid. If, therefore, plates are made
with agar containing both lactose-and litmus, the colon
colonies develop as red spots in a blue field. Since
organisms other than B. coli (notably the streptococci)
may also develop red colonies, it is necessary to examine
them further. This is done by fishing from isolated
colonies, replating and inoculating into other media
for identification.
The plate method of isolation is recommended by the
Committee on Standard Methods of Water Analysis
(1912) for sewages and polluted waters, in which colon
bacilli are present in 1 c.c. or less. They recommend
that Petri dishes with porous covers be used and that
incubation be carried out at 40° instead of 37°. For
success in the use of this method it is necessary to
get a sufficient dilution so that colonies may be well
isolated, and to this end it is advisable that a number
of different dilutions be employed, a series of plates
being prepared from each. Under any conditions the
detection of the colon bacillus is seriously hampered
by the development of other forms. Certain observers
have therefore added phenol to the agar medium, com-
bining the effect of high temperature and an antiseptic
to check the growth of water-bacteria. Copeland for
this purpose added to his tubes .2 c.c. of a 2 per cent
solution of phenol (Copeland, 1901). Chick (Chick,
1u6 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY .
1900) found that 1.33 parts of phenol in 1000 materially
decreased the number of colon bacilli which would
develop, while 1 part gave very satisfactory results,
the plates showing pure cultures of B. coli. The addi-
tion of antiseptics in this way is always open to the
objection that weaker strains may be killed and lost.
In Germany the Endo medium and the Conradi-
Drigalski medium have been extensively used for the
direct isolation of colon bacilli with excellent results.
The composition and use of these media have been
discussed in Chapter V. It does not appear that they
have sufficient advantages to compensate for the dif-
ficulty in preparing them.
The Use of Preliminary Enrichment Media in the
Isolation of Colon Bacilli. The test for the colon
bacillus may be made more delicate by a preliminary
cultivation of the sample in a liquid medium for 24
hours at 37°, thus greatly increasing the propor-
tion of these organisms present before plating. As
suggested in the classic researches of Theobald Smith
(Smith, 1892), this method may be made approx-
imately quantitative by the inoculation of a series
of tubes with measured portions of the water. If,
for example, of ten tubes inoculated each with tiv
of a cubic centimeter, four show B. coli, we may
assume that some 4o of these organisms were present
in the cubic centimeter. Irons (Irons, 1901), in a
comparative study of various methods for the isola-
tion of B. coli, showed that the preliminary enrichment
frequently gave positive results when the results of
the direct use of the agar plate were negative, and
THE COLON GROUP OF BACILLI 107
concluded that “ where the amount of B. coli is small
and the colony count large, the lactose plate for plating
water direct is inferior to the dextrose fermentation-
tube.” Gage came to a similar conclusion (Gage, 1902).
The medium most commonly used in the United
States: prior to 1906 for preliminary enrichment was
ordinary broth to which 1.0 per cent of dextrose had
been added, and the reaction brought to the neutral
point. Into each of a number of fermentation-tubes
of this medium a measured quantity of the water to be
examined is inoculated, and the culture is incubated for
24 hours at 37.5° C. It used to be customary to incu-
bate for 48 hours. Recent experience has, however,
shown that a 24-hour period gives approximately the
same results if the production of gas rather than any
specified amount of gas is the criterion of a positive
test. Longley and Baton (1907) found that of rog1
enrichment tubes giving positive tests after 48 hours
only 173 showed no gas in 24 hours; of these latter
only two contained B. coli. The advantage of saving a
day is so great as to warrant the adoption of the shorter
period. At the end of 24 hours at least, the tubes
are examined for gas formation. If gas is found, a
small amount of the culture should be added, after
suitable dilution, to litmus lactose agar and plated.
With polluted waters it will be found advantageous to
plate out on the first appearance of gas (4-8 hours).
_It has been shown by one of us (Prescott, 1902”) that a
very rapid development of B. coli takes place in the
first few hours after dextrose solutions are inoculated
with intestinal material, and a nearly pure growth of
108 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
colon bacilli often results, while other bacteria multiply
more slowly. With highly polluted waters gas forma-
tion will probably begin within 12 hours, but with fewer
colon bacilli present the duration must be increased.
If the period of incubation be too long continued,
trouble in the subsequent steps of the isolation may be
encountered because of overgrowths by the sewage
streptococci, or other forms which check the growth
of the colon bacilli in the later stages of fermentation
and finally kill them out. Even with pure cultures of
colon bacilli Clemesha (1912) has shown that sugar-
broth tubes may be almost sterile after 4 days.
When it is desired to examine samples larger than
10 c.c. it becomes necessary to modify the enrichment
process by adding the nutrient material to the water
instead of the reverse. For this purpose dextrose
broth or phenol-dextrose broth (consisting of broth
with 10 per cent dextrose, 5 per cent peptone, and
.25 per cent phenol) may be added to the sample of
water to be enriched as suggested by Gage (Gage, 1901).
Generally 10 c.c. of the broth is added to 100 c.c. of the
water. The sample is thenincubated at 37° for 24 hours,
and if at the end of that time growth has taken place, a
cubic centimeter is inoculated into a dextrose tube.
Advantages and Disadvantages of the Dextrose Broth
Fermentation Tube. Experience with the dextrose
broth fermentation tube as a first step in the isola-
tion of colon bacilli soon led to the conclusion that a
fair idea of the sanitary quality of water could be
obtained from the results of this test taken by them-
selves and without the further process of isolating
THE COLON GROUP OF BACILLI 109
specific cultures. It appeared that a rather definite
proportion of tubes showing a characteristic fermenta-
tion proved on further examination to contain bacilli
of the colon group; and it was therefore suggested
that the dextrose broth test alone might be used as a
rapid “ presumptive ” test. The underlying principle
of this method is that B. coli develops rapidly in dex-
trose broth with gas formation of from 25 to 7o per
cent of the capacity of the closed arm of the fermenta-
tion tube. Of this gas approximately one-third is
carbon dioxide and two-thirds hydrogen, that is, as the
gas formula is generally expressed, a i :
COz 1
In testing a water by this method a series of samples,
in suitable dilution, .oo1, .or, .1, 1.0, or 10 c.c., are added
directly to the dextrose-broth tubes and incubated for
24 hours at 37°.
On measurement of the gas, if the results above given
are obtained, the reaction is considered typical. If the
amount of gas is between ro and 25 percent or more than
70 per cent, or the percentage of carbon dioxide is greater
than 40, the reaction is considered atypical. If no gas
forms, or less than ro per cent, the test is called negative.
In recent years, Irons (Irons, 1901) was perhaps the
first to call attention to the value of this method,
stating that “ when the dextrose tube yields approx-
imately 33 per cent of COs, Bacillus coli communis is
almost invariably present.” In the next year the
reliability of the fermentation test as an indication of
B. coli was worked out by Gage (Gage, 1902) as given
in the table on p. 110:
110 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY ©
I c.c. 100 c.c,
Number of samples tested. ..............2.0e000> 5172 1375
Number giving preliminary fermentation.......... 1036 474
Per cent of latter proved to contain coli........... 70 71
Whipple (Whipple, 1903) examined a large number
of surface-water supplies by this “ presumptive test ”’
and obtained striking results, shown in the following
table. The waters are arranged in six groups according
to the results of sanitary inspection, group I including
waters collected from almost uninhabited watersheds,
and group VI waters too much polluted to be safely
used for domestic purposes.
PERCENTAGE OF SAMPLES OF WATERS OF VARIOUS
SANITARY GRADES GIVING POSITIVE TESTS FOR B.
COLI WHEN DIFFERENT AMOUNTS WERE EXAMINED
(WHIPPLE, 1903)
oe Group. 0.1 c.c. 1.0 c.c. 10 c.c. 100 c.c. 500 c.c.
i Waa tte’. PRs 0.0 ake 20.8 50.0 50.0
ED si. cise 5.0 v fe I5.0 60.0 60.0
ALE LES GS acne ete 0.0 FIO TeN PeROre 50.0 60.0
Ve cneseipesiet atte 4.0 6.8 41.7 67.0 75.0
MASS eet alow te 5.0 13.0 75.0 100.0 100.0
Wie .y Patynceaen 5.0 20.2 75.0 80.0 100.0
In view of these results Whipple suggested the fol-
lowing provisional scheme of interpretation:
Presumptive Test for Bacillus Coli.
Sanitary Quality.
0.01 c.c. 0.1 c.c. 1.0 C.c. 10.0 c.c, TOO c.c.
ALG 09.” fect eral aeets fo) fo) ° ° -+
Reasonably safe...... ° fe) ° + +
Questionable........ ° ° -- + +
Probably unsafe...... ° + + + +
MINSAIG. 603.5 Oteeas
The Eijkman Test. Another enrichment test, which
has been extensively used in Germany for checking
the development of overgrowing forms and limiting
the bacteria in the fermentation tube to the colon
group, is the Eijkman test, which depends on the use
of a high temperature (46°) (Eijkman, 1904). There
is no doubt that such a procedure cuts out the water
bacteria, and Christian (1905), Neumann (1906), and
Thomann (1907) have reported good results from its
use. Hilgermann (1909), too, urges the value of the
Eijkman test and concludes that the colon-like bacilli,
which fail to grow at 46°, are characteristic of compara-
tively unpolluted waters. Other observers maintain,
eh
a PT
THE COLON GROUP OF BACILLI 121
and apparently with good reason, that the conditions
of this test are too severe and eliminate many intestinal
bacilli of undoubted significance. Nowack (1907) found
that laboratory cultures of B. coli often fail to produce
gas in Eijkman’s medium at 46°, unless large numbers
are introduced. With some strains an inoculation
of over a million bacteria was necessary to cause gas
formation.
Konrich (1910) compared the Eijkman enrichment
method (dextrose peptone water at 46°) and that of
MacConkey (dextrose-bile-salt peptone water at 42°)
with 57 water samples and obtained only about
70 per cent as many positive results with the former
as with the latter method. With artificial emulsions
of pure cultures and of feces even greater differences
were manifest. These studies showed conclusively
that incubation at 46° prevents the development of
great numbers of colon bacilli and is unsuitable for an
enrichment process. In comparing the two media
(dextrose peptone water with and without bile salts)
at the same temperature, 37°, he obtained essentially
similar results.
Fromme (1910) has shown that during the first 5
hours in various enrichment media colon bacilli multiply
more rapidly at 46° than at 37°. After that time,
however, their development is checked. At 12 hours
the numbers at the two temperatures are about equal
and between 12 and 24 hours the numbers increase
much more rapidly at 37°.
The Neutral Red Reaction. Other special media
have been suggested for rapid routine water analysis,
122 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY |
of which those containing “neutral red,’ one of the
safranine dyes, have been somewhat fully studied.
Rothberger (Rothberger, 1898) first pointed out that B.
coli reduces solutions of this substance, the color chang-
ing to canary-yellow accompanied by green fluorescence.
Makgill (Makgill, 1901), Savage (Savage, rgor), and
other English observers, as well as Braun (1906), in
France, report favorable results from the use of this
test; but according to American standards, Irons
(Irons, 1902) and Gage and Phelps (Gage and Phelps,
1903) conclude that the group of organisms giving a
positive neutral red reaction is too large a one to give
very valuable sanitary information.
Stokes (1904) urged the use of lactose broth with
the addition of neutral red, and believed that the pro-
duction in this medium of 30-50 per cent of gas with a
Z gas formula and the change of neutral red to canary
yellow in the closed arm of the fermentation tube was
characteristic for B. coli.
The Lactose Bile Test for the Colon Group. On the
whole, by far the most satisfactory results in making a
rapid test for the colon group have been obtained by
the use of media containing bile salts, a procedure
the development of which in this country we owe
principally to Jackson (1906).
MacConkey (1900) long ago suggested the use of
media containing bile salts (sodium taurocholate)
for the differentiation of B. coli and B. typhi, and bile-
salts media have been used by various English observers
(MacConkey, 1901; MacConkey and Hill, rgo1) for
THE COLON GROUP OF BACILLI 123
the isolation of sewage bacteria. Jackson studied
the action of various bile media and showed their
selective inhibitory action in the striking table quoted
below. His important contribution to the subject,
however, was the discovery that ox bile itself could
be used as a culture medium, and that it was easier
to prepare, cheaper and more effective than combina-
tions of meat infusion with the purified bile salts.
SELECTIVE ACTION OF BILE SALTS
: (JACKSON, 1906)
Bacteria per c.c.
Uncon- ° Suspension | Suspension
* Contami-
t ted of of
o Weil. nated Pond.| Races, Feces.
Gelatin; 20°.......... 920 2700 350,000 900,000
Sy oe 25 170 450,000 900,000
Bile agar,* 37°.......: 14 43 300,000 900,000
Lactose bile agar,* 37° . ° 25 250,000 675,000
Lactose bile agar,* 37° . ° 17 250,000 600,000
Bile agar, 37°......... ° 16 60,000 Q00,000
* Bile diluted, 1 : 1.
Jackson suggested the use of fresh ox bile containing
I per cent of lactose as a presumptive test instead of
dextrose broth. In particular he hoped that this medium
would be free to a great degree from the negative results
due to overgrowths in polluted waters. He reported
275 examinations of badly contaminated waters, in
which 65 per cent of the samples failed to give the
dextrose-presumptive test, and only 1o per cent failed
to show gas in lactose bile. In amore recent communica-
tion, Jackson (1907) reports that in the examination of
124 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
5000 samples of water at the Mt. Prospect Laboratory,
the bile medium has proved uniformly satisfactory:
He recommends incubation for 72 hours, results being
commonly obtained, however, after 48 hours; and he
considers any tube showing 25 per cent gas as positive.
In a series of examinations carried out at the Institute
of Technology, 16 per cent of the positive tubes showed:
COMPARATIVE PRESUMPTIVE TESTS WITH DEXTROSE
BROTH AND LACTOSE BILE
(SAWIN, 1907)
Percentage of Samples Giving Positive Tests for
B. Coli.
Bcdres.
Dextrose Broth. Lactose Bile.
0.I c.c. | 1.0 C.c. |I10.0C.c.| 0.1 C.c. | I.0C.C. |10.0C.c.
r Deep wells. :...0.... ° ° ° ° ° °
2 Shallow wells........ ° L05)! 26 Oh) ae ° 6.0
SAAC 0! 2) ane wigs Eis T§/O.1 10,0} 25.69)" hon 8 15.0
4 Lakes os iV eee Bran T5571 Sh. Och mse $62) 235
BUR TBR et ine sw 08 ao dala 1O.0°| 8 Oi) AO Oul tO Onte see I5.0
Ox SAR a xe canene eens 10.0 | 10.5 | 26.0 | 10.0 | 10.5 | 50.0
DEAK nc detent homes ° 10.0 5.0 ° ° I5.0
Bx Lake as & eer TOO! |) 156.1 3910n) <6 5.0 | 30.0
Average, Nos. 3, 4, 5,
Ope Bios Ass exe cisco 8.3 | 12.0] 23.6-]) §:0 |. 4:3°) 2676
Oe River. aw cr devo 47.0 | 72.2 | 55.5 | 50.0 | 75.0 | 84.2
MO RIVED oi: ass hay steron wate 26.3 | 37 73-7 | 30.0 | 90.0 | 85.0
TEU RAVER. os pte cvs ee 36.8 | 55.1 | 68.9 | 40.0 | 73.5 | 78.1
Average, Nos. 9, 10, 11| 36.7 | 55.1 | 66.0 | 40.0 | 79.4 | 82.4
EG BSPOOK os o's the gc hioatebees 47.9. |63.2 | 72.21/60. 90.0 | 84.2
na Drainage: xs cassettes 50.0 | 73.7 | 78.9 | 84.2 | 90.0 | 90.0
Th Sewages..55).tsscene 25.0 | 25.0] 8.2 | 87. 03.7 | 81.2
Average, Nos. 12, 13,14] 40.9 | 53-9 | 53-1 | 77.2 | 91.2 |.85.1
THE COLON GROUP OF BACILLI 125
gas in 24 hours, 73 per cent after 48 hours, and the
remaining 27 per cent only after 72 hours; but the
Committee on Standard Methods (1912) believes that
the forms which fail to develop in 48 hours are attenuated
forms of little practical significance. Sawin (1907)
reports comparative results with dextrose broth and
bile on different classes of waters, the most striking
of which are tabulated on p. 124.
Like other enrichment methods which eliminate com_
peting forms it is no doubt true that the lactose bile
test cuts out some weak colon bacilli. As a presumptive
method, however, it is far superior to dextrose broth,
giving a higher proportion of positive tests with polluted
waters and a lower proportion of erroneous positive
tests with waters of good quality. In an examination
of 176 surface waters in eastern Massachusetts, carried
out under our direction, B. coli was isolated 70 times.
The dextrose-broth test was positive 120 times, an error
of 70 per cent; while the bile test, alone, was positive
78 times, an error of only 11 per cent. The tabulated
results of these experiments indicates fairly the merits
of the bile medium for preliminary enrichment and as a
presumptive test.
PRELIMINARY AND COMPLETE RESULTS OF DEXTROSE
BROTH AND BILE TESTS. 176 SURFACE-WATERS
Preliminary Positive
Final Positive Results.
Results. vl
(Gas Bicinatson:) (B. Coli).
Dextrose broth........ 120 7O
Lactose bile....... ase 78 64
126 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY ©
Hale and Melia (1910) have also made a valuable
comparison of a number of presumptive tests as applied
during a period of 2 years to 85 samples of Manhattan
water (surface) and 160 samples of Brooklyn water
(largely ground-water). Their principal results are
tabulated below.
RESULTS OF VARIOUS PRESUMPTIVE TESTS
(HALE AND MELIA, 1910)
245 Samples of New York Water
Percentage of Positive Resultsin
Medium.
0.1 c.c. 1.0 c.c, 10.0 c.c.
Dextrose broth (standard gas formula) ...| 0.4 7.0 30.7
Lactose bile. 5 ic.tcutie pales eae re oes 0.8 8.2 38.4
Lactose-peptone bile................0.. 0.8 Is78 51.2
Dextrose broth, all tubes showing 5% gas
transplanted to bilesss<. ia .nuie ex 0.8 12.0 57.6
Dextrose broth, 5% gas and over, called
DOSIEIVE cise se Fae Se IC 6.3 31.4 73.5
This table indicates very clearly the fallacies of the
dextrose broth tube. Counting all gas formers in this
medium as positive indicates much too high a value
and including only the tubes showing the standard gas
formula gives much too low a value. This conclusion
is based on the assumption, warranted by the results
of many workers, that incubation in dextrose broth
followed by reinoculation into lactose bile (fourth line
of the table) gives with reasonable accuracy the real
number of colon bacilli present. By this standard
the use of plain lactose bile with these waters is seen
to give results which are also much too low; but lac-
tose peptone bile approximates closely to the truth.
THE COLON GROUP OF BACILLI 127
Of course it must be remembered that the advantages
of lactose-bile over dextrose broth are partly due to
the inhibiting effect of the bile salts and partly to the
use of lactose instead of dextrose which cuts out the
dextrose-positive lactose-negative group to which allusion
has been made earlier in the chapter. The relative
importance of these two factors, lactose and bile, is
well brought out in a study by Stokes and Stoner (1909).
These authors have compared a considerable series
of preliminary enrichment tests followed by final
isolation in dextrose broth, lactose broth and lactose
bile. Of 567 colonies from positive dextrose broth
tubes only 52 per cent were colon bacilli; of 3752
colonies from positive lactose broth and lactose bile
tubes, 88 per cent of the lactose broth colonies and 95
per cent of the lactose bile colonies were B. coli.
With sewages and heavily polluted waters in par-
ticular the lactose-bile medium has proved of the
greatest value. When a large proportion of sewage
is present the colon bacilli are fresh from the intestine
and apparently able to resist the antiseptic salts. On
the other hand, the high numbers of other bacteria
present make the danger of overgrowths particularly
great. With waters of fair quality, such as those
with which we ordinarily deal in sanitary water analysis,
jactose bile is open to the same objection as phenol
broth and the Eijkman test though in less degree.
It inhibits not only the overgrowing forms but the
weaker representatives of the B. coli group itself, and
the net effect is to diminish positive results.
Hale and Melia (1910) inoculated unsterilized water
128 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
(shown to contain no gas formers) with a pure culture
of B. coli and stored it for different periods and under
different conditions, testing at intervals by various
presumptive tests. The colon bacilli lived for 8-10
days at 37°, for 38-75 days at 20°, and 77-84 days
at 8° C. Comparison of presumptive tests with plate
counts on litmus-lactose agar showed that a gas test
in dextrose broth corresponded to an average of 4
bacteria and a positive test in lactose bile to 39 bacteria.
In general the dextrose broth showed gas in one dilu-
tion higher than the lactose bile; and the difference
increased with the attenuation due to prolonged sojourn
in water.
These results of Hale and Melia make it clear that
the selective action of bile salts upon the various mem-
bers of the colon group may perhaps be an advantage
rather than a disadvantage for practical sanitary
purposes. The Committee on Standard Methods (1912)
recognizes that lactose bile does inhibit certain weaker
members of the colon group, but believes that these
attenuated organisms indicate only remote pollution
and are of little significance. They say, “In the
interpretation of the sanitary quality of a water,
it is best to discount the presence of attenuated
B. coli and to be sure to obtain all vigorous types.
The lactose bile medium accomplishes both of these
objects.”
The advantages of the dextrose broth enrichment of
weak colon bacilli and of the elimination of gas-forming
organisms other than B. coli by bile may both be obtained
as pointed out above by inoculating lactose bile from
THE COLON GROUP OF BACILLI - 129
the dextrose broth. Hale and Melia (1910) find that
this gives results in as high a dilution as by the use of
dextrose broth and with the clear-cut results of lactose
bile.
The Aesculin Test. A test for the colon group which
has attracted much interest during the last few years
is the fermentation of the glucoside aesculin. B.
coli effects a hydrolytic splitting of this substance,
producing sugar and a substance called aesculetin,
which reacts with iron citrate to produce a dark brown
salt. Harrison and van der Leck (1909) have used
broth or agar made up with 1 or 2 per cent Witte’s
peptone, .5 per cent sodium taurocholate, .1 per cent
aesculin and .o5 per cent citrate, and find that the
black colonies with a black halo produced by the colon
group of organisms are highly characteristic. Of
60 samples of water which showed blackening of
aesculin broth, all proved to contain B. coli. Hale
and Melia (1911) have shown that two species of
streptococci, the aurococcus, and the bacillus of
pneumonia, also give the aesculin reaction and that
in the absence of the bile salt which the aesculin
medium contains a number of other forms may ferment
this glucoside.
On the whole we do not think it has been shown
that aesculin has sufficient differential value to war-
rant its inclusion in enrichment media to be used in
the colon test. It appears that the anaerobic B. welchii
is practically the only form outside the colon group
which produces a characteristic reaction in lactose
bile and not in aesculin-bile salt media. It may prove
130 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
worth while to use aesculin to exclude this form, but the
more general tendency at present seems to be to eliminate
the anaérobic spore formers by subsequent subcultures.
The Use of Synthetic Media for the Isolation of the
Colon Group. Dolt (1908), working in Prof. Gorham’s
laboratory at Brown University, has attempted with
success to substitute synthetic media of simple and
known composition for the usual meat-infusion-peptone
media used in the isolation of B. coli. He first found
that colon bacilli will grow readily on a medium con-
taining ‘asparagin and sodium or ammonium phosphate.
He then attempted to substitute for asparagin various
simple organic substances similar in their structure
to the cholic acid of the bile which exerts a selective
action in favor of the colon group. He finally succeeded
in preparing two media which promise to be of con-
siderable value in permitting the growth of B. coli
while checking other forms. The first of these media
is made up as follows: 500 c.c. of a 3 per cent solution
of purified agar is mixed with an equal portion of a
solution of 1 per cent glycerin and o.2 per cent
(NH4)2HPO,. It is neutralized with sodium hydroxide
and 1 per cent of lactose is added before sterilization.
In the second medium 5 gm. of ammonium lactate is
substituted for the glycerin and 1 gm. of NazHPO,
for the ammonium phosphate. These media proved
to have a considerable selective value, cutting out most
of the water bacteria; but like all such selective media
they cut out a good many of the colon bacilli too. The
results of a single test are shown in the table below.
The procedure well merits further study, however.
=e
THE COLON GROUP OF BACILLI 131
_COMPARATIVE RESULTS OF ORDINARY AND SYNTHETIC
AGAR MEDIA
(Dott, 1908)
Total Colonies.| Red Colonies. B. Coli.
Standard agar...... 67 38 18
Glycerin agar....... 27 9 9
Ammonium lactate agar 17 9 re)
The Use of Liver Broth for the Isolation of a Maximum
Proportion of Gas-forming Bacteria. The media we
have been discussing, phenol broth, dextrose broth
incubated at 46°, and bile, are designed to cut down
the gas producers which appear in ordinary dextrose
broth so that only vigorous typical members of the
colon group are able to develop. For special research
purposes when it is desired to get the largest possible
proportion of gas formers of all kinds, there are other
media which give even more positive fermentation
results than dextrose broth itself. The most important
of these is the liver broth of Jackson and Muer (1911)
made up with beef liver, peptone, dextrose and potas-
sium-acid-phosphate. The Committee on Standard
Methods of Water Analysis (1912) recommends that
if “a study of all gas-forming bacteria, including
attenuated forms, is desirable, then liver broth should
be employed in preference to the usual dextrose broth,
as it gives a larger number of attenuated forms, has
better rejuvenating power, and gives fewer anomalies
and greater and more rapid gas production.” In
order to avoid attenuation or inhibition transplants
132 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
should be made from this enrichment medium after
6-12 hours at 37°.
Isolation of Pure Cultures from the Enrichment Tube.
In case one does not rely upon a “ presumptive ”’ test
alone but desires to study the organisms present in
detail the isolation upon a solid medium, usually
litmus-lactose-agar in this country, must follow the
enrichment process. Since the enrichment tube was
inoculated with a known amount of water all further
work is purely qualitative, and it is only necessary to
obtain such a number of colonies upon the lactose plate
that the isolation of a pure culture shall be easy. In
practice the following procedure has been found gen-
erally successful. After the enrichment tubes have
been incubated for 12 to 24 hours at 37°, from those
which show gas, one loopful is carried over to a tube
containing 10 c.c. of sterile water, and of this water one
loopful is taken for the inoculation of the plate.
Ordinarily this will give colonies which are sufficiently
well separated, but a second plate, inoculated from the
dilution water with a straight needle instead of a loop,
furnishes a desirable safeguard. With practice it is
possible to effect a proper seeding more rapidly by
barely touching the tip of a straight needle to the broth
in the fermentation tube and transferring this directly
to the agar. The touch must be a very light one, how-
ever, or the colonies on the plate will be too thick for
proper isolation.
The litmus-lactose-agar plates made in this manner
should be incubated for from 12 to 24 hours at the body
temperature (37°), at the end of which time, if B. coli is
ae
[Te i ia
P | eat ye =
—-
i 2
7
THE COLON GROUP OF BACILLI 133
present, red colonies upon a blue field will be visible.
The litmus-lactose-agar plate may become blue again
after 48 hours, owing, presumably, to the formation of
amines and ammonia by the action of the bacteria
‘upon the nitrogenous matter present. If the dilution
is too low, the resulting colonies will be small and
imperfectly developed, making it difficult to be sure
of pure cultures for the subsequent tests. A great
number of colonies will also prevent the change of
reaction from acid back to alkaline.
In the selection of those red colonies which are to be
fished from the litmus-lactose-agar plate the appearance
of the growths must be closely noted. A colony of
irregular contour, surrounded by a very faint area of
reddening, will probably belong to some member of the
B. mycoides group (Winslow and Nibecker, 1903);
small, compact, bright-red colonies are characteristic
of the streptococci, and Gage and Phelps (Gage and
Phelps, 1903) have pointed out that of these there are
two types, one of a brick-red color, and of such con-
sistency as to be readily picked up by the needle-point,
and the other smaller and of an intense vermilion
color. The colonies of the colon bacillus are usually
well formed, pulvinate on the surface and fusiform
when growing deeper down.
If no red colonies appear on the litmus-lactose-agar
plate after a positive result in dextrose broth one of
four things has occurred: There may be an organism
present which forms gas in dextrose but no acid in
lactose; there may be present forms which individually
fail to attack lactose but growing together, symbiotically,
134 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
produce gas in dextrose; B. welchii or some other
form which will not grow on aerobic plates may have
produced the gas; or an organism orginally present
and capable of fermenting both sugars may have been
overgrown and lost in the enrichment tube. If plates
are made on the first appearance of gas the likelihood
of the latter possibility will be reduced to a minimum.
Neither of the first two contingencies has any sanitary
significance; as we have seen, bacteria which ferment
dextrose and not lactose are not specially characteristic
of pollution. In general, therefore, the absence of red
colonies on the agar plate may be considered a negative
result. If red colonies are present they must be sub-
cultured and examined further.
The agar streak made from the litmus-lactose-agar
plate shows after 24 hours certain marked character-
istics. ‘The most distinct types are two, the abundant,
first translucent, later whitish and cheesy growth,
covering nearly the whole surface of the agar, character-
istic of B. coli and its allies, and a very faint growth,
either confined strictly to the streak or made up of faint
isolated colonies, dotted here and there over the surface.
The latter cultures are typical of the sewage streptococci,
and a microscopic examination will generally settle
their status at once. Of the more luxuriant growths,
some of which are stringy to the needle, many will
generally prove to be atypical, and if any of the weakly
fermenting forms (B. mycoides) are present a dull
wrinkled growth will be produced.
.. The various tests which may be applied to the cul-
tures after they have been isolated, the subgroups
THE COLON GROUP OF BACILLI 135
into which the colon group may be divided by their
use, and the significance of the results obtained will
be discussed in Chapter VIII.
Practical Routine Test for the Colon Group. As has
been pointed out above the aggregation of lactose-
fermenting bacilli which we call the colon group may
be almost indefinitely subdivided by the application
of a more or less elaborate series of diagnostic tests.
Each observer in the past drew up a scheme of what
he believed to be essential tests and called all the
bacteria which failed to conform to them “ atypical.”
The more of such “atypical” forms a particular
worker includes the greater will be the number of positive
isolations. The definition of this or any other bacterial
species is more or less arbitrary; we consider as true
colon bacilli those which fulfil a particular set of tests,
and class as pseudo-colon organisms those which do
not. If we find, having established such an arbitrary
standard, that the colon bacillus, as determined by it,
is found in waters known to be polluted, and. not, as
a rule, in those known to be free from pollution, the
sanitarian can afford to ignore the theoretical question
of specific values and make confident use of the practical
test. In order that results may rest on a sound basis
of comparable data for various waters, it is of course
essential, however, that a standard set of reactions
should be agreed upon by sanitary bacteriologists.
After a considerable period of uncertainty, in which
each observer used the procedure which happened to
appeal to him, the attainment of comparative results
was made possible by the establishment of standard
136 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY -
methods of procedure by bodies of authoritative posi-
tion, both in England and America. In 1904 an ©
English Committee, appointed to consider the Stand-
ardization of Methods for the Bacterioscopic Examina-
tion of Water, presented a series of obligatory tests
and optional tests; and in 1905 the Committee on
Standard Methods of Water Analysis of the American
Public Health Association drew up a set of diagnostic
characters for B. coli. The latter corresponded in
general with the plan developed by the Massachusetts
State Board of Health (Massachusetts State Board of
Health, 1899) and long in use at the Massachusetts
Institute of Technology, and involved the determina-
tion of morphology, motility, fermentation of dex-
trose broth, coagulation of milk, production of indol
and reduction of nitrates. The English standard pro-
cedure corresponded quite closely to this (Committee
appointed to consider the Standardization of Methods
for the Bacterioscopic Examination of Water, 1904),
although it differed from the American method in cer-
tain respects.
Since these standards were formulated 8 years ago
their artificial nature has been made more and more
manifest to those who have used them. A still more
fundamental question, however, has pressed itself
upon the practical analyst. Each lactose bile presump-
tive test involves the use of a single tube of medium
and the work is complete in 48 hours. The “ com-
plete’ test as used in America required the use of
seven different media and took 9 days to complete,
since the gelatin subculture must be incubated for
sill ria di io aaa
THE COLON GROUP OF BACILLI 137
at least a week. Granting that the lactose bile test
gave us the whole colon group and that the “ typical
B. coli” giving characteristic reactions in milk, peptone,
gelatin and the nitrate solution, only the more sensitive
members of the group, indicative of recent pollution,
was the extra information gained worth the additional
trouble? Under the conditions which generally obtain,
in the United States at least, it appears not. The colon
test at best is an approximate one, and its results
are usually only expressed in decimal fractions, positive
in 10 c.c., I c.c., or .1 c.c. for example. From 7o to
go per cent of the bacteria which give the lactose bile
test prove to be “ typical” B. coli on any of the defini-
tions ordinarily used. This makes a difference so slight
as to be almost negligible. We cannot condemn a
water because it contains 1o rather than 7 colon bacilli
in a given proportion. It may be that under tropical
conditions such as those described by Clemesha (to
be discussed in a following chapter) certain forms of
the colon group persist for a long time in stored waters
from which disease germs have disappeared. These
resistant forms must, however, be studied by a much
more elaborate procedure than the 7 tests in the old
American Standard method; and it seems clear that
they do not occur in large numbers in temperate cli-
mates. For our conditions the whole group of forms
which produce gas in lactose bile should be absent from
safe waters.
The Committee on Standard Methods of Water
Analysis in its last report (1912) apparently takes
this ground, although its discussion of the problem
138 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY —
is somewhat ambiguous. In order to clear up the
subject, the Laboratory Section of the American Public
Health Association, at its Washington meeting, in
September, 1912, adopted a resolution recommending
determinations of counts at 20 degrees and 37 degrees,
and the lactose bile presumptive test as the standard
routine procedure in water examinations.
Recent Criticisms of Lactose Bile Test. During the
last two years a number of workers have found that
the presence of anaérobic bacilli of the B. sporogenes
type, giving a misleading positive result in the lactose
bile tube, may be a seriously confusing factor in inter-
preting the results of examinations of certain waters.
Mr. George W. Fuller has recently pointed out that
at certain points on the Ohio and Mississippi Rivers
the presumptive test yields results apparently far too
high to be explained by ordinary pollution, and much
higher than the results of a complete isolation test as
shown at the same localities.
Phelps and his associates in the study of the
Potomac have observed that in waters showing recent
pollution in large amount, the presumptive tests in
both lactose bile and lactose broth were efficient and
reliable. As the pollution becomes less evident, that
is, as purification proceeds, however, these media
give increasingly unreliable results. A study of a
large number of samples in which confirmatory tests
were made showed that as the purification increased,
the organisms appearing as fermentation exciters in
the presumptive tests were more and more frequently
not of the colon type, but instead proved to be organisms
THE COLON GROUP OF BACILLI 139
of anaérobic character giving large amounts of gas,
even up to roo per cent, a milky appearance and a
vile odor in lactose broth instead of the rather clean
acid smell characteristic of B. coli.
Endo plates from these tubes were either atypical
or showed no growth. These organisms are probabty of
the spore-forming B. sporogenes type, a group which
we know from the work of Houston and others to be
widely distributed. Wells found this organism in the
water at Grand Forks, N. Dak., after treatment with
calcium hypochlorite. They appear to grow in decom-
posing organic matter, deposited sludge from sewage,
etc. The occurrence of this organism was noted by
A. J. McLaughlin in the report of the Commission to
investigate the waters of the International Boundary
(Rivers and Lakes Commission).
_ The special significance of these facts is that when
some waters originally highly polluted reach the final
stages of purification these gas-forming anaérobes may
appear and make the presumptive test less delicate and
accurate. This seems to be especially the case in the
examination of waters in connection with the shell-
fish industry.
This state of affairs is noted in the Potomac River
below Washington, as will be seen by the following
table kindly furnished by Mr. W. F. Wells. (See page
1394.)
It is very evident from columns 2 and 5 that the
greater the number of B. coli the higher is the per-
centage efficiency of the presumptive test.
A number of observers have also recently emphasized
1394 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY |
the fact (pointed out on page 127) that lactose bile is
less sensitive than lactose broth as a presumptive test,
as shown by the number of positive isolations of B.
coli recorded. Thus Young, of the Kansas State Water
Survey, notes that out of 140 samples showing fermen-
tation in the presumptive test, 116 were found to give
Percent-
‘menting | Percent | te tie
‘ age no
sta s9 Samples. | B. colt. | ;O789%, |B. coli tol, Organ
B. coli 4 : firmed
B. coli.
Giesboro Point....... 770 | 205 24.1 8.1 92.5
Fort: Hoote: fo .jca. Sse .. 789 254 9.7 3.8 96.4
Fort Washington..... 778 | 123 6.2 4.8 95.2
Mt. Vernon to White- :
stone Point........ 851 102 8.5 8.3 92.2
Indian Head. «3.0.53... 241 123 15.7 12.8 88.6
Possum Poimt.......: 212 66.2 | 13.8 20.8 82.4
Maryland Point...... 681 1:44 Ts 52 68.9
Pope’s: Creek, 33.063 740 .I9 34 174.0 36.6
Lower Cedar Point... 476 © .14 .16 II4.0 46272
All below Lower Cedar ;
PONG, fe setich macerea 2261 .052 .057 | I10.0 47.7
positive confirmatory results for B. coli. Of these,
95 were positive in the lactose bile presumptive test,
but 20 samples showed B. coli with lactose broth which
were negative with lactose bile. In order to over-
come these irregularities, a method of cross-inoculation
was followed, using three media—lactose bile, lactose
broth and dextrose bile. The procedure was as follows:
Each sample of water was inoculated into the three
media, using one large fermentation tube with 10 c.c.
of the sample and five ordinary tubes with 1 c.c. each.
Incubation for 24 hours was maintained. If the fer-
THE COLON GROUP OF BACILLI 139b
mentation with gas-formation had taken place in only
one or two of the three varieties of media, cross-inocu-
lation was made into the three media again and into
dextrose broth. Streaks were also made on litmus
lactose agar. Incubation was again maintained for
24 hours. It was found that organisms which would
ferment all four media after cross-inoculation always
proved to be B. coli, and only rarely was there any
failure to confirm B. coli when all the original three
media gave positive presumptive tests. These failures
were ascribed to anaérobic organisms, but no isolations
were made. They were so rare, however, as to be
negligible, and Young recommends the use of but
three media, discarding the dextrose broth.
The method of cross-inoculation as above outlined
appears to have several advantages with western
waters at least, and probably with all waters, in that
positive presumptive tests in all three media either
directly or on cross-inoculation make it unnecessary
to apply confirmatory tests. Furthermore, .the results
are obtained in 48 hours in case all media respond
positively, while if only a portion respond, the con-
firmatory test is already started by the streak culture
on the lactose plate. Experience seems to show that
this method gives more reliable results than the use
of a single presumptive medium and that the inhibitive
effect of the bile and the overgrowths in lactose broth
are counterbalanced.
The table on page 139¢ shows the comparative results
of 140 analyses of samples that showed fermentation in
less than 50 per cent of the first fermentation tubes.
139c ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
COMPARISON OF LACTOSE BILE, LACTOSE BROTH, AND
DEXTROSE BILE FOR ISOLATING ORGANISMS OF THE
B. COLI GROUP FROM WATER SAMPLES
Total number of samples showing fermentation................... 140
Total number of samples confirming B. coli.....................- r16
Positive Results for Bee Per cent.
B. coli with Jactogs Bile os cc, « > oe een 95 82
B. coli with lactose broth and not in lactose bile 20 17.2
B. coli with lactose broth and not in dextrose bile 6 ar
B. coli with dextrose bile and not in lactose bile I4 racy
B. coli with lactose bile and not in lactose broth
or dextrosé ‘bile. 5 i... oe SS a aka weet 2 I.7
B. coli with Water Survey method missed by
lactose bile method=. 2.66 vwuicwaewe ote 2I 18.0
SAMPLES THAT DID NOT CONFIRM
Lactose Bile. Lactose Broth. Dextrose Bile.
Number of samples. . : 17 6
Per: CONGE 35. Sloss esa ek ae 12.4 4:35
*POSITIVE FERMENTATION TUBES
Lactose | Lactose Lactose | Lactose ||Dextrose | Dextrose
Bile Bile Broth Broth Bile Bile
Plus Minus Plus Minus Plus Minus
No. of samples} 302 SAT 404 269 307 276
Percents coo: 44.5 55.5 60 40 59 41
The U. S. Treasury Department, on the recom-
mendation of a special commission of experts appointed
for the purpose by the Secretary of the Treasury,
adopted on October 21, 1914, the following standard
for drinking water to be supplied to the public by
THE COLON GROUP OF BACILLI 139d
common carriers in interstate commerce. (Public
Health Reports, XXIX, 2959, Nov. 6, 1914.)
“The following are the maximum limits of permis-
sible bacteriological impurity:
“t. The total number of bacteria developing on
standard agar plates, incubated 24 hours at 37 degrees
C., shall not exceed roo per cubic centimeter, provided
that the estimate shall be made from not less than
two plates, showing such numbers and distribution
of colonies as to indicate that the estimate is reliable
and accurate.
“2. Not more than one out of five to-c.c. portions
of any sample examined shall show the presence of
organisms of the bacillus coli group when tested as
follows:
““(@) Five 1o-c.c. portions of each sample tested shal]
be planted, each in a fermentation tube containing not
less than 30 c.c. of lactose peptone broth. These shall
be incubated 48 hours at 36 degrees C. and observed
to note gas formation.
“(b6) From each tube showing gas, more than 5 per
cent of the closed arm of fermentation tube, plates
shall be made after 48 hours’ incubation, upon lactose
litmus agar or Endo’s medium. ~
“(c) When plate colonies resembling B. coli develop
upon either of these plate media within 24 hours, a
well-isolated characteristic colony shall be fished and
transplanted into a lactose-broth fermentation tube,
which shall be incubated at 37 degrees C. for 49
hours.
“For the purposes of enforcing any regulations which
139e¢ ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY -
may be based upon these recommendations, the follow-
ing may be considered sufficient evidence of the presence
of organisms of the bacillus coli group.
“Formation of gas in fermentation tube containing
original sample of water (a).
“Development of acid-forming colonies on lactose
litmus agar plates or bright red colonies on Endo’s
medium plates, when plates are prepared as directed
above under (0).
“The formation of gas, occupying ro per cent or more
of closed arm of fermentation tube, in lactose peptone
broth fermentation tube inoculated with colony fished
from 24-hour lactose litmus agar or Endo medium.
plate.
“These steps are selected with reference to demon-
strating the presence in the samples examined of
aérobic lactose-fermenting organisms.
- “3. It is recommended as a routine procedure, that
in addition to five 1o-c.c. portions, one 1-c.c. portion,
and one o.1-c.c. portion of each sample examined be
planted in a lactose peptone broth fermentation tube,
in order to demonstrate more fully the extent of pollu-
tion in grossly polluted samples.
‘4. It is recommended that in the above-designated
tests the culture media and methods used shall be in -
accordance with the specifications of the committee
on standard methods of water analysis of the
American Public Health Association, as set forth in
‘Standard Methods of Water Analysis.’ (A. P. H. A.,
1912.)”
At present the choice of a practical method seems
THE COLON GROUP OF BACILLI 139f
to lie between the lactose bile test and this Treasury
Department procedure. It is to be hoped that the
Committee on Standard Methods of the Laboratory
Section will pronounce definitely in favor of one or
the other at the earliest possible moment.
CHAPTER VII
SIGNIFICANCE OF THE PRESENCE OF THE COLON GROUP
IN WATER
Colon Bacilli in the Intestines of the Lower Animals.
The Bacillus coli is by no means confined to the human
intestine. Dyar and Keith (Dyar and Keith, 1893) found
it to be the prevailing intestinal form in the cat, dog, hog,
and cow. About the same time, Fremlin (Fremlin, 1893)
found colon bacilli in the feeces of dogs, mice, and rab-
bits, but not in those of rats, guinea pigs, and pigeons.
Smith (Smith, 1895) recorded the presence of the
organism, in almost pure cultures, in the intestines of
dogs, cats, swine, and cattle; and he also found it in
the organs of fowls and turkeys after death. Brotzu
(Brotzu, 1895) reported B. coli and allied forms as very
abundant in the intestine of the dog; and Belitzer
(Belitzer, 1899) isolated typical colon bacilli from the
intestinal contents of horses, cattle, swine, and goats.
Moore and Wright (Moore and Wright, 1900) recorded
the finding of the colon bacillus in the horse, cow,
dog, sheep, and hen; and in a later report (Moore
and Wright, 1902) they noted its occurrence in swine and
in some, but not all, the specimens of rabbits examined.
In frogs it was not found. Eyre (1904) has more
recently isolated typical B. coli from the intestines
140
SIGNIFICANCE OF COLON GROUP IN WATER 141
of mice, rats, guinea pigs, rabbits, cats, dogs, Sheep,
goats, horses, cows, hens, ducks, pigeons, sparrows,
divers, gulls, and fish of various sorts. Houston (1904)
found B. coli abundant in the feces of gulls, as might be
expected from their feeding habits. Houston (1905)
and other recent observers have found it impossible,
even by the use of elaborate series of fermentation tests,
to distinguish human B. coli from those found in animals.
Savage (1906) compared colon-like organisms isolated
from the intestines of swine, cattle, horses, and sheep
with those of human origin in respect to their action
upon lactose, dulcite, mannite, raffinose, glycerine,
maltose, galactose, levulose, saccharose, starch and
cellulose; but he failed to find any general correlations
between habitat and biochemical powers.
Ferreira, Horta and Paredes (1908°) have made
perhaps the most elaborate study of the distribution
of colon bacilli in the lower animals. They isolated
8x lactose-fermenting bacilli from 38 species of mammals
and 8 species of birds, including monkeys, bears, wolves,
foxes, hyenas, lions, panthers, tapirs, a camel, deer,
and ostriches from the Zoological Gardens. These
cultures were studied by an elaborate series of tests
and 93 per cent of them proved to be typical B. coli.
Bettencourt and Borges (1908°) working in the same
laboratory showed that there were no specific differences
in agglutination with immune sera and in complement
fixation between the colon bacilli of human and of
animal origin. Konrich (1910) reports the examina-
tion of 170 samples of feces from men, horses, swine,
sheep, cows, goats, dogs, cats, guinea pigs, mice, rabbits,
142 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY -
rats, earthworms, moles, fowls, swallows, sparrows,
ducks, pigeons, geese, a jackdaw, a redstart, a blackbird,
an adder, and a trout. Three out of 5 guinea pig
samples, 4 out of 20 horse samples, 2 out of 3 mouse
samples, 3 out of 8 rabbit samples, and 2 out of 8
earthworm samples, 14 in all, were negative; while
all the rest showed B. coli.
In cold-blooded animals the occurrence of B. coli is |
less constant. Negative results in the frog and positive
results in certain fishes, an adder and earthworms have
just been quoted. Amyot (1902) failed to find the
organism in the intestines of 23 fish representing 14
species. Johnson, on the other hand (Johnson, 1904),
in the examination of the stomach and intestines of
67 fish caught in the polluted Illinois and Mississippi
Rivers, isolated B. coli 47 times. He concluded from
these results that the migration of fish from a con-
taminated stream or lake to an unpolluted one may
explain the occasional finding of B. coli in small samples,
or the more regular detection of it in large volumes
of the water.
Bettencourt and Borges (1908") isolated 29 cultures
of colon-like microbes from the intestines of 17 types
of fishes, reptiles and amphibia. Only 8 of the 29
formed gas in lactose broth and only 2 (from an eel
and an adder) proved to be typical B. coli. It should
be noted, however, that the samples of fecal material
were plated directly on Endo medium instead of being
subjected to the more sensitive process of preliminary
enrichment.
Fromme (1910) reviews the work of many observers
: =
SIGNIFICANCE OF COLON GROUP IN WATER 143
in regard to the presence of colon bacilli in the intes-
tines of cold-blooded animals (particularly fish of
various sorts and oysters) and concludes that while
they are regularly found in warm-blooded animals
they are found often, but not regularly, in cold-blooded
animals. The lower the zoological type the rarer are
the colon bacilli.
Alleged Ubiquity of the Colon Bacillus. Many bacte-
riologists have gone further and affirmed that the
colon bacillus was not a form characteristic of the
intestine at all, but a saprophyte having a wide dis-
tribution in nature. The first of this school, perhaps,
was Kruse (Kruse, 1894), who in 1894 protested against
the arbitrary conclusions drawn from the colon test
as then applied. He pointed out that the characters
usually observed marked, not a single species, but a
large group of organisms. As ordinarily defined, he
‘added, “ the Bacterium coli is in no way characteristic
of the faces of men or animals. Such bacteria occur
everywhere, in air, in earth, and in the water, from the
most different sources.”’ Even if the relations to milk
and sugar media be considered, “ micro-organisms
with these characteristics are also widespread.” Dr.
Kruse gave no experimental data on which his opinion
was based. In the same year Beckmann (Beckmann,
1894) isolated a bacillus which he identified by pretty
thorough tests as B. coli from the city water of Strass-
burg, a ground-water which he believed could by no
possibility be subject to fecal contamination. Large
quantities of water were used for the isolation.
Refik (Refik, 1896) recorded the constant presence
144 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
of colon bacilli in water of all sorts, public supplies,
wells, cisterns, and springs in the neighborhood of
Constantinople, and Poujol in the succeeding year
reported (Poujol, 1897) the isolation of B. coli from
22 out of 34 waters studied by him in relation to their
use as public supplies. The waters were from various
sources—springs, wells, and rivers—but all were of fair
quality and many quite free from any possibility of
contamination. Samples of 100 c.c. were used for
analysis.
Certain Italian observers appear to have come to
even less conservative conclusions. Abba (Abba, 1895)
found colon bacilli constantly present in unpolluted
waters near Turin. Moroni (Moroni, 1898; Moroni,
1899) reported the examination of numerous deep and
shallow wells and unpolluted springs about Parma,
as well as of the public water-supply of the city, and
concluded that the colon bacillus was a water form and ~
had no sanitary significance. The characters used
for the identification of the species in this case were
fairly exhaustive, but both Abba and Moroni used
liter samples for analysis.
Levy and Bruns (Levy and Bruns, 1899) gave a new
turn to the discussion by emphasizing the importance of
animal inoculation, already suggested by Blachstein
(Blachstein, 1893) and others. They claimed that the
existence of numerous para-colon and para-typhoid
organisms in air, in dust, and in unpolluted water
made it impossible to decide by ordinary bacteriological
methods whether true colon bacilli were present in
water or not. In no case, however, did representatives
'n
SIGNIFICANCE OF COLON GROUP IN WATER 145
of the colon group isolated by them from water kill
a guinea pig, even when 1 or 2 c.c: were injected intra-
peritonally. The authors, therefore, considered patho-
genicity as an attribute belonging only to the true
B. coli of the intestine. This paper aroused Professor
Kruse’s pupil, Weissenfeld, to a publication, in which
the position of the Bonn school was carried to an
extreme. Weissenfeld reported (Weissenfeld, 1900) the
analysis of 30 samples of water supposedly pure,
and of 26 samples considered to be contaminated. In
each case a single centimeter sample was first incubated
in Parietti broth, and if no growth occurred, larger
samples of half a liter or a liter were examined. Colon
bacilli were found in all the samples; and the patho-
genicity varied independently of the source of the water.
The author concluded that “ the so-called Bacterium
coli may be found in waters from any source, good or
bad, if only a sufficiently large quantity of the water
be taken for analysis.”
With regard to the question of pathogenicity as a
diagnostic test for intestinal B. coli, there is little doubt
of the correctness of Weissenfeld’s conclusions. This
property is so variable as to have no important value.
Colon bacilli freshly isolated from the intestine are
frequently non-virulent, and Savage (1903) and others
have shown that there is in general no correlation
between pathogenic power and direct or indirect intes-
tinal origin. On the other hand Weissenfeld’s work
entirely fails to show that the colon bacillus, pathogenic
or non-pathogenic, is a normal inhabitant of unpolluted
waters. Even his own results, if the quantitative rela-
146 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY —
tions be considered, furnish evidence to the contrary.
In 24 of the 26 samples from bad sources; he isolated
his imperfectly defined colon bacilli from 1 c.c. of the
water, while in only 8 of the 30 samples of good waters
could he find such organisms in that quantity.
Colon Bacilli on Plants and Plant Products. The
work of certain recent observers has suggested the
possibility that the colon bacillus may live in a semi-
parasitic fashion on plants as well as on animals. Of
a series of 47 cultures of lactic-acid bacteria, recently
examined by one of ourselves (Prescott, 1902°; Prescott,
1903, Prescott, 1906), 25 were found to give the reactions
of B. coli. These organisms were isolated chiefly from
cereals and products of milling, such as flour, bran,
cornmeal, oats, barley, etc., while others were in technical
use for producing the lactic fermentation. There is
no evidence that any of these organisms were of intesti-
nal origin, and yet they possess all the characters of typi-
cal colon bacilli, even to the pathogenic action when
inoculated into guinea pigs. In Germany, Papasotiriu
(Papasotiriu, 1901) was meanwhile carrying on almost
exactly similar investigations to Prescott’s, with identi-
cal results.
Other testimony is somewhat conflicting with regard
to the occurrence of B. coli on plants. Klein and
Houston (1900) reported the finding of typical colon
bacilli in only 3 out of 24 samples of wheat and oats
obtained from a wholesale house; rice, flour, and oat-
meal bought at two different retail shops gave B. coli
in all three cereals in one case and on none in the other.
Clark and Gage (1903) were unable to isolate B. coli
SIGNIFICANCE OF COLON GROUP IN WATER 147
from standing grains. Gordan (1904) could not find
B. coli in .t and .or mg. samples of clean bran, but
isolated it easily from that of poor quality. Winslow
and Walker (1907) have recently reported the examina-
tion of 178 samples of grain and 40 samples of grasses
for B. coli without success. On the other hand, Diiggeli
(1904) found B. coli among the bacteria occurring on
the leaves of growing plants, although it was not one of
the most abundant species. Barthel, too (Barthel, 1906),
found B. coli widely distributed on plants from both cul-
tivated and uncultivated regions. Bettencourtand Borges
(1908*) examined 35 samples of vegetables and cereals
purchased in open market and found 12 lactose ferment-
ers, of which 6 proved to be B. coli. It should be noted,
however, that the method of isolation used was direct
plating on Endo-medium, which is of course less sensitive
than the enrichment processes used by other workers.
Neumann (1910) has recently studied the distribution
of colon bacilli on and in various food substances such as
bread, milk, butter and fruit. From fresh fruits immedi-
ately after picking he never isolated them, but they were
present in a certain proportion of all the foods which had
been exposed to human contamination and the author
concludes that wherever human hands have been, there
will B. coli be found. Konrich (1910) in a similar series
of investigations obtained positive results from 46 out of
100 .I to .5 gm. samples of cultivated plants while leaves.
of trees and grasses and herbs on waste places gave about
6 per cent positive results. Hay showed colon bacilli in
gi per cent of the 135 samples examined and grains in
55 per cent of 300 samples. Dr. L. A. Rogers of the
U.S. Bureau of Animal Industry has recently obtained
148 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY |
results which indicate that the colon bacilli found on
grains are of a distinct type, which can be distinguished
from fecal B. colijby their fermentative powers.
Colon Bacilli in Dust and Soil. Winslow and Kligler
(1912) have shown that colon bacilli may be very
abundant in the dust of city streets and houses, as
might naturally be expected from the fact that such
dust is largely made up of horse droppings. They
examined 24 samples of street dust and 72 samples of
house dust (all in New York City). All of the street
dusts and 63 of the 72 house dusts contained colon
bacilli in at least one of three duplicate roo gram
portions. In two street samples the numbers rose to
330,000 and 660,000 per gram respectively, while the
largest indoor result was 60,000. The average for the
indoor dusts was between 1000 and 2000 per gram and
for the street dusts over 50,000 per gram. ‘This dust
was dust deposited on surfaces and would only be
carried up into the air by currents of some force. It
is well known that colon bacilli are, as a matter of fact,
rarely present in street or house air. Konrich (1910)
exposed open Petri dishes of dextrose broth to the air
of Jena streets for 24-hour periods, daily, for 3 months
and found colon bacilli only 11 times. The colon
bacilli in street dust may, however, perhaps account
for the anomalous positive results sometimes obtained
in reservoirs bordered by roadways.
Konrich (1910) has also made important contribu-
tions to the study of colon bacilli in the earth. Out
of 547 samples of soil, 65% showed B. coli in por-
tions of between .1 and .5 gm. The farther removed
from cultivation a sample was} the less were the chances
SIGNIFICANCE OF COLON GROUP IN WATER 149
of positive results. He concludes that B. coli is widely
distributed in the outer world. It is almost always
found in soil from cultivated fields or from traveled
places. The farther a source is removed from travel
and from cultivation the more rarely is the colon
bacillus found; but it is never altogether absent. On
plants or parts of plants it is frequently found when they
come from cultivated land; on plants from waste places
it is rarely found. It seems probable that colon bacilli
may be even more widely distributed in a thickly
settled and intensively cultivated country like Ger-
many than in the United States.
The Number of Colon Bacilli, not Their Mere Pres-
ence, as an Index of Water Pollution. The more
important practical conclusions to be drawn from these
various investigations seem to be as follows:
1. Bacteria corresponding in every way to B. coli are
by no means confined to animal intestines, but are
widely distributed elsewhere in nature.
2. The finding of a few colon bacilli in large samples
of water, or its occasional discovery in small samples,
does not necessarily have any special significance.
3. The detection of B. coli in a large proportion of
small samples (x c.c. or less) examined is imperatively
required as an indication of recent sewage pollution.
4. The number of colon bacilli in water rather than
their presence should be used as a criterion of recent
sewage pollution.
With these qualifications the value of the colon test
was never more firmly established than it is to-day.
_ Whether or not originally a domesticated form, it is
150 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
clear that the colon bacillus finds in the intestine of the
higher vertebrates an environment better suited to its
growth and multiplication than any other which occurs
in nature. Houston (1903*) records the number of B.
coli per gram of, normal human feces as between
100,000,000 and 1,000,000,000. It is almost certain
that the only way in which large numbers of these
organisms gain access to natural waters is by pollution
with the domestic, industrial, and agricultural wastes
of human life. If pollution has been recent, colon
bacilli will be found in comparative abundance. If
pollution has been remote the number of colon bacilli
will be small, since there is good evidence that the
majority of intestinal bacteria die. out in water. If
derived from cereals or the intestines of wild animals, the
number will be insignificant except perhaps in the vicinity
of great grain-fields or where the water receives refuse
from grist-mills, tanneries, dairies, or lactic-acid factories.
The first recognition of the necessity for a quantita-
tive estimation of colon bacilli in water we owe to Dr.
Smith, who in 1892 (Smith, 1893°) outlined a plan for a
study to be made by the New York Board of Health on
the Mohawk and Hudson Rivers. Burri (Burri, 1895)
pointed out that the use of so large a sample as a liter
for examination would lead to the condemnation of
many good waters. Freudenreich (Freudenreich, 1895)
at the same time indicated the necessity for taking into
account the number of colon bacilli present. He recorded
the isolation of the organisms from unpolluted wells,
when as large a quantity of water as 100 c.c. was used,
ard concluded that it was entirely absent only from
SIGNIFICANCE OF COLON GROUP IN WATER ‘151
waters of great purity and present in large numbers
only in cases of high pollution. This author also
quoted Miquel as having found colon bacilli in almost
every sample of drinking-water if only a sufficient por-
tion were taken for analysis.
The practical results of the application of the colon
test from this standpoint have proved of the highest
value. As originally outlined by Dr. Smith, it con-
sisted in the inoculation of a series of dextrose tubes
with small portions .of water, tenths or hundredths of
the cubic centimeter. It was first used by Brown
(Brown, 1893) in 1892 for the New York State Board
of Health, and it showed from 22 to g2 fecal bacteria
per c.c. in the water of the Hudson River at the Albany
intake, and from 3 to 49 at various points in the Mohawk
River between Amsterdam and Schenectady. In some
previous work at St. Louis, the colon bacilli in the
Mississippi River were found to vary from 3 to 7 per c.c.
Hammerl (Hammerl, 1897) used the presence of
Bacillus coli as a criterion of self-purification in the
river Mur. He considered, in spite of the position taken
by Kruse, that when a water contained large numbers
of colon bacilli, as well as an excess of bacteria in
general, it might be considered to be contaminated by
human or animal excrement. As, however, the organism
would naturally be present in large quantities of such
a water as that of the Mur, he used no enrichment
process, but made plate cultures direct; he defined the
B. coli as a small bacillus, non-motile or but feebly
motile, growing rapidly at 37° C., coagulating milk
and forming gas in sugar media. In general, Hammerl
152 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
failed to find colon bacilli in the river by this method,
except immediately below the various towns situated
upon it; at these points of pollution he discovered a
few colon colonies upon his plates, not more than 4 to
6 per c.c. of the water. He concluded that “ the
Bacterium coli, even when it is added to a stream in
great numbers, under certain circumstances disappears
very rapidly, so that it can no longer be detected in
the examination of small portions of the water.”
The most important work upon the distribution of B.
coli has been that carried out in England by the bacteri-
ologists of the local government board, by Dr. Houston
in particular. This investigator (Houston, 1898; Hous- |
ton, 1899*; Houston, 1900*) made an elaborate series
of examinations of soils from various sources to see
whether the microbes considered to be characteristic
of sewage could gain access to water from surface wash-
ings free from human contamination. In the three
papers published on this subject the examination of 46
soils was recorded. In only 10 of the samples was B. coli
found, and of these 10, 9 were obviously polluted, being
derived from .sewage fields, freshly manured land, or
the mud-banks of sewage-polluted rivers. The author
finally concluded that ‘as a matter of actual observa-
tion the relative abundance of B. coli in pure and impure
substances is so amazingly different as to lead us to
suspect that not only does B. coli not flourish in nature
under ordinary conditions, but that it tends to even
lose its vitality and die.” ‘In brief, I am strongly
of opinion that the presence of B. coli in any number,
whether in soil or in water, implies recent pollution of
SIGNIFICANCE OF COLON GROUP IN WATER 153
animal sort.’ Pakes (Pakes, 1900) stated on the
strength of an examination of “about 300 different
samples of water,”’ no particulars being published, that
water from a deep well should not contain B. coli at
all, but that water from other sources need not be con-
demned unless the organism was found in 20 c.c. or less.
When colon bacilli were found only in greater quantities
than 100 c.c. the water might be considered as probably
safe. Horrocks (Horrocks, 1910), after a general
review of English practice, concluded that ‘“‘ when a
water-supply has been recently polluted with sewage,
even in a dilution of one in one hundred thousand, it
is quite easy to isolate the B. coli from 1 c.c. of the
water.” ‘I would say that a water which contained
B. coli so sparingly that 200 c.c. required to be tested
in order to find it had probably been polluted with
sewage, but the contamination was not of recent date.”
Chick (Chick, 1900) found 6100 colon bacilli per c.c.
in the Manchester ship canal, 55-190 in the polluted
River Severn, and numbers up to 65,000 per gram
in roadside mud. On the other hand, of 38 unpolluted
streams and rivulets, 31 gave no Bacillus coli and the
other 7 gave 1 perc.c. or less. The Liverpool tap water,
snow, rain, and hail showed no colon bacilli.
One of the first elaborate applications of the colon
test was made by Jordan in the examination of the fate
of the Chicago sewage in the Desplaines and Illinois
Rivers. In these studies of self-purification (Jordan,
1901) the analyses were made quantitative by the
examination of numerous measured samples, fractions
of the cubic centimeter; and the method employed
154 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
was enrichment, either in dextrose-broth fermentation
tubes or in phenol broth, with subsequent plating
on litmus lactose agar. The cultures isolated were
tested as to their behavior in dextrose broth, pep-
tone solution, milk, and gelatin; of the dextrose
tubes made directly from the water all were con-
sidered positive which gave more than 20 per cent
gas in the closed arm, with an appreciable excess of
hydrogen. The results were very significant. In fresh
sewage a positive result was obtained about one-third of
the time in one one-hundred-thousandth of a cubic cen-
timeter and almost constantly in one-ten-thousandth
of a cubic centimeter. The Illinois and Michigan
canal proved almost as bad, giving positive results on 7
days out of 28 in dilutions of one in a hundred thousand
and on 28 days out of 32 in a dilution of one in ten
thousand. At Morris, 27 miles below Lockport, where
the canal enters the bed of the Desplaines River, and
9g miles below the entrance of the Kankakee, the
principal diluting factor, the numbers were so reduced
that positive results were obtained only on 11 days out
of twenty in one-thousandth of a cubic centimeter, on:
20 days out of thirty in one-hundredth of a cubic centi-
meter, and on 20 days out of 23 in one-tenth of a cubic
centimeter. At Averyville, 159 miles below Chicago,
colon bacilli were isolated on only 4 days out of 27 in
one-tenth of a cubic centimeter, and on 13 days out of
31 in one cubic centimeter. A comparison with certain
neighboring rivers showed this to be about the normal
value for waters of similar character, as the following
table extracted from Professor Jordan’s paper will show:
SIGNIFICANCE OF COLON GROUP IN WATER 155
NUMBER OF B. COLI PRESENT IN CERTAIN RIVER
WATERS
(JORDAN, 1901)
0.1 C.c. I c.c.
Source of Sample.
No. Days | No. Days | No. Days | No. Days
Water B. Coli Water B. Coli
Examined.| Found. | Examined.} Found.
Tllinois River, Averyville. . . 27 4 31 13
Mississippi River, Grafton. . 34 be) 35 23
NE GEV a %c0e-) 8 arcs fos 00 22 2 23 6
Sangamon River.......... 25 14 27 21
Missouri River..........--. 32 13 31 21
These results harmonize rather closely with those
previously recorded by Brown and Fuller and indicate
that in the larger rivers where the proportionate pollu-
tion is not extreme, colon bacilli may be isolated in about
half the 1-c.c. samples examined. Such rivers are of
course inadmissible as sources of water-supply, accord-
ing to modern sanitary standards, unless subjected to
purification of some sort.
Hunnewell and one of us (Winslow and Hunnewell,
1902”) examined a considerable series of normal waters
for B. coli, testing 1 c.c. from each by the dextrose-
broth method and a larger portion of 100 c.c. by incuba-
tion with phenol broth as described in Chapter VI.
The samples were obtained from the public supplies of
Taunton, Boston, Cambridge, Braintree, Brookline,
Needham, and Lynn in Massachusetts, and Newport,
R. I., from the Sudbury River, from the ocean, from
the waters of springs bottled for the market, from
ponds, pools of rain and melted snow, springs, brooks,
shallow wells, and driven wells in various towns near
156 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
the city of Boston. For comparison 50 samples of
polluted waters from the Charles, Mystic, Neponset,
and North Rivers were examined. The colon bacillus
was defined by gas production in dextrose broth,
coagulation of milk, reduction of nitrates, formation
of indol and failure to liquefy gelatin; and organisms
which lacked the power to reduce nitrates or to form
indol were classed in the “ Paracolon group.” The
results are summarized in the following table:
PRESENCE OF B. COLI IN POLLUTED AND UNPOLLUTED
WATERS
(WINSLow AND HUNNEWELL, 1902)
Unpolluted Waters
I ¢c.c I00 c.c
Samples Examined... 6c. gckiein hota «ees 157 153
Dextrose broth positive. i... 6.66 cscawees 40 76
Lactose plate positive... 2.645 J. cscaws' 13 31
SOLON SOU ii ae. scree Suk teeters oars a 5 It
IPATACOLON-BTOUD 2 ascents cues naisesteiet mor 5 5
Bi Coace Brow ss sie <5'ch oacae aes esis aes Be 5
DITEPLOCOCCUS' STOUDs.. s.ocitc ranch votes 3 nae)
Polluted Waters
I c.c 100 c.c.
Samples examined ...32.0% akc eicd Shaie ve ore 50 48
Dextrose broth positive................. 50 37
Lactose plate positives ac ss ss40sestenaicen 50 26
SOLON ETOUD 5. Gz cesrecwiern oo; Seletete me ie 18 4
Paracolon Stroup... ceca t vtunecee ene 6 ieee
Be ClOaCey Sai tauean se cas tiiainsnsahrieete I Si Ale
Streptococcus. @roup soos; sss tease sees 25 22
As the authors pointed out, these tables indicate that
bacteria capable of growth at the body temperature and
fermenting dextrose and lactose are infrequently found
SIGNIFICANCE OF COLON GROUP IN WATER 157
in unpolluted waters, and colon bacilli are very rarely
present. In 157 samples, typical colon bacilli were
found only 5 times out of 157, in 1 c.c. Lactose ferment-
ing organisms appeared in only 8 per cent of the nor-
mal samples and in too per cent of the polluted ones,
in 1c.c. Incidentally it may be pointed out that these
tables well illustrated the dangers of overgrowths,
particularly in large samples. It is clear that the strep-
tococci had killed out colon bacilli, originally present,
in a large proportion of the 100-c.c. samples of polluted
waters and in some of the 1-c.c. samples, since, in so
many cases, gas formation was followed by the isola-
tion of the streptococcus alone.
Colon Bacilli in Surface Waters. Clark and Gage
(1903) have published the results of certain studies of
DISTRIBUTION OF TOTAL BACTERIA AND B. COLI IN
SURFACE-WATERS
(CLARK AND GAGE, 1903)
B. Coli
Populati f - Per Cent Positive Tests.
Lake. Gietceahed oor pinay aba Guba
Square Mile. Pe
I ce. 100 C.c.
1* 1400 612 13.3 33-0
2 356 319 3-5 17-2
3 116 103 0.0 0.0
y fore) 170 0.0 14.0
5 62 87 0.0 9.0
6* 60 48 254 4-5
4* 50 66 4.6 21.
8 47 133 0.0 9.0
9 42 131 0.0 6.7
10* 40 31 0.0 6.2
II 8 28 0.0 j 7.7
I2 42 107 0.0 | 9-3
* Shores used for pleasure resorts.
158 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
Massachusetts ponds which indicate clearly the coin-
cidence of the distribution of B. coli in single centimeters
of surface waters, with actual sanitary conditions.
They show also the slight significance of the test for
this organism in larger volumes of water. Almost
every source gave positive tests in 100 c.c., while with
1-c.c. samples only those lakes appear suspicious which
are, in fact, exposed to dangerous pollution.
Houston (1905) gives the following table, which may
be taken as another fair example of the distribution of B.
coli in small streams and lakes. Of the two lakes
studied, Loch Ericht is free from the pollution of human
or domesticated animals, while Loch Laggan receives
some drainage from farm lands; both are of large
size. The brook and river samples were collected from
adjacent streams.
DISTRIBUTION OF B. COLI IN SURFACE-WATERS
(Houston, 1905)
Percentage of Samples showing B. Coli in each Dilution.
Ditution, =| to.res.| T52Ce| Shoes |. Trews | epee
Brooks and river. AEG 53.8 34.6 3.8 he
Loch bage@an: jas: ssa 1,2 33.0 49-4 16.4
BOCHSTiChts see! siccats coeok Waters aie 1.0 19.0 80.0
As an example of a heavily polluted stream, on the
other hand, the table on page 159 may be cited. It shows
in a striking way the increase of B. coli in the Thames
on its passage through London and its progressive
purification below. i
SIGNIFICANCE OF COLON GROUP IN WATER 159
The river at the lower stations in this table was con-
siderably diluted with sea-water, yet it showed clearly
its large proportion of sewage. Normal sea-water,
even in the neighborhood of the shore, shows B. coli
only in large samples. Houston (1904), in another
communication, reports the examination of 168 samples
of sea-water near the English coast. None of the samples
showed B. coli in 1 c.c.; 97 samples gave negative
results in 10 c.c.; 45 in 100 c.c., and 4 had no B. coli
even in 1000 C.c.
B. COLI IN THE RIVER THAMES AT VARIOUS POINTS
(Houston, 1904°)
Percentage of Positive Results
Place. Sek bok ceo aor [cenail ceaees to aeoee
c.c. c.c. c.c. c.c. c.c.
Sunbury...... ice prescel vsen fh 70-01 38.8 BON Cire nas
Hampton...... Sth oh Seclh Sic Ose [ERC A wt BR
Barking....... weve 4.2 | 45.8 | 45.8 4.2
Crossness...... Surrey Cee ae Mae We 2 Pe a es Cy cd ee II.I
Purfleet....... ta Ml i ries 3-0] 9.1 | 33-3 | 30-2 I
MERGES oe Sas ss Dest patlsts 2.8 | 22.2 | 41.7 | 33-3
Mucking...... give hae SOs) S97 1 Bese cook
Chapman..... E.Ort 45601 50.0-|) . 8 3
Barrow Deep ..| 12.0 | 36.0 | 40.0 | 12.0 :
Gartner (1910) has collected some interesting data
in regard to the ratio between the number of colon
bacilli and of total bacteria in waters of different
quality. The results from four different sets of experi-
ments by Konrich at Jena, Houston at London, Noble
in New York, and Hill at Giessen, may be combined
as on the following page :
160 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
RATIO OF TOTAL BACTERIA TO COLON BACILLI IN
WATERS OF DIFFERENT CLASSES
Ratio of Plate Count to B. Coli.
Coli titer—
Smallest Por- |
tion of Water Jena. London. New York. Giessen.
Showing |
B. Coli. 20° 20°. 37°. 24°. 37°.
TOO GIG: cs eA og aie 60,500 | 11,800
TONG. 6905 15,100 1,810 1950 280
TiCiGin pe 183 1,288 255 213 47
D0 Cine wis 20.7 352 34 20 az.
BOL CO. a 4.1 46 BAL) is oad 8 Ween 87
O.00T CC) SRG eed Rene bal een aes 20
O-000L C.C.. Fe} Saisie eas tha te ol eevee soa ace ee 4.9
ee. o oc) eX Ca | Me rem ier in: ACEO | Linnie Gag eT AS 0.4
The rather regular decrease in the ratio of the total
count to the B. coli count with an increase in the actual
number of colon bacilli is very interesting.
Prof. Gartner apparently holds that this fall in the
ratio of the plate count to the “ coli titer” indicates a
fallacy in the method of the latter and in particular he
emphasizes the absurdity of the lowest figures in the table
which indicates that there were twice as many colon
bacilli as bacteria of all sorts. It seems to us that the
last phenomenon is quite as likely to be due to an error in
the plate count as to a failure in the enrichment pro-
cedure. Unless dilutions are very carefully made
plates inoculated with waters containing tens and
hundreds of thousands of bacteria per c.c. are pretty
likely to be so crowded that only a portion of the bac-
teria with which they are sown are able to develop.
As to the diminishing ratio with increasing coli-content,
it is exactly what might reasonably be expected. One-
tenth to one-quarter of the bacteria in sewage may be
a a ee!
SIGNIFICANCE OF COLON GROUP IN WATER 161
colon bacilli, and the greater the amount of sewage
in water, the nearer this ratio will be approached.
Colon Bacilli in Ground-waters. With ground-waters
the story is the same. Even in sources of excellent
quality we should expect to find, and we do sometimes
find, colon bacilli in large volumes of water. Abba,
Orlandi, and Rondelli (1899) showed by experiments
with B. prodigiosus at Turin that when bacteria are
present in great numbers on the surface of the ground,
a few may penetrate for a considerable distance and
ultimately reach the sources of ground-waters. The
chance that disease germs could survive this process in a
soil so impervious as to allow colon bacilli to appear
only in large samples of water, is infinitesimal.
An interesting contribution to the bacteriology of
ground-waters was made by the Massachusetts State
Board of Health (Massachusetts State Board of Health,
1g0r) in connection with the examination of the spring-
waters bottled for the sale in the State. Ninety-nine
springs were included in this study, and in almost every
instance 4 samples were examined, 2 taken directly
from the spring by the engineers of the board and 2
from the bottles as delivered for sale to the public. In
the water of one spring B. coli was found twice, once
in a sample from the spring and once in the bottled
sample. This spring was situated in woodland, but
was unprotected from surface drainage, and the method
of filling bottles subjected it to possible contamination.
In 5 other cases B. coli was found once in the sample
from the spring; all were subject to pollution from
dwellings or cultivated fields, and 4 of the 5 were shown
162 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY —
to be highly contaminated, chemically. In 7 other
cases B. coli was found in the bottled samples alone;
3 of these sources were of high purity, but the bottling
process furnished opportunity for contamination.
Clark and Gage (1903), in the examination of 170
samples of water from tubular and curb wells of good
quality used as sources of water-supply, found B. coli
only 5 times, once in 1 c.c. and 4 timesin too c.c. Horton
(1903), from a study of ground-waters in Ohio, concluded
that the presence of B. coli in wells and springs was
indicative of serious pollution.
Houston (1903”) makes an instructive comparison of
some more or less polluted shallow wells at Chichester
with deep ground-waters of high quality at Tunbridge
Wells. The following table shows the value of the
1 cubic-centimeter sample in discriminating between
good and bad waters.
DISTRIBUTION OF B. COLI IN GOOD AND BAD WELL
WATERS ‘
(Houston, 1903”)
Percentage of Positive Tests
. Chichester Shallow Tunbridge Wells,
Quantity of Water. Wells. Deep Wells.
100 C.C. go 25
TO'C\C) 80 6
I t.c. 45 °
6. £.C.C; 20°," °
In a subsequent investigation, Houston (1905) exam-
ined still larger samples of water from the Tunbridge
Wells for B. coli: 49 samples of 100 c.c. each showed no
B. coli, and 27 liter samples showed B. coli only once.
SIGNIFICANCE OF COLON GROUP IN WATER 163
Kaiser (1905) reports an interesting correlation between
total numbers and B. coli in a series of 38 well waters.
Of 11 wells containing over 200 bacteria per c.c. go per cent
showed colon-like organismsin liter samples. Of 12 wells
containing from 50 to 200 bacteria per c.c. 67 per cent
gave colon-like organisms; of 26 wells with less than 50
bacteria per c.c., only 27 per cent showed positive results.
Fromme (1910) brings out the relation between B.
coli and total numbers in 120 samples of well waters
near Hamburg in the table below.
RELATION BETWEEN TOTAL NUMBERS OF BACTERIA
AND B. COLI
(FROMME, 1910)
Colony Count. Number of Samples. B. ca eg} =
Over 200 35 40.0
50-200 19 15.8
Under 50 66 3.0
Similar data obtained by one of us for some American
sources have been cited in Chapter I. Even Konrich
(1910), who is exceedingly sceptical as to the value of
the colon test, has shown that an increase in the colon
content of the Jena water supply (a ground-water)
always followed a heavy rain which washed through
some of the colon bacilli in the soil.
Colon Bacilli in Filtered Waters. One of the most
important applications of the colon test is in the control
of the operation of municipal water filters. It has
been used for this purpose for 10 years or more at
Lawrence, and Fuller laid stress upon its results in his
classic experiments on water purification in the Ohio
valley. At Cincinnati he records the presence of
164 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
colon bacilli in 60 per cent of the 1-c.c. samples from the
Ohio River, while the effluent from either slow sand or
mechanical filters gave positive results only half the
time in samples of 50 c.c. The results of the examina-
tions carried out at Lawrence for 6 years are brought
together in the table below from the Annual Reports
of the Massachusetts State Board of Health.
B. COLI IN MERRIMAC RIVER AND LAWRENCE FILTER
EFFLUENT
Mein a Per Merrimac River, Piece Vee Per
pec Bienes iP Number B. coli per CORE Or eae
Samples containing ea Sample containing
B. coli. ae B. coli.
1900 99.7 87 18.1
1901 * * *
1902 99.0 73 4.0
1903 99.0 78 4.2
1904 I00.0 72 8.0
1905 100.0 118 4-7
* Not given.
At Harrisburg, Pa., mechanical filtration combined”
with chlorin disinfection has yielded the results tabulated
below:
B. COLI IN RAW AND TREATED WATER AT
HARRISBURG, PA.
(HARRISBURG, 1913)
Per Cent Positive Tests in 1 c.c.
Year. :
Raw Water. Treated Water.
£906 71.9 Te
1907 64.0 1.0
1908 65.7 ar
1909 63.1 1.0
1910 55.4 0.2
IQII HRS 0.6
I9I2 46.9 0.8
.
SIGNIFICANCE OF COLON GROUP IN WATER 165
At Washington the most complete slow sand-
filtration plant yet constructed has yielded the results
tabulated below, for which we are indebted to the
courtesy of Mr. F. F. Longley:
B. COLI IN POTOMAC RIVER AND WASHINGTON FILTER
EFFLUENT
Dalecarlia Reservoir Inlet. Sey ee ee
1906. Samples. Samples.
Number Number
Tested. - ue | Tested. +
IO c.c. I c.c. 10 c.c. I. c.c.
February. . I5 5 3 24 ° °
March. ..... 24 12 3 27 ° °
‘See 18 9 6 25 I °
i.) 0), 25 3 I 27 ° °
jJume: ....... 26 9 8 26 ° °
EY ee asc : 20 8 9 21 I °
August.....- 26 21 14 27 I I
September.. . 10 4 I 25 2 °
October. .... Io 3 2 27 I °
November. 8 3 ° 25 2 °
December. . 9 4 4 24 2 2
1907
January.. - 9 5 3 26 3 3
February. . 8 2 2 23 ° °
March...... 8 7 4 26 ° °
1303 1 Pea 9 4 I 26 I °
i age ee 23 21 15 26 ° °
Jane. =. Se.) - 25 20 17 25 ° °
MUEY; 101 Bf 26 II 8 26 ° °
August...... 27 13 8 27 ° °
September. 24 15 13 25 I °
It must be remembered that in the Washington plant
filtration is supplemented by thorough sedimentation,
preliminary and subsequent. The entire credit for the
good effluent obtained is not therefore due to the filters.
At Lawrence it has been shown that removal of colon
166 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
bacilli in storage reservoirs and pipe systems may be
considerable. The figures obtained in 1900 at various
points in the distribution system may be cited as an
example.
PERCENTAGE OF SAMPLES OF WATER CONTAINING
B. COLI. LAWRENCE, MASS.
(MASSACHUSETTS STATE BOARD OF HEALTH, 1901)
Effluent of Outlet of Sey Tap Experi-
Filter. Reservoir. City Hali. ment Station.
In 1 c.c....... 18 9 4 2
Tn 160 CiCi 5 3% 38 23 16 16
Fromme (1910) in the examination of a filtered
water averaging 35 bacteria per c.c. obtained the
following results in various quantities of water.
PERCENTAGE OF SAMPLES OF WATER CONTAINING
B. COLI.
(FROMME, 1910)
Number of Samples.
Volume Examined.
Per Cent Positive.
IOI 200 C.C. 30.9
412 TO C.Cc. 2.9
800 EC.C, 0.25
In regard to the proportion of positive colon tests
permissible in a filter effluent, Clark and Gage (Clark
and Gage, 1900) reported some specially instructive
observations made when certain of the underdrains of
the Lawrence filter were relaid in the autumn of 1808.
In doing this work the sand on some of the beds was
seriously disturbed; and in December, after the work was
completed, B. coli was found in 1 c.c. of the filtered
SIGNIFICANCE OF COLON GROUP IN WATER 167
effluent in 72 per cent of the samples examined. In
January and February the organisms were found in
54 per cent and 62 per cent of the samples, respectively,
while in March the number fell to a normal value of
8 per cent. Corresponding to this excess of B. coli
in the city water, there were 12 cases of typhoid fever
in December, 59 cases in January, 12 in February,
and 9 in March, all during the early part of the month.
The authors conclude that “ when filtering a river-
water as polluted as that of the Merrimac, it is safe
to assume that when B. coli is found only infrequently
in 1 c.c. of the effluent, the typhoid germs, necessarily
fewer in number and more easily removed by the
- filter, have been eliminated from the water.”
The results of the daily tests carried out at municipal
filter plants are frequently expressed in monthly or
yearly averages, as in some of the cases quoted above.
It must be remembered, however, that averages of
this sort are accepted only by courtesy and with the
implied assumption that conditions are approximately
constant during the period averaged. When it is
said that an acceptable effluent may show B. coli in
3 or 4 per cent of the samples tested the statement is
true only for a series of samples collected and examined
at the same time. If in a given month 3 per cent of
the 1 c.c. samples tested show B. coli, the effluent may
or may not be safe. If on each of 20 days 3 B. coli
or thereabouts were present in too c.c. of the water
it is probably a safe one. If on 19 days no B. coli
were present, and on the twentieth day too c.c. showed
60 B. coli, the average result would be the same, but
168 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY —
the water on one day was of a dangerous character.
With properly managed filter plants marked varia-
tions do not occur from day to day and average results
are generally reliable. It is wholly misleading, how-
ever, to compare such results with the average exami-
nations of an unfiltered surface water. With surface
waters daily variations are the rule and a low monthly
average of colon tests may include and cover up
dangerous and significant high numbers at particular
periods.
Summary of American and Foreign Opinion as to
the Value of the Colon Test. The general results of the
studies of the colon tests which have now been carried
out in great numbers all over the world may be sum-
marized by a few further citations.
In America the fact that the number of colon bacilli
in a water measures the degree of its pollution is now
universally accepted. The same conclusion has been
established in England by the elaborate investigations
of Houston and his pupils. Savage, for example,
concluded (Savage, 1902) from a study of a large num-
ber of water supplies in Wales that even in surface ©
waters, exposed to animal contamination from adjacent
grazing grounds, B. coli is not present in 2 c.c. unless
other pollution is present. In a more recent review
of the whole subject, the same author (Savage, 1906)
concludes that ‘“ there is no evidence or observations
which have ever shown that B. coli, reasonably defined,
is present in any numbers in sources which have not
been exposed to some form of fecal contamination.”’
In Germany, Petruschky and Pusch (Petruschky
_ SIGNIFICANCE OF COLON GROUP IN WATER 169
and Pusch, 1903) examined a considerable series of
waters from different sources by incubating measured
samples with equal amounts of nutrient broth and iso-
lating upon agar. In 45 samples of well-waters they
found B. coli 7 times in .or c.c., 9 times in .1 c.c., and
7 times in 1 c.c. In the other 22 cases it could not be
found in 1 c.c. and in 4 cases not in too c.c. One sample
showed it only in 600 c.c. and 1 not in 750 c.c. Of
29 river-waters, only 2 failed to give positive results
in .r c.c. and 14 showed B. coli in .oor of a’ c.c. or less.
In sewage the number varied from 1 to 1,000,000 per
c.c. The authors conclude that a quantitative estima-
tion of the B. coli content furnishes a good measure of
the fecal pollution of water. There is still a school of
bacteriologists in Germany, however, who are inclined
to place little value on the colon-test. We have pointed
out how Kruse and his pupils at Bonn led in the attack
on it in 1894. Fourteen years later Kruse (1908)
concluded after a full summary of the literature that
the colon test was on the whole less valuable than the
gelatin count, although he admitted that when the
test is made quantitative it is valuable as a supple-
ment to the plate count. Konrich (1910), working in
Gartner’s laboratory at Jena, after perhaps the most
exhaustive study ever made of the whole subject,
concludes, that to include the colon test in forming
judgment on the sanitary quality of a water is to
complicate the procedure without improving it and that
one would do well to omit the test except in certain
special cases.
The German criticisms of the colon test are based
170 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
mainly on two considerations, the inaccuracy of the
method itself and the difficulties in its interpretation.
They hold on the one hand that the errors in the enrich-
ment process and the consequent lack of correspondence
between duplicate determinations are so great that the
whole process is worthless. It is of course true that
chance errors of distribution and the overgrowth which
often occurs in the lower tubes of a dilution series do
occasionally lead to individual erroneous results. If
several dilutions are made with duplicates in each
dilution, and particularly if reliance is placed, as it
should be placed, not on single determinations, but
on the average of several tests, results are, however,
obtained which are in accord with each other and with
the results of practical epidemiological experience.
The other objection brought forward by many Ger-
man sanitarians is that the wide distribution of the colon
bacillus leads to its presence even in considerable num-
bers in waters which are really of good sanitary quality.
It is undoubtedly true that colon bacilli are often
found in surface waters which receive no sewage but
which are polluted only with the wash from roadways
or cultivated land. Even dust blowing in from a road-
way may perhaps contribute an appreciable pollution,
as we have pointed out above. Girtner (1910) cal-
culates that in the soil of a cultivated field 100
meters square there are 15,000,000,000 colon bacilli
and points out that it is no wonder that a rain should
wash a few of them through into neighboring wells.
Konrich (1910) goes so far as to say that to reject on
principle all water containing B. coli in 1 c.c. portions
SIGNIFICANCE OF COLON GROUP IN WATER 171
is impossible, since many regions have no other water
available.
On the other hand, it may be urged that it is better
to be on the safe side if possible. There is no doubt
that in the United States there is no difficulty in secur-
ing water supplies, either from the ground or by storage
or filtration, which only rarely contain colon bacilli
in 1c.c.samples. It may, perhaps, be that in the thickly
settled and intensively cultivated parts of Germany
this is not the case. Where it is possible to obtain such
waters we believe it to be wise to do so. Ground
waters to which the colon bacilli from cultivated soil
penetrate and surface waters which still contain many
colon bacilli from fields and roadways may be generally
inocuous but there is always the chance that infectious
material may find its way to the soil and may enter,
along with the intrinsically harmless colon bacilli of
manure. The two most recent German contributions
to the subject are on the whole favorable to the colon
test if wisely and intelligently applied. Fromme
(1910), from Dunbar’s laboratory at Hamburg, concludes
from a survey of the literature and from his own studies
that “‘ the finding of colon bacilli in water is a valuable
indicator of the quality of the water ” and recommends
it particularly for ground-water spring waters and
filter effluents; and Prof. Gartner, the head of the Hygiene
laboratory at Jena, after a thorough discussion of
previous work, comes to a much more conservative
conclusion than his pupil, Konrich (Gartner, 1910).
While emphasizing the shortcomings of the process
and deploring the tendency “ to set B. coli on a high
172 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY —
throne and dance before it’ he recognizes that the
isolation of this organism has its place. “ My aim will
have been realized,” he says, ‘‘if I have been able to
show that the colon test may be useful under certain
circumstances, but that it must be viewed with great
caution and that, moreover, not the mere numbers
of colon bacilli, but a careful consideration of the local
situation and all the circumstances bearing on the special
case are absolutely essential to the formation of an
opinion.” With Prof. Gértner’s emphasis on the
importance of a sanitary inspection all experienced
bacteriologists will certainly find themselves in agree-
ment.
Some of the best French bacteriologists are strong
supporters of the value of B. coli as an indicator of
pollution. Gautié (1905) holds that the quantitative
determination of B. coli is of the highest importance
in water analysis; and Vincent (1905), in an excellent
review of the subject, gives strong reasons for main-
taining the same position. He finds B. coli absent
from spring and well-waters of good quality and present
in polluted water in proportion to its pollution. He
concludes finally that water containing B. coli in .1 to
1.0 c.c. is unfit to drink, while if the organism is found
in 1.0 to 10.0 c.c. it is of doubtful quality.
In Portugal too the trend of opinion is strongly in
favor of the colon test—the Anglo-American procedure,
as it is called in the publications of Dr. Bettencourt
and his associates (Ferreira, Horta and Paredes, 1908°).
Altogether the evidence is quite conclusive that the
absence of B. coli demonstrates the harmlessness of a
SIGNIFICANCE OF COLON GROUP IN WATER 173
water as far as bacteriology can prove it. That when
present, its numbers form a reasonably close index of
the amount of pollution, the authors above quoted have
proved beyond reasonable cavil. It may safely be
said that when the colon bacillus is found in such abun-
dance as to be isolated in a large proportion of cases
from 1 c.c. of water, it is generally proof of the presencz
of serious pollution.
The standard here suggested is much more lenient
than the one set forth by the U. S. Treasury Depart-
ment for drinking water supplied to the public by com-
mon carriers (see p. 139d). Instead of permitting some
20 or 40 colon bacilli for each 100 c.c. of water as the
ordinary test of five 1-c.c. samples does, the Treasury
Department condemns a water containing over 2 colon
bacilli in too c.c. It must be remembered, however,
that this government standard was “ recommended
only for application to the special case in question”;
and the Commission pointed out that, with water
served on trains, it was necessary to set “ narrower
limits for permissible impurities of definitely dangerous
character ” than would be the case with waters where
a sanitary inspection of the source could be made. |
Mr. George W. Fuller and his colleagues, in testify-
ing before the International Joint Commission on the
Pollution of Boundary Waters, recommended a stand-
ard for raw waters before filtration of 500 B. coli per
roo c.c. of water expressed as an annual average and
determined from a considerable number of confirmatory
tests made throughout the year.
CHAPTER VIII
VARIETIES OF COLON BACILLI AND THEIR SPECIAL
SIGNIFICANCE
Tests Used for Subdividing the Colon Group. The
group of colon bacilli as defined in Chapter VI includes
all aerobic Gram-negative bacilli which produce acid
and gas in dextrose and lactose media. By the applica-
tion of various tests, mainly bio-chemical, it may be
further split up, almost at will, into a great number of
varieties. The principal tests which have been used for
this purpose are as follows:
I.
Nun wn
Motility.
. Coagulation of milk.
Production of indol.
Liquefaction of gelatin.
. Reduction of nitrates.
. Reduction of neutral red.
7:
Fermentation of various carbohydrates other than
dextrose and lactose.
8.
Voges and Proskauer reaction.
9. Character of colonies on various solid media.
ro. Aesculin reaction.
11. Growth and fermentation at 46°.
Motility is seldom determined in actual routine work
in this country from the general belief that its demon-
174
VARIETIES OF COLON BACILLI 175
stration is both burdensome and needless. Motility is a
fluctuating and uncertain property and one which
frequently requires repeated preliminary cultivations
to make manifest. Furthermore, non-motile colon bacilli
are common in the intestine and are probably as charac-
teristic of pollution as the motile forms.
McWeeney (1904) found non-motile B. coli abundant
in feces and observed cases where the organisms were
motile at 20° and not at 37°. He quotes Stécklin as hav-
ing found 116 non-motile strains among 300 otherwise
normal B. coli from feces. Evidence that non-motile
bacteria, otherwise resembling B. coli, occur in unpol-
luted water would furnish the only basis for requiring
this test as a routine procedure. No such evidence exists.
The great body of data which connects the presence of
B. coli with pollution includes all B. coli whether motile
or not, since scarcely any bacteriologists observe this
property in actual practice.
Howe (1912) has recently come to the conclusion that
motility has no diagnostic value. MacConkey, however
(MacConkey, 1909), after carefully reviewing the various
characters suggested for use in studying colon bacilli,
retains this one as important. He recommends that it be
made in a drop of a 6-hour broth culture on an ordinary
slide with a 4-inch objective and dark ground illumina-
tion. Failure to show motility indicates in particular
B. lactis-aerogenes and B. pneumoniz of his classifica-
tion (see p. 191).
Coagulation of milk is one of the most generally ac-
cepted tests for the colon group; and as a rule most
lactose fermenting forms give a positive reaction. The
176 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
common practice in this country is to incubate litmus
milk tubes for 48 hours at 37° and then heat to boiling.
Tubes which have not coagulated spontaneously fre-
quently do so on heating. Biffi (1906) has pointed out
that milk to be used for this purpose should not be —
sterilized in the autoclave. Temperatures above 100°
so alter the milk as to make its coagulation much slower.
Konrich (1910) concluded from his experiments that
the coagulation of milk by the colon bacillus is often not
due to acid production, but to the secretion of a specific
coagulating ferment, since he found that the addition of
an amount of acid similar to that produced by the
organism failed to coagulate.
The production of indol in a peptone solution is an-
other test very generally used in this country and in
England as diagnostic of ‘‘ typical” B. coli. The
usual procedure has been to incubate a tube of an
aqueous solution containing 1 per cent peptone and
.OI per cent sodium nitrite for four days at 37° and to
test for indol by adding 1 c.c. of a .o2 per cent solution
of sodium or potassium nitrite and 1 c.c. of a 1 to 1
solution of sulphuric acid. Both the tube and the
reagents should be cooled on ice before mixing, and the
tube should be left in a cool place for an hour afterward
to allow time for the characteristic rose-red color of
nitroso-indol to develop.
Marshall (1907) and other German and English work-
ers have shown that this nitrite and sulphuric acid test
for indol often gives incorrect results and that the test
modified by Béhme from Ehrlich is both more sensitive
and more accurate. Two solutions are used; No. 1 is
VARIETIES OF COLON BACILLI. 177
made up of 4 parts of para-dimethyl-amido-benzalde-
hyde, 380 parts of absolute alcohol, and 80 parts of con-
centrated HCl; No. 2 is a saturated aqueous solution
of potassium persulphate; 5 c.c. of 1 is added to Io c.c.
of a broth culture and then 5 c.c. of 2 is added and the
whole shaken. A red color indicates indol. Mac-
Conkey (1909) who was at first inclined to discard indol
as a routine test, believes that when made in this way
it is of much value.
Howe (1912), from a statistical study of 630 strains
of intestinal colon bacilli, concluded that indol, ammonia,
and nitrite tests were but slightly correlated with general
vigor and had but slight classificatory significance. It
does not necessarily follow, however, that this is true
of the forms which occur in stored waters. The so-
called ‘“‘ atypical B. coli” are of course rare in feces but
they may occur in sufficient numbers to be important
in waters which have been remotely polluted.
The liquefaction of gelatin is another test generally
applied in any detailed study of the colon group. The
longer the tubes are kept the higher will be the propor-
tion of positive results, for there are many slowly lique-
fying forms grading by almost imperceptible degrees
into the commoner non-liquefying type. The table
cited from Gage and Phelps (1903) on p. 186 shows that
of a series of 1908 cultures from various waters, sewages,
and shellfish 8 per cent liquefied gelatin in 4 days, 10
per cent in 7 days, 13 per cent in 10 days, and 17 per
cent in 14 days.
The reduction of nitrates to nitrites has been used in
the United States as one of the five standard tests for
178 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY ~
B. coli, but it has never gained wide acceptance in Eng-
land or Germany. The usual practice has been to
incubate for 4 days at 37° and to test for nitrites by
adding a drop of each of the following solutions in suc-
cession:
A; Suiphanilicgcid 5.) ciaceskae ede .5 gram
Acetic acid (28% aol.) :.4..-: Svan vance 150.0 C.c.
B. Naphthylamine chloride............... o.I gram
Distilled watets.. ox .k:scens sda weaeemes 20.0 C.C.
Acetic:acid (25% sol.) eee ee ee 150.0 C.c.
A red or violet coloration indicates the presence of nitrites.
In making the nitrite test it is important to remember
the possibility that appreciable amounts of nitrite may
be present in the media—either derived from the air or
from the use of impure peptone (Wherry, 1905). In the
case of the nitrite reaction control tubes should always
be tested from the same batch of media and only a
distinct red color should be considered positive. The
nitrite test is particularly subject to variations of un-
explained origin. Of two duplicate tubes inoculated in
the same way, one may show a strong reaction and the
other none.
The reduction of neutral red has been extensively used
in England and less in this country. It has been re-
ferred to in Chapter VI. as one of the tests suggested for
use as a presumptive indicator of the colon group as a
whole. MacConkey (1909) concludes that both the ni-
trate test and the neutral red test should be dropped
from the procedure used in identifying colon bacilli, since
so many organisms give these reactions that they have
little significance. Houston, however, in the important
investigations which will shortly be discussed, used the
VARIETIES OF COLON BACILLI 179
production of a greenish fluorescence in neutral red
broth as one of his tests of “ typical” B. coli and ap-
parently found it valuable.
Fermentation of various carbohydrate media has be-
come the most common method of subdividing the
bacilli of the colon group during the last few years, largely
as a result of the work of MacConkey. Sugar broths for
this test are generally put up in fermentation tubes of
some sort so that the gas formation may be observed
and perhaps measured, while acid production may be
indicated by the addition of litmus or accurately deter-
mined by titration. The old-fashioned fermentation
tube with a bulb and a stand has given way in most
water laboratories to a plain bent tube of even bore
and, more recently, to a still simpler device, a small vial
inverted in an ordinary test-tube of sugar broth. The
air in the top of the vial is driven out on sterilization
and the presence or absence of gas can be easily deter-
mined, although it is not possible to measure its quan-
tity with accuracy. If an ordinary bent tube is used
the amount of gas in the closed arm may be conven-
iently measured by the Frost gasometer (Frost, 1901).
If a measurement of the gas ratio is desired a few centi-
meters of strong sodium or potassium hydrate are added
and mixed with the broth by cautiously tipping the -
tube; a second measurement determines the amount of
gas absorbed (assumed to be COz).
It has been pointed out in Chapter VI that the gas
ratio appears to be a reaction of slight importance as
thus determined.
The list of fermentable substances used by various
180 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
observers in classifying colon bacilli is a long one. It
was pointed out by Smith (1893) long ago that.saccharose
divides these organisms into two groups, and Winslow
and Walker (1907) have found that strains which
attack saccharose generally ferment raffinose also.
MacConkey (1909) has made an exhaustive study of
the fermentative reactions of the group and suggests
an elaborate classification based on the use of a long
series of carbohydrate media.
‘Howe (1912), from his recent statistical study of 630
strains of intestinal bacilli, concluded that fermenta-
tion tests in mannite, dulcite, and starch media are
of little value in the classification of colon bacilli, since
they are not closely correlated with other characters.
It should be noted, however, that he worked only with
fresh intestinal strains and it is possible that types
characterized by definite reactions in these media may
be rare in faeces but may develop so as to be important
in stored waters.
Two noteworthy studies of the fermentative reactions
of the colon group have recently been published by
Kligler and by Rogers, Clark, and Davis, which will
be discussed in detail on pages, 200-200).
The Voges and Proskauer reaction has been extensively
used by MacConkey and his followers in England and
by Bergey and Deehan (1908) in this country. After
the carbon dioxide in the fermentation tube has been
absorbed by caustic soda, if the tube be allowed to stand,
an eosin-like color gradually develops in the open
arm, due to the presence of acetyl-methyl-carbinol.
West (1909) points out that the test used by Rivas,
VARIETIES OF COLON BACILLI 181
the boiling of 1-4 c.c. of a 48-hour dextrose broth
culture with 5 c.c. of a 10 per cent caustic soda solu-
tion, is a quick method of obtaining the Voges and
Proskauer reaction. A yellow color is produced under
these conditions by the sugar alone, and a pinkish
eosin-like color when the acetyl-methyl-carbinol is
present. The reaction is hastened by shaking or
blowing into the tube to promote oxidation. West
confirms the conclusion of MacConkey and Bergey
that this reaction is characteristic of the B. lactis-
aerogenes and B. cloace types (saccharose positive,
dulcite negative organisms).
The characters of colonies on various solid media,
such as Endo agar or Conradi-Drigalski agar appear
to be of minor importance, usually depending on one
of the simple fermentative reactions for their differential
value. The aesculin test and the Eijkman test (fer-
‘mentation at 46°) have been discussed in connection
with their use as enrichment procedures in Chapter VI.
Biological Significance of Variations in the Colon
Group. The general view among water bacteriologists
has been that forms differing from the “ typical” B.
coli in one or more respects represented original intes-
tinal types weakened by a prolonged sojourn in an
unfavorable environment. As Whipple says (Whipple, —
1903), “ The type form of Bacillus coli is one which
can be defined within reasonably narrow limits, but
when the organism has been away from its natural
habitat for varying periods of time, and has existed
under abnormal conditions, its ability to react nor-
mally to the usual tests appears to be greatly im-
182 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
paired. Its power to reduce nitrates may be lost, or
on the other hand, may be increased; its power to
produce indol may be lost, or on the other hand, it
may be increased; its power to coagulate milk, even,
is sometimes reduced, although seldom entirely lost;
its power to ferment carbohydrates may be altered
so that the amount of gas obtained in a fermentation-
tube, as well as its ratio of H to COz, is quite abnormal.
But in spite of all these facts, the bacillus tested may
have been originally a true Bacillus coli,”
The results obtained by Peckham (1897) suggest
that the indol reaction in particular is highly variable.
By successive daily transfers in peptone broth she was
able to increase the amount of indol produced by nor-
_ mal B. coli, and by a longer continuance of the same
process to again weaken and abolish the power of form-
ing it. Gas formation too was slackened in the cul-
tures grown for too many transfers in the same medium. ©
Horrocks (1903) found that B. coli kept in unsterilized
well-waters and tap waters and in sterilized sewage and
Thames water for 2 to 3 months showed only a feeble
indol production and a delayed action on milk and
neutral red. These modified forms are sometimes
called “ atypical B. coli,” or “ para-colon bacilli,” and
Vincent gives them the picturesque name, “‘ microbic
satellites of B. coli.”
' Such anomalies are most frequent with cultures
freshly isolated from water, and they may often be
avoided, as Fuller and Johnson (1899) have shown,
by subjecting the organism to a process of preliminary
cultivation. For this purpose the American Public
VARIETIES OF COLON BACILLI 183
Health Association Committee recommends three suc-
cessive cultivations in broth at 20 degrees, each of 24
hours’ duration, inoculation from the last broth tube
of a gelatin plate which is incubated for 48 hours at 20
degrees, inoculation of an agar streak from one colony
on the plate and incubation of this streak for 48 hours
at 20 degrees.
Often, however, the differences between types of the
colon group indicate something much more funda-
- mental than temporary weakening due to unfavorable
environment. In particular sudden more or less perma-
nent mutations may suddenly appear. Twort (1907)
reports that by continued cultivation in sugar media he
was able to develop fermentative power in certain mem-
bers of the Gartner group which lacked such powers
before.
The work of Massini, Miiller, Sauerbeck, Konrich
and others (well summarized by Konrich, 1910) has
also shown that mutations capable of fermenting sugars
may suddenly arise from a parent strain lacking this
power. Burri (1910) has contributed to the same
problem and has found that the latent power to ferment
a given sugar is released by growing the organism on
that particular sugar, but that as Konrich and the others
show only a certain proportion of the cells develop
this power. The most important recent studies of
bacterial mutation have been made by Penfold. In
his latest communication (Penfold, 1912) he shows
that many bacteria of the colon-typhoid group pro-
duce a mutant capable of fermenting lactose, that
all strains of the typhoid bacillus produce dulcite and
184 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
iso-dulcite mutants, that many paratyphoid and Girtner
group bacilli produce raffinose mutants, and that other
mutations also occur. The general phenomena are
the same in each case. A strain which normally fails:
to ferment a given carbohydrate is grown upon a solid
medium containing that carbohydrate. As the colonies
develop there appear upon them raised papille of a
different consistency from the rest of the colony and
colored red if litmus be present. Transplants from
the papille give pure cultures of a strain fermenting
the carbohydrate in question and forming no papille.
Transplants from the other portions of the colony
give the original strain, ‘non-fermenting, but capable
of producing fermenting mutants as before. The
identity of derivative strain in all other respects has
been made clear by exhaustive cultural tests and serum
reactions; and Penfold has shown that the whole proc-
ess may be repeated, starting from an isolated single
cell.
The work of MacConkey and Clemesha, which will
be discussed shortly, is based on the assumption that
a great number of minute subdivisions of the colon
group, whether they have arisen by the gradual modify-
ing effect of an unfavorable environment, or by muta-
tions, or in some other way, are for practical purposes
fairly permanent entities which they describe and name
as definite species.
Distribution of Types of the Colon Group in Waters
of Various Kinds. The sanitary importance of a study
of these minor types within the colon group depends
on the assumption that a certain set of characters is
VARIETIES OF COLON BACILLI 185
generally associated with forms fresh from the intes-
tine and may therefore be called typical. Such “typ-
ical” B. coli are understood as a rule to be motile,
to clot milk, produce indol, reduce nitrate and neutral
red and to fail to liquefy gelatin. It seems clear that
forms having these characters predominate in the
intestine itself while differing or “atypical” forms
bear to them somewhat the relation implied in Vincent’s
term, satellites. Houston (1903*) examined in detail
ror cultures of coli-like microbes isolated from feces and
found that 72 per cent of the cultures were typical in
all respects, while 11 per cent more differed only in
being non-motile. The remaining 17 per cent were
atypical, reacting abnormally to milk, indol, neutral
red, litmus whey or Capaldi and Proskauer’s medium.
In a later investigation, Houston (1904) made a careful
study of the distribution of the atypical forms in faces,
sewage, polluted water, and the filtered water-supplies
of London. According to his ingenious system of
nomenclature, “fl” indicates an organism which pro-
duces green fluorescence in neutral red broth; “ag,”
one which forms acid and gas in lactose media; “ in,”
one which produces indol; and “ ac ” one which acidifies
and clots litmus milk. The combination of all these
properties gives “ Flaginac,” or typical B. coli; “ aginac’”’
is a form which fails to reduce neutral red; “ flagac,”
one which fails to form indol, etc. ‘“ Flaginac”’ B. coli
form the great majority of coli-like microbes in feces,
but Houston found that in filtered water they are
outnumbered by atypical forms, of which he recognized
thirty-five distinct types.
ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
186
*Y}MOIS O1jslIajOeIeYO-UOU ‘AjULOS AIOA & BUIATB ‘soIny[No sn00000}dal}s pure rude uO MOIB 0} pales YOIYM saingjno Burpnpouy,
gS lo |S Io |Zr l€x jor |g |¢ log |xZ |rZ gg |v og jgo61/¢ |S [xx |1g |zofz| SZ |eserer rete ee s[eq0y,
gb liz |v. |S Jo€ |oz |Sz |Sz |Z £9 |gg |zv jeg |S [Lo |ZSS lo |g ox |zZ [62 BL a eee: <7 2 Meg sss aceloree vale 2]
Iv ig |o oz gz |gz |gx [Sx jo |zZ [6S |Z9q |Log Jo |oS [6€ |€z |b |o Irs |es CAI [ess Sof aia aa gigs eloasas
fv ig jz |9 jor [6 |6 [6 |o |tg |SZ [Zo |16 |€ gq fore |x lz |€E lho Jere | zl |r-eereeeee "*°** USaTTEUS
OS |Z |e jo |Sr Jor 6 |6 |r |hg |SZ JoL |gg jo {SZ jovr |x Ig |b |£Q logr | vres |rvt street eee d39 ‘aseVMag
gs jf |S |S |€r |6 |Z Ih |b |€g |xZ lod j06 |J€ |¥g lofzilp |v [6 [€g |\Sghr} of |recceee: "++ *JoyeM PoldILy
6S jor |v jor jo€ |gz |Sz |zz |r |69 |€L |zg log |€z |1g |ofz |x |€z lo jog [Elz | vr+° [eerste JOAN IPWILID]T
(e) fe) fe) (e) fe) fe) {e) fe} oh + a. oh O° + “* fe) ro) fe) — re 13 (o) gq
mW Oliol/s (rial saz]s Cay (psoas (at sel aL a ae | co) ey = Lo WA ak ae)
PeISlelSlololslslelal ele leslie lseizlelol P| | wes
Oe (BISISISIS [El S/EIEIS lee Flsele |e! ele] 2 | azo
8] & PIsis ie | #(F1/8/8 1/8/5188] 3 |or|e 181318] g | 88
eo! sal G2 Beye] 2] s ojge| |Elalelea| Se
ee & ala] ez @ | fh : Ba pi
Ey ‘WIOT OU, o | 2 Es = ere: = 3 e - Mal ay
B pay “1° | gag |8e ge | ae ‘amyfng jo sosmog
2 *peyenbryT en hs a § & g se
ot + 5 Ks a |
& g os 2 8 *soinyng Py gS
g "qeIg UTeIED Pao | GE) joqejieg | & | ps
Pe) ee | RG
: *sainy[nD jo quad Jog a *yeoljg 1e3y 8
(€061 ‘SqTaHd GNV ADNVD) HLIVAH AO
auvod ALVIS SLLASQHOVSSVIN AHL JO NOILVIS 7NAWINAIXA AONANMVI AHL LV IIOO “A
YOL NOLLVNINVXA ANILNOW AHL NI SISAL SNOIAVA DNISSVd SHYNALINO AO ADVINAOUAAd
VARIETIES OF COLON BACILLI 187
On the whole, much of the English evidence tends to
the assumption that the atypical forms, or “ paracolon
bacilli,” generally represent weakened strains from the
intestinal B. coli stock. As Savage says, “we know
that nearly all the coli-like organisms in feces are quite
typical B. coli, that in sewage a good many atypical
varieties are present, and that in contaminated water
and soil the proportion present is still larger.”
The data tabulated on p. 186 from Gage and Phelps
(1903) lead to a similar conclusion. About 60 per cent
of the cultures isolated from polluted river water,
filtered water, and sewage proved to be typical B. coli,
while 41 and 43 per cent of those isolated from spring
water and shellfish, respectively, and 48 per cent of
these from ice belonged in this class.
Contradictory results, indicating a higher proportion
of typical forms outside the body than within it, have
been obtained by Konrich (1910) in the examination of
2387 different strains isolated in about equal propor-
tions from feces, earth, and water. Of the 2387 coli-
like microbes studied, 308 were excluded by micro-
scopic examination (showing abnormal morphology or
positive Gram reaction) or by their liquefaction of
gelatin. The other 2079 strains were tested in sugar |
media and peptone water with the results tabulated
on p. 188.
We are inclined to attribute these results of Konrich’s
largely to the technique which he employed. It seems
to be clearly stated in his paper that he obtained his
fecal cultures by diréct plating on solid media, while
his earth and water samples were treated to preliminary
188 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
BIOCHEMICAL REACTIONS OF 2079 ORGANISMS OF THE
COLON GROUP
(KonRICH, 1910)
Percentage of Positive
Results.
Medium. Reaction.
Fecal | Earth | Water
Strains. | Strains. | Strains.
Dextrose broth........| Gas production.....| 100- 100 100
Dextrose broth, 46°....| Gas production... .. 59 82 82
Lactose broth. ....... Gas production... .. 77 87 92
Lactose broth: 063s). Acid production. ... 07 I0O 100
Mane iecte te oe aortic Coagulation........ 65 84 80
Neutral red dextrose
SRANG Teor ieeres tyne Fluorescence....... 54 68 65
Peptone solution...... Indol production... . 38 57 57
ENdO SRF: 5. 05 ies xas Deep red _ colonies
with greenish luster| 60 77 76
enrichment in sugar broths. Such an enrichment would
undoubtedly tend to increase the proportion of typical
B. coli. Konrich’s own experiments on the storage
of pure cultures of colon bacilli in water showed a gen-
eral, though not invariable, relative increase of atypical
forms as the sojourn in water became long continued.
Houston (1911) has recently pointed out the danger
that the selective action of enrichment media may
confuse the normal relations of the bacterial flora;
and in order to obtain a more accurate idea of the
relations involved he made an elaborate study of raw
water, stored water, and stored and filtered water by
direct plating, preceded by the use of various physical
concentration methods. The results indicated in the
table on p. 189 are of interest.
VARIETIES OF COLON BACILLI 189
CHARACTERISTICS OF DEXTROSE FERMENTING = BAC-
TERIA FROM RAW, STORED, AND FILTERED WATERS
(Houston, 1911)
s Per Cent Positive Results. g
a Gas Production. Sa
2 ag
Source. a| gis 2 ae
S| £\8glas| Slag] §| #| 4) s | 83
2) 3/2*/82| g]2*| 2| 8] 8) 8 \S3
Raw river
on eee 320] 76 | 49 | 35 | 57 | 44115] 7 | 0-3} 63 | 15
Stored water. .| 232) 57 | 40 | 31 | 35 | 25 | 6 | 0.4) .. | 66] 6
Stored and fil-
tered water.| 225] 69 | 24 | 34/51 | 25/ 5] 3] -- | 40] 6
The strains having the combination of positive reac-
tions in lactose and peptone solution made up 53 per cent
of those isolated from the raw waters, 46 per cent of
those from the stored waters, and 34 per cent of those
from the stored and filtered waters.
MacConkey’s Classification of the Colon Group.
MacConkey is not satisfied with this general classifica-
tion of colon bacilli into typical and atypical forms,
but wishes to go much further, believing that even the
so-called “typical B. coli” should rather be con-
sidered a complex including a considerable number of °
definite individual types. After a detailed study of the
reactions of the lactose-fermenting bacteria of feces
he outlined a new classification based on fermentative
reactions in the rarer sugars (MacConkey, 1905).
Using saccharose and -dulcite he first divided the lactose-
fermenting organisms into four groups as indicated in
the table on p. Igo.
1909 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
PRIMARY SUBDIVISIONS OF THE COLON GROUP
Saccharose. Dulcite. Type.
_ - B. acidi-lactici
= + B. coli (or B. communis)
+ oa B. neapolitanus (or B. communior)
- —_ B. aerogenes
The fourth group, fermenting saccharose, but not
dulcite, was further subdivided by MacConkey into
the B. coscoroba type, which does not liquefy gela-
tin or give the Voges and Proskauer reaction, the B.
lactis-aerogenes type, which does not liquefy gelatin,
but does give the Voges and Proskauer reaction, and the
B. cloace type, which liquefies gelatin and gives the
Voges and Proskauer reaction. Records of the preva-
lence of the four principal groups in human and animal
feces and in milk are given in MacConkey’s two papers
(1905 and 1909) as well as their relative numbers in a
suspension of feces in water after various intervals of
time. The results do not, however, appear to us to
justify any important practical conclusions.
In his later paper MacConkey (1909) carried the
sub-division of the colon group much further. He
isolated 497 lactose-fermenting bacilli from the feces
of man and animals, from sewage, water, grains, etc.
All were Gram-negative, fermented lactose, coagulated
milk and reduced nitrate. They were subdivided
by their action on gelatin, pepton and various fer-
mentable substances and by their motility into over
100 types of which the more important have received
Po
VARIETIES OF COLON BACILLI
191
names. The principal types of this classification are
indicated in the table below:
MacCONKEY’S CLASSIFICATION
OF THE COLON GROUP
(MacConkEy, 1909)
an Fermentation of |, 4
Bs £=
8) ils os
Group. | No. Name. EL PC) be ee ia
se) 2/%218 Sis 2 > aes
53/2 138|/3|3| 2/8/2183
3 \|Si2 |4/a|2|a\a eo
: BB ois Waclws ke a EE —)4+)+)—]-]4+]-]-I-
2 | B. acidi-lactici....... —|—|+/-|-—|[|+]-|-[-
ari levels... 2s. e: +/+)-—]-—/]-]-|4+/-/]+
4 | B. Griinthal......... =f ey Hf a SE
5 B. vesiculosus... .... —{—/+]—]-—]—|-|]=-]—
If. | 34 | B. coli communis.....) —| +] +/—{|+]—]—|]—|]—
35 | B. Schafferi......... —|—/|+/-—14+]-l|-|-|-
Ill. | 65 | B. oxytocus pernicio-
| Se ey rae +)—}+)+})4+/4+/}/4+/4+]+4+
68 | B. pneumoniz....... —}|—j}-/|+/+/+]-/|4+]-
BE Nasiaie a safcatsare saver ks Khe —|+)+i+i4+i-|-j-|-
72 | B. neapolitanus...... —|—|+14+/4+]/-l|-|-|]-
I Gee Saas Bete drop eras +)+i—}[+i4+]-—-|-!}- I+
IV. |103 | B. lactis aerogenes...| —| —| —|+|—|+]—|+]4+
104 | B. gasoformans...... —}—}—-j}+}]-—-|4+)]-l[4]/+
107 | B. coscoroba........ —|—|+/+]-l|-|-|-|-
roS | B. cloace. .......... Fit +i — 1H et
In this country the MacConkey classification was
first adopted by Bergey and Deehan (1908). These
workers used 8 diagnostic characters, motility, indol
production, liquefaction of gelatin, the Voges-Pros-
kauer reaction, and the fermentation of saccharose,
dulcite, adonite and inulin. They tabulated 256 different
combinations of these 8 characters and in the examina-
192 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
tion of 92 colon-like bacilli from 50 samples of milk,
8 of sewage and 1 of kefir they found 43 of the possible
combinations.
Copeland and Hoover (1911) have recently urged
the importance of these fermentative reactions in the
rarer carbohydrates in the study of the colon group.
They confirm the positive Voges and Proskauer reaction
reported by other observers for B. lactis-aerogenes and
B. cloace and point out that B. lactis-aerogenes is
the only form in a considerable series studied which
gives a brown coloration in aesculin media in one day.
On the other hand they record a positive dulcite reac-
tion for B. lactis-aerogenes and B. cloace which is
highly confusing and makes it difficult to interpret
their results. Both these names according to the usage
of “MacConkey, which has been accepted for the past
five years, are applied to dulcite-negative saccharose.
positive organisms.
Still another classification of the colon group is Jack-
son’s modification of MacConkey’s scheme in which
MacConkey’s four primary groups are symmetrically
subdivided according to reactions in mannite and raffi-
nose with motility, indol production, nitrate reduc-
tion, liquefaction of gelatin and coagulation of milk as
secondary differential characters (Jackson, 1911). Under
each of the four groups, B. communior (MacConkey’s
B. neapolitanus), B. communis (MacConkey’s B. coli),
B. aerogenes (MacConkey’s Group IV), and B. acidi-
lactici, he distinguishes four types, A (fermenting
both mannite and raffinose, B (mannite+, raffinose—),
C (mannite—, raffinose +), and D (fermenting neither
VARIETIES OF COLON BACILLI 193
mannite nor raffinose); and he indicates reactions in
other media by subscript letters. These types with
their subtypes are fully discussed in the last report
of the Committee on Standard Methods of Water
Analysis (1912).
Clemesha’s Investigation of Stored Waters in India.
The most suggestive contribution to this subject which
has been made in recent years is a book by Major W.
W. Clemesha of the Indian Medical Service on The
Bacteriology of Surface Waters in the Tropics (Clemesha,
1912*), in which a vigorous argument is made for the
MacConkey classification in practical water work.
Major Clemesha’s researches show the prevalence
of considerable numbers of all of MacConkey’s primary
types in human and bovine feces as indicated in the
table below, although the relative proportions found
in England and in India do not correspond very closely.
Clemesha’s percentages are of special importance
because they are based in each case on over 1000
colonies.
RELATIVE PROPORTION OF MacCONKEY’S GROUPS IN
HUMAN F#CES AND IN COW DUNG
Human Feces. Cow Dung.
Group.
MacConkey. Clemesha. MacConkey. Clemesha._
I 34 53 17 poe]
2 38 17 25 9
3 15 7 48 16
4 I2 | 22 12 35
Both in human feces and in cow dung Clemesha
finds the prevailing types to be B. coli, B. Griinthal,
194 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
and B. coscoroba, the three together usually making
up 75 per cent all the lactose-fermenting organisms
present. A very interesting point brought out in these
investigations was the occurrence of “ epidemics,”
of particular types which at certain periods become
suddenly frequent, usually prevailing in human feces,
cow feces and water supplies at the same time. (It
should be noted for the benefit of anyone studying
Clemesha’s book that the tabular classification of the
colon group at the end contains a serious misprint.
B. lactis-aerogenes, B. gasoformans, B. coscoroba and
B. cloace are there given as_ saccharose negative,
whereas they should be saccharose positive.) The
discussion in the text, however, appears to refer to the
orthodox MacConkey types. Clemesha (1912*) made
a number of experiments on the relative resistance of
the various lactose-fermenting types by placing feecal
emulsions, with or without sand, in shallow dishes
in the sunlight and at various intervals isolating 10
colonies of the predominant types and working out
their fermentative reactions. In general the experiments
showed B. coli to be the dominant form at the beginning.
It quickly disappeared, however, and after a few hours
B. lactis aerogenes, B. acidi-lactici, B. cloace and
others appeared. At the end of the experiments,
often on the second day, B. Griinthal or B. cloacze were
generally the only forms surviving. In a long series of
examinations of Red Hills Lake Clemesha obtained 138
colonies of lactose-fermenting organisms during rainy
periods and of these 59 belonged to MacConkey’s
Group I, 1o to Group II, 14 to Group III and 55 to
VARIETIES OF COLON BACILLI 195
Group IV. Of 280 colonies isolated during dry periods,
37 belonged to Group I, 22 to Group III and 221 to
Group IV. When the forces of self-purification had
been at work, Group II (B. coli) entirely disappeared
and Group IV (B. cloace and B. coscoroba) was pre-
dominant. B. Griinthal was the commonest of the
Group I forms. B. cloace was especially prevalent
in bottom samples.
A study of a number of rivers in Bengal gave the
results tabulated below.
RELATIVE PREVALENCE OF CERTAIN LACTOSE-
FERMENTING TYPES IN BENGAL RIVERS
MacConkey Dry Weather, | Wet Weather,
Group. Types. Dec.-June. | July-Nov.
I B. Griinthal and B. vesiculosus 41 23
II B. coii communis. .......... 3 13
IV. B. lactis aerogenes ........-. 7 19
Do RSD COACH. Stee cin cis ein ae oe II 4
There are many irregularities in Dr. Clemesha’s
results. For example, B. aerogenes, as well as the other
_ representatives of Group IV, was more abundant in Red
Hills Lake during dry periods than at times of rain.
On the whole, however, it does seem clear that his
results justify a general classification of the lactose-
fermenting organisms into three main groups accord-
ing to resistance. B. coli communis and B. oxytocus
perniciosus (representing MacConkey’s Groups II and
III, both fermenting dulcite) are sensitive organisms
found in numbers only where pollution is fresh. B. lactis-
aerogenes, representing the subgroup of MacConkey’s
196 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
Group IV which ferments adonit, but does not form
indol or liquefy gelatin, occupies a somewhat inter-
mediate position, appearing in waters which have been
fairly recently polluted and later disappearing again.
Finally B. Griinthal and B. vesiculosus (MacConkey’s
Group I, negative in both saccharose and dulcite)
and B. cloace and B. coscoroba (of MacConkey’s
Group IV, dulcite negative and saccharose positive),
are highly resistant organisms which occur in relatively
high proportions in stored waters. B. cloace is most
abundant in bottom sediments and B. Griinthal and B.
vesiculosus in sunned surface-waters.
The moral drawn by Major Clemesha is that for
Indian conditions with waters stored in warm sunned
lakes and large rivers, where sensitive fecal bacteria
have ample opportunity to die out and resistant fecal
bacteria have an ample opportunity to multiply, it is
not proper to condemn water containing any members
of the colon group without distinguishing between the
more and the less resistant forms. For example, he
quotes 239 examinations of which only 74 showed no
B. coli according to the English standard, which closely -
corresponds to our own, while 165 showed what we
should call positive results. Of the 165, however, 69
contained only the highly resistant B. Griinthal and
59 contained mixtures of other forms not belonging
to MacConkey’s Group II (saccharose negative, dulcite
positive). Thus of the 239 samples 31 per cent would
have been passed by Houston’s standard, 53 per cent
would have been condemned by Houston’s standard,
although containing only resistant forms which Clemesha
— eee ——
VARIETIES OF COLON BACILLI 197
believes to be unimportant, and 16 per cent would be
condemned by Clemesha as containing true B. communis.
Major Clemesha does not claim that these results
necessarily indicate any change of procedure in dealing
with the waters of temperate climates. Indeed, the
experience of English and American bacteriologists
offers pretty conclusive evidence that waters so stored
as to be safe do not contain large numbers of lactose-
fermenting organisms of any type. In other tropical
countries and perhaps in warm summer weather, the
Indian conditions may possibly be duplicated (as we
know they are in the case of the forms fermenting
dextrose but not lactose); and the experiments reported
in this book deserve the careful consideration of water
bacteriologists and sanitarians.
The results obtained by Houston (1911) in London
unfortunately do not correspond at all with these
Indian data. Houston studied in detail the reactions
of about 800 strains of dextrose-fermenting bacteria
from raw river-water, stored water, and stored and
filtered water. Comparison of the relative prevalence
of types from these three sources ought to furnish some
confirmation of Major Clemesha’s conclusions, even
although the extreme conditions of warmth and sun-
light are lacking. We find, however, on careful study
of the figures that they do not. The Houston types
corresponding to B. communis, B. Schafferi and B.
neapolitanus (sensitive forms) are on the whole but
little more prevalent in the raw than in the stored
and filtered waters. On the other hand the types
corresponding to B. Griinthal, B. vesiculosus, B. cos-
198 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
coroba and B. cloace (Clemesha’s resistant types)
are less abundant in the filtered and stored than in the
raw water. Houston’s lactose-fermenting forms clas-
sified in MacConkey’s four great groups show the rela-
tions indicated in the table below, which are almost
the reverse of what should be expected if the dulcite-
fermenting forms (Groups II and III) were indicative
of recent pollution.
DISTRIBUTION OF MacCONKEY’S GROUPS IN RAW,
STORED, AND FILTERED WATER AT LONDON
Percentage in
Group. "Reactions. Type.
Raw | Stored |Filtered
Water. |Water. | Water.
I |Saccharose—Dulcite—|B. acidi-lactici...} 34 39 37
II |Saccharose— Dulcite+|B. coli.......... 23 25 38
III |Saccharose+Dulcite+|B. neapolitanus. .| 15 26 9
IV |Saccharose+ Dulcite —|B. lactis-aerogenes| 28 Io 16
Statistical Classification of the Colon Group. From
a biological standpoint, there is a twofold difficulty
with such a classification as that of MacConkey and
Jackson. In the first place it is enormously complex,
or soon becomes so, as new investigators add new
diagnostic tests. In the second place, it is entirely
arbitrary in its choice of the order in which particular
tests are to be used in splitting up the group. Closely
related forms may be widely separated if they chance
to differ in the one respect first chosen for dichotomic
division.
The best basis for a classification following natural bio-
logical lines seems to us to be the statistical method first
VARIETIES OF COLON BACILLI 199
suggested by Andrewes and Horder (1906) and Winslow
and Winslow (1908) in the study of the cocci. The
essential point about this method is that the characters
of the organisms studied are not considered indepen-
dently, but in relation to each other. The individual
reactions are first studied quantitatively in a considerable
series of allied strains, so that those types of reaction
which are manifested by a large number of strains
may be distinguished from the rarer intermediate
variations. In the second place, the correlations be-
tween different characters are used as a basis for group-
ing the types on the assumption that a coincidence in
several characters indicates a closer relationship than
any single character alone.
The statistical method has been applied to the colon
group in three recent studies which promise at last to
lay a foundation for a sound knowledge of the relation-
ships of the colon group.
Howe (1912) in his investigation dealt with 630
strains of fresh intestinal colon bacilli. He concluded
from his exhaustive study that in bacilli of this type
isolated directly from stools, the characters of motility,
indol formation, ammonia production, nitrate reduction,
fermentation of mannite, dulcite, and starch were not
sufficiently correlated with each other or with other
characters to be of classificatory value. Dextrese,
lactose, saccharose and raffinose he found to-constitute
a natural metabolic gradient, in the order named,
fermentation of any member ofthe series implying
fermentation of those preceding it. Fifty-three per cent
of his strains fermented all four sugars, 5 per cent all
200 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
but raffinose, 41 per cent attacked dextrose and lactose
only, and 1 per cent dextrose alone.
Rogers, Clark and Davis (Journal of Infectious
Diseases, 1914, XIV, 411) have made a most impor-
tant contribution to our knowledge of the colon group.
The most striking point is perhaps the fact that when
‘the gas produced by these organisms in dextrose broth
is collected under a vacuum and analyzed with proper
precautions, two groups may be clearly distinguished
by the ratio of hydrogen to carbon dioxide produced.
One well-defined group including half the B. com-
munior strains, all the B. communis strains, one-fifth
of the B. aérogenes strains and four-fifths of the B.
acidi-lactici strains studied gave a constant ratio of
about one part of carbon dioxide to one part of hydro-
gen, while the rest gave a ratio of over 1.4 to 1.0 and
usually 2 to 1 or more. The high-ratio group was usually
saccharose-positive, dulcite-negative. The low-ratio
group included strains of more widely differing reactions.
In a subsequent study, Rogers, Clark and Evans
(Journal of Infectious Diseases, 1914, XV, too) present
a most significant comparison of the types of colon
bacilli present in milk and in bovine feces, respectively.
Of 125 strains isolated from milk, about half belonged
to the high-ratio group defined above (presumably
corresponding to B. aérogenes), while in 150 cultures
from bovine feces this high-ratio group was found
only once. The organisms of the low-ratio group in
both milk and bovine feces were divided rather sharply
into a saccharose-positive dulcite-positive type (presum-
ably B. communior) and a saccharose-negative generally
dulcite-negative type (presumably B. acidi-lactici).
— ee
VARIETIES OF COLON BACILLI 200a
Kligler (Journal of Infectious Diseases, 1914, XV,
187) has analyzed the reactions of 80 strains of bacteria
of the colon group in the collection of the American
Museum of Natural History. His most important
conclusion is, that after the primary division of the |
lactose-fermenting bacteria has been made on the
basis of saccharose fermentation (separating B. com-
munis and B. acidi-lactici on the one hand, from B.
communior and B. aérogenes on the other), salicin
rather than dulcite is the carbohydrate that is of next
importance. The tables quoted below indicate that
the salicin fermentation is much more closely correlated
with the Voges and Proskauer reaction, the liquefaction
of gelatin and the fermentation of glycerine than is
that of dulcite.
CORRELATION OF DULCITE AND SALICIN FERMENTA-
TION, RESPECTIVELY, WITH OTHER CHARACTERS OF
BACILLI OF THE COLON GROUP. (Kticter, 1914.)
Or- | Indol Vv and P Glycerin Gelatin Salicin
gan-| Posi- | Posi- Fer- | Lique- Fer-
isms.| tive. tive |menters.| fiers. | menters.
Saccharose-positive Dul- % % % % %
cite-positive........... 20] 50 20 85 5 50
Saccharose-positive Dul-
cite-negative........... 20 25 70 7° 15 go
Saccharose-negative Dul-
cite-positive. .......... 9 | 100 ° 100 ° 89
Saccharose-negative Dul-
cite-negative........... 8 | 63 ° 88 ° 38
Dulcite
Fer-
Saccharose-positive Sali- te rk
cin-positive............ 28 21 68 68 14 35
Saccharose-positive Sali-
cin-negative........... eH) key ° 100 ° 83
Saccharose-negative Sali-
cin-positive............ II | 100 ° 100 ° 73
Saccharose-negative Sali-
cin-negative........... 6! so ° 83 ° 17
200b ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
Kligler, therefore, defines B. aérogenes as saccharose-
positive salicin-positive (generally dulcite-negative);
B. communior as saccharose-positive salicin-negative
(generally dulcite-positive); B. communis as saccharose-
negative salicin-positive (generally dulcite-positive) ;
and B. acidi-lactici as saccharose-negative salicin-
negative (generally dulcite-negative). B. cloace may
be separated from B. aérogenes not only by the lique-
faction of gelatin, but by the failure to ferment glycerine.
Kligler’s general summary of the relationships of
the dextrose fermenting bacteria is reproduced below:
ce ond +
Salicin+ Salicin— Salicin+ Salicin— Salicin+ Salicin— Gelatin Gelatin—
Indol+ Indol+ Indolt Indol + Indol- B.proteus B.sulpestifer
B.communior B.coli communis B,acidi-lactici Paravolon b, B.entiritidis (cholerse-suis)
Glycerint Glycerin—
Gelatin— Gelatin+
Indol # Indol—
+ B.acrogenes _B.cloacae
Since Rogers and his colleagues did not use salicin
in their tests, while Kligler did not determine the gas
ratio, it is uncertain how far their results correspond,
and it is to be hoped that their classifications may
soon be compared in detail by the simultaneous appli-
cation of both procedures. The fact that Rogers and
his associates find the high-ratio group characteristic
of milk but not of feces, and their recent suggestion
(at the Jacksonville meeting of the A. P. H. A.) that
this high-ratio group is derived from grains and grasses
may prove of the greatest significance in sanitary water
analysis.
CHAPTER IX
OTHER INTESTINAL BACTERIA
Ir would be an obvious advantage if the evidence of
sewage contamination, furnished by the presence of
the colon group, could be reinforced and confirmed
by the discovery in water of other forms equally char-
acteristic of the intestinal canal. The attention of a
few bacteriologists in England and America has been
turned in this direction during the past few years; and
two groups of organisms, the sewage streptococci
and the anaerobic spore-bearing bacilli, have been
described as probably significant. .
Significance of the Sewage Streptococci. The term
“sewage streptococci,’ as generally used, covers an
ill-defined group, including many cocci which do not
occur in well-marked chains. Those most commonly
found grow feebly on the surface of ordinary nutrient
agar, producing faint transparent, rounded colonies,
but under semi-anaerobic conditions flourish better,
giving a well-marked growth along the gelatin stab
and only a small circumscribed film on the surface.
They are favored by the presence of the sugars and
ferment dextrose and lactose, with the formation
of abundant acid but no gas. They are seen under
the microscope as cocci, occurring as a rule in pairs,
201
202 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY |
short chains, or irregular groups. They do not show
visible growth and do not form indol and nitrite
in the standard peptone and nitrate solutions; most
of them do not liquefy gelatin, though occasionally
forms are found which possess this power. Until recently
no systematic study of the varicus species found in the
intestine had been made and all cocci giving the char-
acteristic growth on agar and strongly fermenting
lactose are commonly included as “ sewage streptococci.”
Although the significance of the streptococci as sewage
organisms is not established with the same definiteness
which marks our knowledge of the colon group, these
forms have been isolated so frequently from polluted
sources and so rarely from normal ones that it now seems
reasonable to regard their presence as indicative of
pollution. Although originally reported by Laws and
Andrewes (Laws and Andrewes, 1894), their importance
was not emphasized until 1899 and 1900, when Hous- |
ton (Houston, 1899, 1900”) laid special stress upon
the fact that streptococci and staphylococci seem to
be characteristic of sewage and animal waste, the former
being, in his opinion, the more truly indicative of
dangerous pollution, since they are “ readily demon-
strable in waters recently polluted and seemingly
altogether absent from waters above suspicion of con-
tamination.” In six rivers recently extensively sewage-
polluted, he found streptococci in from one-tenth to
one ten-thousandth of a c.c. of the water examined,
although in some cases the chemical analysis would not —
have indicated dangerous pollution. On the other
hand, eight rivers, not extensively polluted, showed
OTHER INTESTINAL BACTERIA 203
no streptococci in one-tenth of a c.c., although the
chemical and the ordinary bacteriological tests gave
results which would condemn the waters. Horrocks
(Horrocks, 1901) found these organisms in great abun-
dance in sewage and in waters which were known to be
sewage-polluted, but which contained no traces of
Bacillus coli. He found by experiment that B. coli
gradually disappeared from specimens of sewage kept
in the dark at the temperature of an outside veranda,
while the commonest forms which persisted were varieties
of streptococci and staphylococci.
In America attention was first called to these organisms
by Hunnewell and one of us (Winslow and Hunnewell,
1902*), and the same authors later (Winslow and Hunne-
well, 1902”) recorded the isolation of streptococci from
25 out of 50 samples of polluted waters. Gage (Gage,
1902), from the Lawrence Experiment Station, has
reported the organisms present in the sewage of that
city, while Prescott (1902”) has shown that they are
abundant in fecal matter and often overgrow B. coli in
a few hours when inoculations are made from such
material into dextrose broth. In the monograph of
Le Gros (Le Gros, 1902) of the many streptococci -
described, all without exception were isolated, either
from the body or from sewage. Baker and one of us
(Prescott and Baker, 1904), found these organisms
present in each of 50 samples of polluted waters. On
the other hand, in the study of 259 samples of presuma-
bly unpolluted waters, by the method of direct plating,
Nibecker and of the authors (Winslow and Nibecker,
1903) found streptococci in only one sample. Clemesha
204 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY >
(1912°) finds that streptococci in India are present
in .coo1 or .cooor gm. of feces, but are rare in waters
unless very grossly polluted. In a series of bottle
experiments in the laboratory and in the study of an
artificially polluted tank outdoors he showed that they
disappear very rapidly in water, within 2 or 3 days
at the most. Gordon (1904) showed that certain strep-
tococci are abundant in normal saliva and are found
in air which has been exposed to human pollution but
not in normal air. On the whole there can be no doubt
of the fact that streptococci occur on the surfaces of
the human and animal body more commonly than
anywhere else in nature.
Isolation of Sewage Streptococci. The isolation of
these organisms either from plates or liquid cultures is
easy. On the lactose-agar plate, made directly from
a polluted water, the colonies of the streptococci may
generally be distinguished from those of other acid-
formers by their small size, compact structure, and
deep-red color, which is permanent, never changing
to blue at a later period of incubation. Developing
somewhat slowly, however, they may be overlooked
if present only in small numbers. In the dextrose-
broth tube, streptococci will generally appear in abun-
dance after a suitable period of incubation. Prescott
and Baker, in the work above mentioned, found that
with mixtures of B. coli and streptococci in which the
initial ratios of the latter to the former varied from
1:94 to 208: 1, the colon bacilli developed rapidly
during the early part of the experiment, reaching a
maximum after about 14 hours, and then diminishing
OTHER INTESTINAL BACTERIA 205
rapidly. The streptococci first became apparent after
to to 15 hours and reached their maximum after 20 to
60 hours, according to the number originally present.
Applying the same method to polluted waters, similar
periodic changes were observed; nearly pure cultures
of B. coli were first obtained, then the gradual displace-
ment of one form by the other took place, and at length
RELATIVE GROWTH OF B. COLI AND SEWAGE STREPTO-
COCCI FROM POLLUTED WATERS IN DEXTROSE BROTH
(PRESCOTT AND BAKER, 1904)
|
Sample Number........... | 2 ee i
Red _ colonies inal sam |
from I c.c. of original sam-
ple on litmus lactose agar
a{silelz|s || x
| |
4) Io 9 : 8 55 a 460/1250) 105
|
68. 200} 185| 400 130) 332| 420] 410
B. coli] 0} 20)
Strept o| 0o|
16 B. coli 200} 76) 130) 270) 220) 210| 140) 420| 285} 410
Number found, | |hrs.
in millions per
cubic centime-
ter, after; | 23
growth in dex- } |hrs
Strept 40] 25) 20) 10) 45) 390 20 210) 75| 145
B. coli 280 150| 385) 370, 300) 570, 200) 405) 320) 300
° } | | } recs
trose broth for Strept 140 85 280 170} 3900/1700) II0) 350) 370) 350
Various peri- Z Sol Bee iar ee pa ee esc
DORIS cece xs 32 B.coli 0 O} 25} IXO} © 210)" ZO) 24) 10S
“\Strept 474/420] 480) 300] 390] 170 400) 105) 250
63 B.coli 0} o ° ° oOo} 12 8 o o o
ol
"|\Strept 2) o o| 45 | 2} 45) r50| 86! 170
First gas noted after Chee): | ro} 10 9| 9 r9| 8} xo} 6} 6 8
the streptococci were present either in pure culture
or in great predominance as shown by the accompany-
ing tables. The samples of water were plated directly
upon litmus lactose agar and the plates were incubated
at 37° for 24 hours, when the red colonies were counted.
At the time of plating, 1 c.c. from each sample was also
inoculated into dextrose broth in fermentation tubes,
206 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY >
which were likewise incubated at 37°. After various
periods, as indicated by the tables below, the tubes
were shaken thoroughly and 1 c.c. of the contents
withdrawn. This was diluted (generally 1-—1,000,000,)
with sterile water, plated on litmus lactose agar in the
usual way, and incubated for 24 hours. The colonies
of B. coli and streptococci were distinguished micro-
’
RELATIVE GROWTH OF B. COLI AND SEWAGE STREPTO-
COCCI FROM POLLUTED WATERS IN DEXTROSE BROTH
(PRESCOTT AND BAKER, 1904)
Sample Numbers. <= stains wae 18 | .19.| 20 | 21°] 22) 23.4084 lege ey
of original sample on litmus lac-
Red colonies developing from I c.c. |
BORG) AAT oss ieee se ele SisiPibieee osetia ale
*| Strept. Olsael sess fe) oO fe) oO fe)
B. coli} 266] roo] 88] 350] 510} 380] 330] 160 ~
"| Strept.| 150 0} 40] 140] 240] 128] 80} 220
Number found, in mil-
lions per cubic centi- B. coli} 520] 610| 72} 700/1000} 740} 100] 300
meter, after growth{ i
in dextrose broth for 28
various periods....
‘| Strept.| 800] 860) 670|1080/2500/4380]... .|3900
B. coli fs) Oo} r0| 22| 36 », 7
40
hrs. | Strept.| 252] 330] 260| 22! 66] 60| 52
52 B. coli Io} 16) 38) 20] 70} 35} Io} 27
hrs.
‘| Strept.| 40} 16) 3.8] 31] 412| 25] 10} 30
scopically, and by difference in color and general
characters. .
The successive growth of these two intestinal groups
in the same dextrose-broth tube suggests the following
method for the detection of both B. coli and sewage
streptococci.
Inoculate the desired quantity of water, preferably
——
OTHER INTESTINAL BACTERIA 207
I c.c., into dextrose broth, in a fermentation tube,
and incubate at 37°. After a few hours’ incubation
examine the cultures for gas. Within 2 or 3 hours’
after gas formation is first evident, plate from the
broth in litmus lactose agar, incubating for 12 to 18
hours at 37°. If at the end of this time no acid-produc-
ing colonies are found, it is probably safe to assume that
there were no colon bacilli present. On the other
hand, if red colonies are developed, these must be fur-
ther examined by the regular diagnostic tests for B.
coli. After the first plating from the dextrose broth,
replace the fermentation tube in the incubator and allow
it to remain for 24 to 36 hours, then plate again on litmus
lactose agar. This plating should give a nearly pure
culture of streptococci if these organisms were originally
present in the water.
Streptococci as Indicators of Recent Pollution. The
comparative relation of the streptococci and the colon
bacilli to sewage pollution is still somewhat uncertain.
Houston (Houston, 1900) held that the former microbes
imply “ animal pollution of extremely recent and there-
fore specially dangerous kind,” and Clemesha’s experi-
ments led to the same conclusion. Horrocks (Horrocks,
1901), on the other hand, maintains, largely on the
‘strength of certain experiments with stored sewage,
that the streptococci persist after colon bacilli have
disappeared and indicate contamination with old sewage
which is not necessarily dangerous. These discordant
results are probably to be explained by the difierent
media in which the viability ‘of the bacteria was com-
pared. It seems likely that in sewage where there is a
208 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY.
large amount of organic food material present the
streptococci may kill out the colon bacilli as they: do
in the fermentation tube, and as we know they fre-
quently do in shellfish. This would explain Horrocks’
results. On the other hand, there is good evidence
that the streptococci are less resistant than B. coli to
the unfavorable conditions which exist in water of
ordinary organic purity. In waters of potable char-
acter B. coli is frequently present without the strep-
tococcus; and a negative test for streptococci has
little significance. A positive test, on the other hand,
furnishes valuable confirmatory evidence of pollution.
This evidence is of course of special importance when
through the activity of the streptococci themselves,
or from any other cause the colon isolation has yielded
an erroneous negative result.
The English Committee appointed to consider the
standardization of methods for the bacterioscopic
examination of water (1904) by a majority vote rec-
ommended the enumeration of streptococci, as a routine
procedure in sanitary water analysis, but ‘ in this
country the Committee on Standard Methods of Water
Analysis (1912) has concluded that ‘‘the information
afforded by the occurrence of these organisms seems
to be of less value than in the case of B. coli and it is
believed that for the present at least, the streptococcus
test is of subordinate importance.”
Use of the Streptococci to Distinguish between Human
and Animal Pollution. There seems some reason to
hope that the streptococci may prove of assistance in
the important task of differentiating human and animal
OTHER INTESTINAL BACTERIA 209
pollution, a task in which all other tests have so far
failed. Unlike the colon bacilli, streptococci from the
intestines of cattle and men appear to belong to dis-
tinct types. The recognition of this fact we owe
primarily to Gordon (1905), who made an elaborate
study of the fermentative power of the streptococci
in a long series of carbohydrate media. His work
and that of Houston (Houston, 1904; Houston, 1905",
Houston, 1905”) have made it clear that the streptococci
of the herbivora differ from those found in the
human body in their low fermentative power. In their
review of the genus, Andrewes and Horder (1906)
describe the type characteristic of the herbivora under
the name, Str. equinus, and define it by its failure to
ferment lactose, raffinose, inulin or mannite, or to
reduce neutral red. Five other types are described
from the human mouth and intestine; all of them
ferment lactose, and most reduce neutral red and fer-
ment raffinose. The commonest intestinal form clots
milk, reduces neutral red and ferments saccharose,
salicin, coniferin and mannite. The specific types
of the genus Streptococcus, grade into each other by
almost imperceptible degrees, and streptococci ferment- -
ing lactose and raffinose and reducing neutral red are
sometimes found in bovine feces; but the studies made
in this country by Winslow and Palmer (1910) confirm
the conclusions of the English observers that there are
specific differences between the streptococci of the
human, bovine, and equine intestines. The most im-
portant of these results are indicated in the table
below:
210 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
COMPARATIVE FERMENTATIVE ‘POWER OF STREPTO-
COCCI FROM THE HORSE, THE COW, AND MAN
(WINSLOW AND PALMER, I9gI0)
Percentage of Positive Results (300 Strains).
Streptococci.
Lactose. Raffinose. Mannite.
EV URNA 95 oss acne Mose cece 62 Re 28
EQUINE. Santee ese 8 4 Hu
BOVINE. o's cis 5s.cs Saoirse 52 28 6
‘The rarity of lactose-fermenting streptococci in the
horse makes it probable that this group can be used for
distinguishing pollution by street washings from that
due to domestic sewage; and the fact that a considera-
bly larger proportion of human strains attack mannite
and a considerably larger proportion of bovine strains
ferment raffinose should make it possible to use the
ratio between results in these two media to distinguish
between the wash from pastures and cultivated land
and sewage. Clemesha (1912*) in India found that
' both human and bovine fecal streptococci fermented
raffinose, saccharose, and salicin, but not mannite.
Fuller and Armstrong, however (Journal of Infectious
Diseases, 1913, XIII, 442), confirm the results obtained
by Winslow and Palmer, finding that lactose-fermenting
streptococci of any kind are rare in horse dung, that
the streptococci of bovine feces characteristically fer-
ment lactose and raffinose, while the fermentation of
lactose and mannite is usual among human fecal
strains. The results of these workers were more con-
sistent than those tabulated above, 65 per cent of
the human strains being of the S. fecalis type (man-
—*
OTHER INTESTINAL BACTERIA 211
nite-positive), while 64 per cent of the bovine strains
were of the S. salivarius (raffinose-positive) type.
Rogers and Dahlberg (Journal of Agricultural Re-
search, 1914, I, 491) also find that streptococci from
bovine feces typically ferment raffinose and not man-
nite, while those from the mouth of the cow are fre-
quently of the S. fecalis type.
The Anaerobic Spore-forming Bacilli. The English
bacteriologists have ascribed much importance as
indicators of sewage pollution to another group of organ-
isms, the anaerobic spore-forming bacilli, of which the
form described as B. aerogenes capsulatus (Welch
and Nuttall, 1892) and now called B. welchii, and the
form isolated by Klein (Klein, 1898; Klein, 1899) in
1895 in the course of an epidemic of diarrhoea at St.
Bartholomew’s Hospital, described under the name of
B. enteritidis sporogenes (now called B. sporogenes)
are types.
The procedure originally described by Klein for
isolating B. sporogenes is as follows: a portion of the
sample to ke examined is added to a tube of sterile
milk, which is then heated to 80° C. for 10 minutes
to destroy vegetative cells. The milk is next cooled ©
and incubated under anaerobic conditions, which may
be accomplished most conveniently by Wright’s method.
A tight plug of cotton is forced a quarter way down the
test-tube, the space above is loosely filled with pyrogallic
acid, a few drops of a strong solution of caustic potash
are added, and the tube is tightly closed with a rubber
stopper. After 18 to 36 hours at 37° the appearance
of the tube will be characteristic if the B. sporogenes
212 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
is present. ‘ The cream is torn or altogether dissociated
by the development of gas, so that the surface of the
medium is covered with stringy, pinkish-white masses
of coagulated casein, enclosing a number of gas-bubbles.
The main portion of the tube formerly occupied by the
milk now contains a colorless, thin, watery whey, with a
few casein lumps adhering here and there to the sides.
of the tube. When the tube is opened, the whey has a
smell of butyric acid and’ is acid in reaction. Under
the microscope the whey is found to contain numerous
rods, some motile, others motionless.”
Since this organism is not present in very large num-
bers, even in sewage, the test of a water-supply must
be made with large samples, and the concentration
of at least 2000 c.c. of water by filtration through a
Pasteur filter is recommended by Horrocks as a necessary
prelude (Horrocks, 1901). The Committee on Standard
Methods of Water Analysis (1912) recommends the
following enrichment procedure for the isolation of B.
sporogenes which avoids physical concentration. Vari-
ous dilutions of the water to be tested are incubated
in fermentation tubes containing liver broth for 24 hours
at 37°. If B. sporogenes is present gas will be evolved
and a characteristic ‘‘ vile odor” will be produced.
If this reaction is obtained the contents of each posi-
tive tube is transferred to an Erlenmeyer flask or large
test-tube and heated at 80° C. for 10 minutes to destroy
vegetative cells. One c.c. of broth containing sediment
is withdrawn from the bottom of each flask and enriched
once more in a fresh liver broth tube. B. sporogenes
will now usually be present in pure culture showing
OTHER INTESTINAL BACTERIA 213
large sluggishly motile bacilli containing spores. A
gelatin stab culture made from these 24-hour liver broth
tubes will show after 48 hours incubation at 20° a dis-
tinct liquefying anaerobic growth beginning about 2
cm. below the surface with gas bubbles at the top of the
liquefied area. In order to obtain absolutely pure
- cultures it is necessary to fish from liver broth tubes
only 3-5 hours old as only young vegetative cells will
grow on plates. Transplants from the closed arm of
such tubes will grow on dextrose liver agar plates incu-
bated under anaérobic conditions.
Another method for isolating B. sporogenes suggested
by Wells is simpler than the foregoing. He recommends
the use of freshly-boiled lactose broth tubes (heated
in Arnold Sterilizer) brought to a temperature of 70
degrees C., at which temperature the inoculation is
made. The inoculated tubes are then kept at 7o
degrees C. for 10 minutes and subsequently incubated
at 37 degrees C. By this means the spore forms of
B. sporogenes develop into vegetative cells in the course
of 24 hours and give rise to a rapid evolution of gas.
Aérobic plates made from these tubes will generally
give no growth. On the other hand, if B. coli were
present, gas would ordinarily be produced in 18 hours
and aérobic plates, either on litmus agar or Endo
medium would show an abundance of colonies.
The organisms of the B. sporogenes group are large
stout bacilli often occurring in chains. They liquefy
gelatin vigorously and on agar produce fine discrete
gray colonies. They vigorously ferment dextrose, lac-
tose and saccharose, producing acid and gas, and in sugar
214 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
agar each colony will be marked by one or more gas
bubbles surrounded by a delicate whitish fringe. The
organism is strongly pathogenic for guinea pigs, by
which character it is distinguished from the B. butyricus
of Botkin. B. welchii differs from B. sporogenes chiefly
in lacking motility and in forming spores with less read-
iness (Klotz and Holman, 1911).
The researches of Klein and Houston (Klein and
Houston, 1898, 1899) have shown that the B. sporogenes
occurs in English sewage in numbers varying from 30 to
2200 per c.c. and that it is often absent in considerable
volumes of pure water. In Boston sewage it may
usually be isolated from .or or .oor of a c.c. (Winslow
and Belcher, 1904). Since the spores of an anaerobic
bacillus may persist for an indefinite period in polluted
waters, their presence need not necessarily indicate
recent or dangerous pollution.
Vincent (1907) and other French observers consider the
determination of the total number of anaerobic bacteria
as significant, since the decomposition of organic matter
is accompanied by anaerobic growth. It is not claimed,
however, that bacteria of this type are characteristic of
animal more than of vegetable decompositions, and the
total anaerobic count apparently adds nothing of impor-
tance to the information gained by the ordinary gelatin
plate method. The property of liquefaction was for-
merly believed to be of significance, inasmuch as the
liquefying bacteria were regarded as indicative of pollu-
tion. This position is, however, no longer tenable,
since many bacteria, typical of the purest waters, may
cause liquefaction.
CHAPTER X
THE SIGNIFICANCE AND APPLICABILITY OF THE
BACTERIOLOGICAL EXAMINATION
Sanitary Inspection and Sanitary Analysis. The first
attempt of the expert called in to pronounce upon the
character of a potable water should be to make a
thorough sanitary inspection of the pond, stream, well
or spring from which it is derived. Study of the pos-
sible sources of pollution on a watershed, of the direc-
tion and velocity of currents above and below ground,
of the character of soil and the liability to contamina-
tion by surface-wash are of supreme importance in
interpreting the analyses to be made. In many cases,
however, the results of the sanitary inspection will
be found to be by no means conclusive. If house or
barnyard drainage or sewage is actually seen to enter
a water used for drinking purposes it is obviously
unnecessary to carry out delicate chemical or bacteri- ~
ological tests to detect pollution. On the other hand,
no reconnoissance can show certainly whether unpurified
drainage from a cesspool does or does not reach a
given well; whether sewage discharged into a lake
does or does not find its way to a neighboring intake;
whether pollution of a stream has or has not been
removed by a certain period of flow. Evidence upon
215
216 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
these points must be obtained from a careful study of the
characteristics of the water in question, and this study
can be carried out along two lines, chemical and
bacteriological.
Sanitary Chemical Analysis. A chemical examina-
tion of water for sanitary purposes is mainly useful
in throwing light upon one point—the amount of decom-
posing organic matter present. It also gives an his-
torical picture which may be of much value. Humus-
like substances may be abundant in surface-waters
quite free from harmful pollution, but these are stable
compounds. Easily decomposable bodies, on the other
hand, must obviously have been recently introduced
into the water and mark a transitional state. ‘“ The
state of change is the state of danger,” as Dr. T. M.
Drown once phrased it. Sometimes the organic mat-
ter has been washed in by rain from the surface of the
ground, sometimes it has been introduced in the more
concentrated form of sewage. In any case, it is a warn-
ing of possible pollution, and the determination of free
ammonia, nitrites, carbonaceous matter, as shown
by ‘oxygen consumed,” and dissolved oxygen yield
important evidence as to the sanitary quality of a water.
Furthermore, nitrates, the final products of the oxida-
tion of organic matter, and the chlorine introduced as
common salt into all water which has been in contact
with the wastes of human life, furnish additional infor-
mation as to the antecendents of a sample. The results
of the chlorine determination are indeed perhaps more
clear than those of any other part of the analysis, for
chlorine and sewage pollution vary together, due allow-
BACTERIOLOGICAL EXAMINATION 217
‘ance being made for the proximity of the sea and other
geological and meteorological factors. Unfortunately,
it is only past history and not present conditions which
these latter tests reveal, for ina ground-water completely
purified from a sanitary standpoint such soluble con-
stituents remain, of course, unchanged. Thus, in the
last resort, it is upon the presence and amount of decom-
posing organic matter in the water that the opinion of
the chemist must be based.
Information Furnished by Bacteriological Examina-
tions. The decomposition of organic matter may be
measured either by the material decomposed or by the
number of organisms engaged in carrying out the proc-
ess of decomposition. The latter method has the advan-
tage of far greater delicacy, since the bacteria respond by
enormous multiplication to very slight increases in their
food-supply, and thus it comes about that the standard
gelatin-plate count at 20° roughly corresponds, in not
too heavily polluted waters, to the free ammonia and
“‘ oxygen consumed,” as revealed by chemical analysis.
If low numbers of bacteria are found, the evidence is
highly reassuring, for it is seldom that water cou'd be
contaminated under natural conditions without the
direct addition of foreign bacteria or of organic matter
which would condition a rapid multiplication of those
already present. The bacteriologist in such cases
can declare the innocence of the water with justifiable
certainty. When high numbers are found the interpreta-
tion is less simple, since they may exceptionally be due
to the multiplication of certain peculiar water forms.
Large counts, however, under ordinary conditions,
218 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY —
when including a normal variety of forms indicate the
presence of an excess of organic matter, derived in all
probability either from sewage or from the fresh wash-
ings of the surface of the ground. In either case danger
is indicated.
A still closer measure of polluting material may be
obtained from the numbers of colonies which develop
on litmus-lactose-agar at 37°, since organisms which
thrive at the body temperature, and particularly thos:
which ferment lactose, are characteristic of the intestinal
tract and occur but rarely in normal waters.
Gage (Gage, 1907) has shown that by counts at 20, 30,
40, and 50° C., information may be quickly obtained
which is of great assistance in judging the character
of the water.
‘““Modern methods of bacterial examination of water,
consisting usually of determinations of the numbers of
bacteria by means of plates incubated at room tempera-
ture, and of tests for the presence or absence of one or
two specific types, occasionally lead to an erroneous
interpretation of the quality of a water, owing to the
fact that they do not yield adequate data by which
abnormal and inaccurate results may be separated from
those which are truly indicative of purity or pollution.
Furthermore, as several days must elapse before the
bacterial tests can be completed, the results when
obtained may have passed their usefulness. If, however,
we can so modify our procedure that the varied char-
acter of the bacteria in waters of different classes may
be quickly and accurately recognized, the value of
bacterial water analysis will be enormously increased.
BACTERIOLOGICAL EXAMINATION 219
Much of this information may be obtained by the use
of selective media, selective temperatures, or by a
proper combination of the two.
‘By the use of litmus-lactose-agar in place of agar
or gelatin we obtain similar counts of total bacteria,
and in addition are able to separate those bacteria into
two groups, which do and do not produce acid fermenta-
tion of lactose, and the numbers of the two classes of
bacteria so obtained indicate more completely the
character of the water than would the numbers of either
class alone. By incubating our plates at temperatures
of 30 or 40° C. we are able to obtain counts in 12 to 18
hours, which counts, while smaller than those on plates
incubated for a longer period at a lower temperature,
appear to be fully as significant. If we increase our
number of determinations by incubating duplicate
plates at two or more temperatures, the various results
and the ratios between them furnish a check upon one
another in addition to increasing the available data
upon which to base an interpretation.” (Gage, 1907.)
Finally, the search for the Bacillus coli furnishes the
most satisfactory of all single tests for faecal contamina-
tion. This organism is preeminently a denizen of the
alimentary canal and may be isolated with ease from
waters to which even a small proportion of sewage has
been added. On the other hand, it is never found
in abundance in waters of good sanitary quality, and
its numbers form an excellent index of the value of
waters of an intermediate grade. The streptococci
appear to be forms of a similar significance useful as
yielding a certain amount of confirmatory evidence.
220 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
The full bacteriological analysis should then consist
of three parts, the gelatin-plate count, as an estimate
of the amount of organic decomposition in process;
the total count, and the count of red colonies, on
litmus-lactose-agar, as a measure of the organisms
which form acids and thrive at the body temperature;
and the study of a series of lactose bile tubes for the
isolation of colon bacilli.
Special Advantage of the Bacteriological Examination.
The results of the bacteriological examination have, in
several respects, a peculiar and unique significance.
First, this examination is the most direct method of
sanitary water analysis. The occurrence of nitrites
or free ammonia in a small fraction of one part per
million, or of chlorine in several parts per million, do
not in themselves render a water objectionable or
dangerous. They merely serve as indicators to show
that germ-containing and germ-sustaining organic mat-
ter is present. By a determination of the chlorine
and study of the relations of carbon and _ nitrogen,
it is possible to determine with some degree of accuracy
whether this organic matter is of plant or animal origin,
and hence to rate its objectionable or dangerous char-
acter. By the bacteriological examination, on the
other hand, we are able to determine directly whether
particular kinds of organisms characteristic of sewage
are, or are not, actually present in the water. What
we dread in drinking-water is the presence of pathogenic
bacteria, mainly from the intestinal tract of man,
and it is quite certain that the related non-pathogenic
bacteria from the same source will behave more nearly
BACTERIOLOGICAL EXAMINATION 221
as these disease germs do than will any chemical com-
pounds. In the second place, the bacteriological
methods are superior in delicacy to any others. Klein
and Houston (1898) showed by experiment with dilu-
tions of sewage that the colon test was from ten to one
hundred times as sensitive as the methods of chemical
analysis; and studies of the self-purification of streams
have confirmed their results on a practical scale. Thus
in the Sudbury River it was found that while chem-
ical evidences of pollution persisted for 6 miles beyond
the point of entrance, the bacteria introduced could
be detected for 4 miles further (Woodman, Winslow,
and Hansen, 1902).
The statement is sometimes made that while bac-
teriological methods may be more delicate for the
detection of pollution in surface-waters, contamination
in ground-waters may best be discovered by the chemical
analysis. That such is not the case has been well
shown by Whipple (Whipple, 1903) who cites the fol-
lowing two instances in which the presumptive test
revealed contamination not shown by the chemical
analysis:
“ A certain driven-well station was located in swampy
land along the shores of a stream, and the tops of the
wells were so placed that they were occasionally flooded
at times of high water. The water in the stream was
objectionable from the sanitary standpoint. The wells
themselves were more than 100 feet deep; they pene-
trated a clay bed and yielded what may be termed arte-
sian water. Tests for the presence of Bacillus coli had
invariably given negative results, as might be naturally
222 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
expected. Suddenly, however, the tests became positive
and so continued for several days. On investigation it
was found that some of the wells had been taken up to
be cleaned, and that the workmen in resinking them had
used the water of the brook for washing them down.
This allowed some of the brook-water to enter the system.
It was also found that at the same time the water in the
brook had been high, and because of the lack of packing
in certain joints at the top of the wells the brook-water
leaked into the suction main. The remedy was obvious
and was immediately applied, after which the tests for
Bacillus coli once more became negative. During all
this time the chemical analysis of the water was not
sufficiently abnormal to attract attention. On another
occasion a water-supply taken from a small pond fed
by springs, and which was practically a large open well,
began to give positive tests for Bacillus coli, and on
examination it was found that a gate which kept out
the water of a brook which had been formerly connected
with the pond was open at the bottom, although it was
supposed to have been shut, thus admitting a contam-
inated surface-water to the supply.” Whipple also
calls attention to the report on the Chemical and
Bacteriological Examination of Chichester Well-waters
by Houston (Houston, 190i), in which the results of
chemical and bacteriological examinations of thirty
wells were compared. It was found that the bacteri-
ological results were in general concordant and satis-
factory. The wells which were highest in the number
of bacteria showed also the greatest amount of pollu-
tion, as indicated by the numbers of B. coli, B. sporo-
te cn a elie Taba
BACTERIOLOGICAL EXAMINATION 223
genes, and streptococci. On the other hand, the chlorine
and the albuminoid ammonia showed no correspondence
with the bacteriological results.
Vincent (Vincent, 1905) cites an interesting case of
the detection of progressive pollution of a ground-
water by bacteriological methods. The well of a
military camp in Algeria showed 200 bacteria per c.c.
before the arrival of a regiment of troops. Its sub-
sequent history is indicated in the table below:
PROGRESSIVE POLLUTION OF A WELL
(VINCENT, 1905)
| Bacteria per c.c. |Bacillus coli per c.c.
Before arrival of troops......... 200 °
6 days-after arrival............. 770 °
14 days after arrival............ 4,240 I
41 days after arrival............ 6,960 2
60 days after arrival............ 14,900 10
Thirdly, negative tests for Bacillus coli and low bac-
terial counts may be interpreted as proofs of the good
quality of water, with a certainty not attainable by any
other method of analysis. Many a surface-water with
reasonably low chlorine and ammonias has caused epi-
demics of typhoid fever; but it is impossible, under any
natural conditions (except perhaps in a well polluted
with urine) that a water could contain the typhoid
bacillus without giving clear evidence of pollution in the
bile tube or on the lactose-agar plate.
In the examination of springs, especially those used
for domestic supplies at country houses, the authors have
found that the bacteriological examination offers a
224. ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
more delicate and more certain index of the quality
than may be obtained by chemical analysis. In a
number of instances, springs located in pastures have
become slightly polluted by animals, but to so small
an extent that the chemical examination gave no indi-
cation of trouble. The bacteria, however, increased
greatly in number, and colon bacilli could be readily
isolated: from 75 per cent of the 1-c.c. samples of a
long series used in making the presumptive test. A
single case may suffice as an illustration. This was a
spring located on a hill in Hopkinton, Mass.
The chemical analysis was as follows:
Color Se oisea ds ahiiaiek Ganesan eee ee None
BB big 5 1c\ ln See Ween Pelpee aara Oae Pear es ABR UTS None
Sedimentaie ecco et arctan cite ie eee Sea None
Odorithob) was etic cwaseaio Athen een eee None
Odori(cold) ins e ese nin seeseo sites eee ee None
Parts per Million.
Ota SONGS icc igre ates acces sini haleshee ea ane per 33 .0000
TOSS ON IEHILION ais. Wt, ocis sonteteenste tats ee als 7.0000
Pixed Pestle ns -ctin ie wes ies elon tiate sores eae 26.0000
TOP ATESS oie siare Wins GeO Ae leew ae orcas tee ee II .0000
ChIGHNE Aaah ein Rapa srt ceo ae 10.0000
Nitrogen as—
Albuminoidtamimonias s:. sh ..22 ease als otlalene tun 0.0000
Free aMmonlasecs ce ccg sic sis aan wears 0.0000
INitsites: Socre ooo certs sac ones TA ELT 0.0000
INGErStES ic eiclecs amaler vate eaten aa eeane 0.0000
The bacteriological examination showed a total count
of 375 bacteria per c.c. and a 37° count of 350 per c.c.
The presumptive tests for Bacillus coli showed that
gas-producing organisms were present in a majority
of 1-c.c. samples, and typical colon bacilli were isolated.
In this case the contamination was brought about by
cattle gaining access to the area immediately surround-
BACTERIOLOGICAL EXAMINATION 225
ing the spring; but the same conditions might easily
have led to infection from human beings.
Fromme (1910) cites several interesting examples
of temporary pollution detectable only by _bacteri-
ological tests. The most striking case was that of an
artesian well. Its average bacterial content had been
38 per c.c. and colon bacilli were absent from 200 c.c.
In May, 1908, this well became polluted from a broken
stable drain 10 meters away. The number of bacteria
rose to 4370 and colon bacilli were found in 10 c.c. sam-
ples. The source of pollution was removed, but the
well water in July still contained 7100 bacteria and B.
coli in 1 c.c. In September the number had fallen to
to5 and colon bacilli were present in 200 c.c. In Novem-
ber the bacteria numbered 120 and colon bacilli were
absent from 200 c.c. At no time did chemical tests
give any indication of danger, while the bacteriological
data obviously measured very delicately a comparatively
slight but real pollution and its gradual disappearance.
Similar results have been reported by Savage and
Bulstrode (Savage, 1906) in the examination of the
water-supply of Bridgend.
It seems to the writers that the real application of
chemistry begins where that of bacteriology ends. When
pollution is so gross that its existence is obvious and
only its amount needs to be determined, the bacteri-
ological tests will not serve, on account of their exces-
sive delicacy. In studying the heavy pollution of small
streams, the treatment of trades wastes, and the
purification of sewage, the relations of nitrogenous
compounds and of oxygen compounds are of prime
226 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
importance. In other words, when pollution is to be
avoided, because the decomposition of chemical sub-
stances causes a nuisance, it must be studied by chem-
ical methods. When the danger is sanitary and comes
only from the presence of bacteria, bacteriological
methods furnish the best index of pollution.
In the study of certain special problems the para-_
mount importance of bacteriology is generally recognized.
The distribution of sewage in large bodies of water
into which it has been discharged may thus best be
traced on account of the ready response of the bacterial
counts to slight proportions of sewage, particularly
since the ease and rapidity with which the technique
of plating can be carried out make it possible to examine
a large series of samples with a minimum of time and
trouble. The course of the sewage carried out by the
tide from the outlet of the South Metropolitan Dis-
trict of Boston was studied in this way by E. P. Osgood
in 1897, and mapped out by its high bacterial content
with greater accuracy than could be attained by any
other method. Some very remarkable facts have
been developed by similar studies as to the persistence
of separate streams of water in immediate contact
with each other. Heider showed that the sewage of
Vienna, after its discharge into the Danube River,
flowed along the right bank of the stream, preserving
its own bacterial characteristics and not mixing per-
fectly with the water of the river for a distance of
more than 24 miles (Heider, 1893). Jordan (Jordan,
1g00), in studying the self-purification of the sewage
discharged from the great Chicago drainage canal,
BACTERIOLOGICAL EXAMINATION —=§ 227
_ found by bacteriological analyses that the Des Plaines
and the Kankakee Rivers could both be distinguished
flowing along in the bed of the Illinois, the two streams
being in contact, yet each maintaining its own indi-
viduality. Finally, the quickness with which slight
changes in the character of a water are marked by
fluctuations in bacterial numbers renders the bacteri-
ological methods invaluable for the daily supervision
of surface supplies or of the effluents from municipal
filtration plants.
In the commoner case, when normal values obtained
by such routine analyses are not at hand, the problem
of the interpretation of any sanitary analysis is a more
difficult one. The conditions which surround a source
of water supply may be constantly changing. No en-
gineer can measure the flow of a stream in July and
deduce the amount of water which will pass in February;
yet the July gauging has its own value and significance,
so a single analysis of any sort is not sufficient for all
past and future time. If it gives a correct picture of
the hygienic condition of the water at the moment
of examination it has fulfilled its task, and this the
bacteriological analysis can do. The evidence fur-
nished by inspection and by chemical analysis should
be sought for and welcomed whenever it can be obtained,
yet we are of the opinion that, on account of their
directness, their delicacy, and their certainty, the
bacteriological methods should least of all be omitted.
CHAPTER XI
BACTERIOLOGY OF SEWAGE AND SEWAGE EFFLUENTS
Bacteriological and Chemical Examination of Sewage.
The first object of modern sewage disposal is the oxida-
tion of putrescible organic matter. Chemical, rather
than bacterial, purification is usually the prime requisite;
and chemical tests therefore serve best as criteria of
the results obtained. Bacteria are the agents in the
process of sewage purification; but the most generally
useful measure of the work accomplished is the chemical
oxidation attained. ‘‘ To employ a simile, it is a case
of the saw and the 2-foot rule—the saw will do the
cutting, but the rule will measure the work cut.”
(W. J. Didbin.)
In certain cases, however, bacterial as well as chemical
purity must be effected, in view of special local require-
ments. The sewage from a contagious disease hospital,
for example, should be freed from infectious material as
a factor of safety. Sewage discharged into a body of
water adapted for bathing may well be so treated as to
protect those using the water. In the case of seaboard
cities where sewage effluents are likely to contaminate
oyster beds and other layings of edible shellfish the
problem assumes great importance. Where bacterially
impure effluents are discharged into streams used for
228
BACTERIOLOGY OF SEWAGE 229
sources of water-supply the town taking water may
protect itself by filtration. It should so protect itself,
at any rate, from the pollution necessarily incident to
surface waters; and, unless the bacterial condition of a
stream or lake is made very materially worse by the
discharge of sewage effluents, it is fair that the respon-
sibility of purification should rest on the water works,
rather than on the sewage purification plant. Shell-
fish, on the other hand, cannot be purified. Either
pollution must be prevented, or the industry abandoned.
Under such circumstances sanitary authorities may
rightly demand, as they have demanded at Baltimore,
that bacteria, as well as putrescible organic matter,
shall be removed in sewage treatment. Under such
circumstances the bacterial control of purification
plants is as essential as in the case of water filters.
Methods of Bacteriological Examination of Sewage and
Effuents. In England, considerable attention has
been devoted to this subject, and numerous methods
have been recommended as furnishing valuable criteria
of the bacterial quality of sewage effluents. Houston
(z902°), for example, suggests various tests involving
the use of litmus milk, peptone solution, gelatin tubes,
and neutral-red broth, as well as the inoculation of
animals. He considers the determination of the num-
bers of B. coli and B. sporogenes as of greatest moment,
while the identification of streptococci is of value in
certain cases and the enumeration of liquefying bacteria,
spore-forming aerobes, thermophilic bacteria, and hydro-
gen sulphide producing bacteria is of subsidiary impor-
tance. Rideal (1906) has recently recommended a some-
230 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
what less extensive series of tests, including aerobic
and anaerobic counts, both at 20 and 37°, with the
determination of the number of liquefiers and the num-
ber of spore-formers. The results attained do not
seem to warrant any such elaborate procedure. As
far as the authors are aware, the determination of
liquefying bacteria, anaerobic bacteria and thermophilic
bacteria does not add any information of material
importance to that obtained from the total count.
Some test for specific sewage organisms is of course
desirable. Here again, however, the determination
of B. sporogenes and sewage streptococci tells the
observer little more than can be learned from the routine
use of the colon test. In the United States the practise
of sewage bacteriologists is crystallizing around the
total count and the estimation of B. coli. In the absence
of evidence as to the specific value of other data, the
routine control of filter plants may well be limited
to these two determinations.
The total count of bacteria should be made, as in
the case of waters, at 20°. Determinations carried
out in duplicate at 37° give additional information of
considerable value. The ratio of the 37° count to the
20° count varies with different sewages. At Boston
the body temperature count is 70 to 80 per cent of
the total count; at Lawrence it appears to be propor-
tionately much lower (Gage, 1906). In using either
medium, it is well to add lactose and litmus and note
the number of red colonies, as a check on the enumera-
tion of B. coli.
It should be borne in mind, as Lederer and Bach-
BACTERIOLOGY OF SEWAGE - 931
mann (1911) have recently pointed out, that the sampling
error is a very serious one with sewage. Duplicate
tests made at 1-minute intervals for a period of 10
_ minutes in their experiments gave extreme values of
190,000 and 550,000 per c.c.
The determination of the number of colon bacilli
in ‘sewage and effluents should furnish an integral part
of bacteriological sewage analysis, since it is important
to know whether the decrease of intestinal bacteria in
the process of purification is proportional to the reduc-
tion of total bacteria. The State Sewerage Commis-
sion of New Jersey has adopted this procedure in its
supervision of the disposal plants in that State; and
the results seem amply commensurate with the labor
involved. Asin the case of polluted waters the enumera-
tion of B. coli may be carried out, either by the study
of the red colonies which appear on litmus-lactose-agar
plates inoculated with the sample directly, or by the
use of a preliminary enrichment process. The com-
plete identification of B. coli seems unnecessarily
tedious, however, where the organisms are present
in such abundance. Some approximate presumptive
method is indicated here, if anywhere; and the
experience with polluted water, reviewed in Chapter
VI, points to the Jackson bile medium as the most
promising one. Experience at the Sewage Experiment
Station of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology
has shown that this presumptive test in general yields
good results. As pointed out above, a 48-hour incu-
bation period at 37° is required. All tubes showing
20 per cent gas at the end of this time may be con-
932 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
sidered positive tests for the colon group, without
serious error. |
Numbers of Bacteria in Sewage. The total number
of bacteria and the number of colon bacilli naturally
vary widely in the sewages of different cities and towns.
European sewages, being more concentrated, show
as a rule higher numbers than are found in America.
Results compiled from various sources show from
1,000,000 to 5,000,000 bacteria in the sewages of Essen,
Berlin, Charlottenburg, Leeds, Exeter, Chorley, and
Oxford, 2,000,000 to 10,000,000 in the sewages of Lon-
don, Walton, and W. Derby and over 10,000,000 in the
sewages of Paris, Ballater and Belfast (Winslow, 1905).
The number of colon bacilli in English sewages varies
from 50,000 to 750,000. In American sewages, on the
other hand, bacteria are somewhat less numerous.
At Lawrence the determinations made from 1894 to
1gor showed on the average 2,800,000 bacteria per c.c.
At Worcester, Eddy reported 3,712,000 in 1901 (Eddy,
1902); at Ames, Iowa, Walker (1901) found 1,248,256
in the same year. At Columbus, Johnson (1905)
reports an average of 3,600,000 bacteria per c.c.; the
individual numbers varied from 320,000 to 27,000,000.
The number of colon bacilli varied from 50,000 to
1,000,000 and averaged 500,000. Day samples of
Boston sewage collected three times a week, from
October, 1906, to April, 1907, showed an average of
1,200,000 bacteria per c.c. In the summer months
numbers are notably higher than at other seasons
in many sewages. Thus in 1903, Boston sewage con-
tained 2,995,000 bacteria in July, 4,263,600 in August,
BACTERIOLOGY OF SEWAGE 233
11,487,500 in September, 3,693,000 in October, 587,100
in November, and 712,000 in December (Winslow,
1905). There is also a marked diurnal variation
in the bacterial content of sewage, since the flow con-
tains a smaller proportion of intestinal matter at night
than at other times. For example, a series of hourly
samples at the Sewage Experiment Station of the
Massachusetts Institute of Technology showed the
- following results:
BACTERIA IN BOSTON SEWAGE—AVERAGES FOR EACH
FOUR-HOUR PERIOD. AUGUST 13-14, 1903
(WINSLOW AND PHELPs, 1905)
Period. Bacteria per c.c.
POOREST IO AMO oicnis cactus cas SG nis Bae wet eae 1,800,000
RAEN MES SOO DME 5 wg eb onlin och dba s, be Sin cin © se 3,200,000
RESO BE tn ia sNccity Wk Dacis ee < ores 4,600,000
PEARED RO DM cco oc eisai le ote aie cle siele a sioiaexd 3,500,000
PIERO A590 AM, Sage act se vessels esis cesses ¢ T 000,000
ARES he BOAR hao Sra atnid else = casie, a aielaisty saibie Se 400,000
It is evident that many published results of bacterial
examinations of sewage are in excess of the average
values, since they refer in most cases to day samples
only. |
Bacterial Content of Sewage Effiluents. The bacterial
content of sewage effluents varies widely according to
the process of purification adopted and the efficiency
of the particular plant. The only process which
yields a notably purified effluent from the bacteri-
ological standpoint is that of filtration through sand.
Processes of this type when operated with care may
give a bacterial purification well over 99 per cent as
234 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
shown by bacteriological examinations at the Brockton
(Mass.) filters, reported by Kinnicutt, Winslow and
Pratt (1910) as follows:
BACTERIA IN SEWAGE AND EFFLUENTS AT BROCKTON,
AVERAGE OF FOUR EXAMINATIONS, AUTUMN OF
1908
Bacteria per c.c. Colon Bacilli per
Gelatin 20°. c.c. Lactose Bile.
PIO WANE rscnc cin ates sletionie semctas 3,150,000 150,000
BAMUENE Aes Se x5is ares kate wo 4 nie’ s 1,900 400 -
JT rah: ETS Ra ger ats at Coy ted erent Pa 6,300 I5
Apes IVa eels Sioa chee ees 6 125 °
M3 BE io ai ahe ahora anctele e's viele I,400 5
BD pNP Eee ten teats. 2,000 I
Such high efficiencies as this table indicates are
often not realized under the actual working condi-
tions of a municipal plant. At Vineland, N. J., for
example, the intermittent filters show a reduction
of go to 95 per cent in total bacteria and a somewhat
higher reduction of B. coli. The results of three
examinations made in 1906 are given below.
BACTERIA IN SEWAGE AND SAND FILTER EFFLUENT
AT VINELAND, N. J.
(N. J. State SEWERAGE COMMISSION, 1907)
Bacteria per c.c. B. Coli in
Date
Sewage. Effivent. Sewage. Effluent.
March 23): 4:3 480,000 20,000 ©.0001 C.c. | O.OT C.c.
TU 265 si :500 496,000 61,000 ©.0001 C.c. | 0.001 C.C.
TUL, 26 0.0055 s.0 511,000 38,000 ©.0000I ¢.Cc. | 0.001 C.C.
BACTERIOLOGY OF SEWAGE 235
The newer bacterial processes, contact beds, and
trickling filters naturally show a much less satisfactory
bacterial removal than sand filtration beds. In the
Columbus experiments, Johnson (1905) found from
1,000,000 to 2,000,000 bacteria in the effluents of con-
tact beds and from 750,000 to 1,900,000 in the effluent
from trickling filters.
At the experiment station of La Madeleine, in Lille,
Calmette (1907), reports 5,000,000 bacteria per c.c. in
the crude sewage, 2,900,000 in the second contact
effluent and 800,000 in the effluent from the trickling
bed. Of 20,000 B. coli per c.c. applied to the filters,
the contact system delivered 4000 and the trickling
bed 2000 per c.c. The average results of examinations
made three times a week at the Sewage Experiment
Station of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology,
during two different periods, were as follows:
BACTERIA IN SEWAGE, SEPTIC EFFLUENT AND
TRICKLING EFFLUENT AT BOSTON
(WINSLOW AND PHELPS, 1907)
B. Coli.
Bacteria per c.c. — ppt mag
c.c.* :
Jaly-Sept., r006. Oct., ere sg Fn,
: Per Cent Per Cent
No. Reduc- No. Reduc- Per Cent.
tion. tion.
Sewage... 2.2.5. £:400;000}) 20/25 oa 1,200,0001) "2 =. 65
Septic effluent... .| 1,650,000! Inc. 750,000! 38 66
Effluent from
trickling bed..| 750,000} 42 200,000} 83 35
Septic tank and
trickling bed..| 750,000) 42 180,000} 85 35
* Jackson bile test.
236
ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
The following average data for two of the largest
trickling filter plants in the United States are cited
by Kinnicutt, Winslow and Pratt (1910).
BACTERIAL CONTENT OF SEWAGE AND EFFLUENTS
FROM TRICKLING FILTERS
Bacteria per c.c.
Place. ‘Period.
Screened Septic Filter
Sewage. Effluent. Effluent.
Reading, Pa.-...<. 1908-1909 | 3,100,000 | 1,800,000 600,000
Columbus, Ohio. .. 1909 2,370,000 | 1,050,000 560,000
It is obvious that effluents of this character cannot be
considered satisfactory from the standpoint of bacterial
purification. As Houston concluded, after a careful
review of the subject, ‘‘ The different kinds of bacteria
and their relative abundance appear to be very much
the same in the effluents as in the crude sewage. Thus,
as regards undesirable bacteria, the effluents frequently
contain nearly as many B. coli, proteus-like germs,
spores of B. enteritidis sporogenes and streptococci,
as crude sewage. In no case, seemingly, has the reduc-
tion of these objectionable bacteria been so marked
as to be very material from the point of view of the
epidemiologist ” (Houston, 1902°*).
Experimental studies with specific bacteria have
confirmed these conclusions. Houston (1904”) found
that B. pyocyaneus appeared in the effluent of a trickling
bed 10 minutes after application to the top and con-
tinued to be discharged for 10 days. In septic tanks
and contact beds, the same germ persisted for 10 days.
‘BACTERIOLOGY OF SEWAGE 237
Rideal (1906) quotes experiments by Pickard at Exeter,
which show that typhoid bacilli may persist for 2 weeks
in a septic tank and that contact bed treatment only
effects a go per cent removal of these organisms.
Disinfection of Sewage Effluents. Where bacterial
purity is required, some special process of disinfection
must be combined with the contact bed or the trickling
filter. For this purpose treatment with chloride of
lime or other chemicals is rapidly gaining ground as an
important adjunct to bacterial disposal plants; -and in
connection with this process bacteriological control is
an essential.
Rideal (1906) first showed at Guildford that 30 parts
of available chlorine per million would reduce the
number of bacteria in crude sewage from several mil-
lions to 50,000, while 50 parts would reduce their
number to 20 per c.c. Colon bacilli were reduced from
one million per c.c. to less than one per c.c. by 30 parts
of chlorine. In septic effluent 25 to 44 parts of chlorine
per million reduced B. coli from two and a half to four
and a half million per c.c. to less than one per c.c.
With contact effluents smaller amounts of chlorine
proved efficient, The primary effluent required 20
parts per million, the secondary effluent 10.6 parts
per million and the tertiary effluent 2.5 parts per mil-
lion to reduce the number of B. coli so that this organism
could not be isolated in 5 c.c.
In this country Phelps and Carpenter (1906) demon-
strated the practical usefulness of bleaching powder
disinfection, at the Sewage Experiment Station of the
Massachusetts Institute of Technology. As indicated
238 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
in the table below smaller amounts of chlorine than
were used by Rideal will give good results with more
dilute American sewages. ae
BACTERIA IN TRICKLING FILTER EFFLUENT BEFORE
AND AFTER TREATMENT WITH CHLORIDE OF LIME
(56 PARTS PER MILLION AVAILABLE CHLORINE)
(PHELPS AND CARPENTER, 1906)
Bacteria per c.c. B. Coli, Jackson Bile Test.
Date.
Before. After. senee ee Cc. eee.
1906
August 11....] 270,000 69 + 0 +:0
coin ATG 2 gl 020;000 41 Oo. oO" + o
SON FAA | ES5IO0O 406 + + + 0
fe ee 230,000 21 0) 4.0 °. 0
wet TOs jase 250,000 37 + 0 ° Oo
“ 38...,| 110,000 40 6/9 5 a |
ota « ar 90,000 54 + 0 oO
re (258. sl). (220,000 22 oO oO
Been A ORS Ae | Weaver aa tataee Tie Me niente nie + 0 oO
Average...... 240,000 86 33%+ 22%+
Average
removal.... 99.96% 99.993 %
The success of chemical disinfection varies with the
character of the sewage or effluent treated, since the
organic matter present consumes a certain amount
of the disinfectant and renders it inoperative. Dis-
cordant results are therefore reported from different
sources.
An important series of experiments carried out in
Ohio by Kellerman, Pratt, and Kimberly (1907)
showed good results with sand filter effluents and
BACTERIOLOGY OF SEWAGE 239
contact effluents. Septic sewage, on the other hand,
required large amounts of chlorine to produce a rea-
sonable bacterial reduction. The table on page 240
shows the results obtained at Marion, Ohio.
In Germany, on the other hand, Schumacher (1905),
Kranepuhl (1907), and Kurpjuweit (1907) found larger
amounts of chlorine necessary, in the neighborhood of
60 parts per million parts of sewage. Their tests
were somewhat severe, however, the criterion of success
being the absence of B. coli in a large proportion of
liter samples.
Standards for Sewage Effiluents. The science of sew-
age bacteriology is in its infancy; and it is difficult to
give any general rules for the interpretation of bac-
teriological examinations designed to indicate whether
disposal plants are successful or not. Houston stated
provisionally that the 20° count should be under 100,000
and the 37° count under 10,000, while B. coli should
be absent from .oor c.c. and B. sporogenes from .1 c.c.
(Houston, 1902”). This standard seems to us far too
lenient. Either organic purity alone is necessary, as
at many sewage disposal plants, or a higher grade of
purity than this should be attained. It seems wisest’
at the present time to avoid fixing any general standards
of purity for sewage effluents. Each case should
be judged intelligently on its own merits. In general,
however, where bacterial purification is indicated at all,
it seems fair to demand that the effluent should be
of such a quality as not to increase materially the
bacterial content of the body of water into which it
is discharged.
240 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
BACTERIA IN SEPTIC EFFLUENT, CONTACT EFFLUENT,
AND SAND EFFLUENT AT MARION,O., BEFORE AND
AFTER TREATMENT WITH CALCIUM HYPOCHLORITE
(KELLERMAN, PRATT, AND KIMBERLY, 1907)
Bacteria per c.c.
Average
Availatle
Date. | Effluent. | Chlorine. 20° C. 37° C. Total Count.
Parts per
Million.
Untreated.| Treated. | Untreated.| Treated.
1907 :
Apr. 11 | Septic 4.3 850,000] 1,100,000} 1,200,000] 240,000
Apr. 12 | Septic 6.2 4,400,000} 550,000} 850,000! 260,000
Apr. 15 | Septic 7.6 600,000] 400,000} 450,000] 190,000
Apr. 28 | Contact 2.9 110,000 2;500) .s «sag Meee em eee
Apr. 29 | Contact 5.0 65,000 1,600 73,000 370
Apr. 30} Contact 4.4 500,000 800} 160,000 400
Mar. 21} Sand 3.8 49,000 570 9,800 150
Mar. 22| Sand 3.0 56,000 140 7,000 60
Mar. 26] Sand i Red 70,000 4,000 20,000 160
Bacteria per c.c,
Average
Date. | Effluent. Chogne. 37° C. Red Colonies. B. Coli.
Parts per
illion.
Untreated.| Treated. | Untreated.} Treated.
1907
Apr. 11 | Septic 4.3 55,000 7,400
Apr. 12 | Septic GHZ 60,000 15,000
Apr. 15 | Septic 7.6 100,000 51,000
Apr. 28 | Contact Bie? WN deen oat | asks aes 20,000/Not ino. 5
Apr. 29 | Contact 5.0 10,000 ° 15,000!‘ 0.5
Apr. 30} Contact 4-4 21,000 3 20,000] ‘* 1.0
Mar. 21] Sand 3.8 1,300 ° r,000| “©5760
Mar. 22] Sand 250 800 ° 2,000] ‘* 1.0
Mar. 26] Sand Tas 4,000 I 2,000|In I.0
BACTERIOLOGY OF SEWAGE 241
Bacteriology of the Sewage Filters Themselves. Before
leaving the subject of sewage bacteriology, brief
reference must be made to the importance of bacteri-
ological studies in relation to the processes of sewage
purification which bring about the removal of the
organic matter itself. Nothing is more necessary to the
development of the present art of sewage disposal
than knowledge of the micro-organisms concerned and
of the conditions which favor their activity; but such
knowledge is woefully deficient. Something is known
of the nitrifying organisms long ago discovered by
Winogradsky. More recent work, like that of Schultz-
Schultzenstein (1903), Boullanger and Massol (1903)
and Calmette (1905), has cleared up many points
concerning these forms; but much remains to be done.
In regard to the reducing action of bacteria in the
septic tank and contact bed we are almost wholly in
the dark. Septic tanks work well with some sewages
and badly with others; and the presence or absence
of the right bacteria is probably largely responsible
for the different results. In some cases, as at
Plainfield, N. J., the seeding of a tank with cesspool
contents has produced a material improvement in
septic action.
Knowledge of the kinds of bacteria involved would
make it possible to substitute scientific control for
such empiricism and might well lead to improved
methods of a more intensive character than are yet
available. The work already done upon a laboratory
scale furnishes promise of such results. The student
242 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
who wishes to follow out this line of investigation
will find a good summary of what is already known
of the hydrolysis and denitrification of nitrogenous
bodies and the decomposition of cellulose and other
carbohydrates in Rideal’s ‘‘ Sewage and the Bacterial
Purification of Sewage ”’ (1906).
Gage (1905) has made a suggestive study of the
bacteria which carry on the reducing changes in sewage
which deserves the attention of all who are interested in
the more theoretical aspects of sewage treatment.
His method consisted in plating sewages and effluents,
isolating typical cultures and determining their power
to decompose peptone and nitrates with the produc-
tion of ammonia and free nitrogen. The rate of gelatin
liquefaction, the amount of nitrate reduced, the amount
of free ammonia formed, and the amount of nitrogen
liberated were quantitatively determined for each culture
thus isolated. The numerical values obtained, multiplied
by the number of bacteria, apparently of the same type,
observed in the plates, gave coefficients of the liquefying,
denitrifying, ammonifying, and nitrogen-liberating power
of the effluent; and these coefficients may be considered
as measures for a given sample of the tendency of the
bacterial flora to set up certain changes. The results
of further studies made by Clark and Gage (1905),
on sewages and on sand, contact, and trickling effluents,
show that there may be important differences between
various sewages in this respect which must render
their purification more or less easy. They indicate
that the effluents obtained from intermittent sand
BACTERIOLOGY OF SEWAGE 243
filters in cold weather contain larger numbers of ammo-
nifying and denitrifying bacteria than appear at other
seasons, which may help to explain the poorly nitrified
effluents obtained in the winter season. Along these
lines research work in sewage bacteriology promises
to be fruitful of results.
CHAPTER XII
BACTERIOLOGICAL EXAMINATION OF SHELLFISH
Shellfish and Disease. The pollution of areas
devoted to the growing of shellfish and the consequent
pollution of the shellfish themselves is a matter of
much sanitary importance. Oysters, clams and mussels
are the shellfish commonly used as food, and since
they are likely to be eaten in an uncooked or partially
cooked condition, it is important to be assured as to
their character from the bacteriological standpoint.
In their normal habitats, in clean sea-water, or in river
estuaries free from pollution, shellfish are unquestionably
free from dangerous bacteria, although their feeding
habits make it probable that the types of bacteria
indigenous to the waters in which they are found might
be present in considerable numbers. With the pollu-
tion of streams by unpurified sewage the areas in which
oysters and clams develop may easily become infected
by organisms of intestinal types, and there is, therefore,
offered an easy means for the typhoid bacillus and other
pathogenes to pass from the sewage directly into the
intestinal tract of the consumer of the raw oysters or
clams.
The history of this subject is well summarized by
Newlands and Ham (1910), from whose excellent report
the following paragraphs are adapted:
244
: EXAMINATION OF SHELLFISH 245
Attention was first drawn to the danger from shell-
fish by the remarkable outbreak of typhoid fever which
occurred in Middletown, Conn., in 1894, as a result
of the serving of raw oysters at college fraternity
banquets. The oysters used in this case were all
derived from a certain portion of Long Island Sound,
where they had been put down, or planted, in order
to fatten. Investigation showed that the stream
entering the Sound at this point was highly polluted,
and furthermore, that at a nearby house there were
two severe cases of typhoid fever from which the intes-
tinal discharges were turned into the drain and thence
into the stream without disinfection. The course
of the passage of the bacteria from the patient suffer-
‘ing with the disease to the oyster and so on to the
young men at the banquets was, therefore, traced
out in a most complete and thorough way. This
investigation, which was conducted by Prof. H. W.
Conn, of Wesleyan University, caused immediate invest-
igations to be set on foot in England and in this coun-
try. Two.years later there followed a report by the
Local Government Board of Great Britain dealing
with pollution of shellfish along the English coast, and
the matter has also received much attention in this
country.
A study of the literature reveals only a few references
to oysters as carriers of disease germs previous to
1880. In that year Cameron, in a paper entitled
“ Oysters and Typhoid Fever,” read before the British
Medical Association, suggested that outbreaks of typhoid
fever and cholera might be caused by eating oysters.
246 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
In 1893 Thorne-Thorne, in a report to the Local Gov-
ernment Board, wrote that, in his opinion, certain
cases of cholera which had occurred that year at various
inland towns in England were due to eating contam-
inated oysters from beds at Grimsby, where there
had been a small cholera epidemic. Following the
suggestions embodied in this report the English Govern-
ment began a series of investigations which have made
many important additions to our present knowledge
of the subject.
In 1902 the famous oyster epidemics at Winchester
and Southampton, England, were proven beyond
reasonable doubt to have been caused by contami-
nated oysters taken from grounds at Emsworth. Here
again we have to deal with banquets given in different
cities where the only common source of infection
appears to have been contaminated oysters. Of the
267 guests at these banquets 118 were attacked with
intestinal disorders and 21 cases of typhoid fever
developed, 5 of which were fatal.
Although a great many sensational attacks have
been made against oysters as carriers of disease germs
which have been based on little or no evidence, the
above-mentioned investigations and others, among
which might be mentioned those of Thresh, Marvel,
and Soper, have brought out sufficient trustworthy
evidence to show that contaminated oysters must be
considered as a real factor in the dissemination of
typhoid fever and-other water-borne diseases. An esti-
mate of the extent to which such illness is due to
oysters would be impossible at the present time. The
EXAMINATION OF SHELLFISH 247
Royal Sewage Commission after an extensive investi-
gation on this subject came to the following conclusion:
“‘ After carefully considering the whole of the evidence
on this point, we are satisfied that a considerable num-
ber of cases of enteric fever and other illness are
caused by the consumption of shellfish which have been
exposed to sewage contamination; but in the present
state of knowledge, we do not think it possible to make
an accurate numerical statement.
“Moreover an examination of the figures which
have been placed before us as regards those towns in
which the subject has been most carefully studied
shows that there may be occasional errors. Indeed
the witnesses themselves recognized that absolutely
accurate figures were not obtainable.
“We are far from denying that isolated cases may
have been due to contaminated shellfish, but we must
remember that the possibility of some of them being
due to other causes cannot be altogether excluded.”
In the above-mentioned cases, where oysters have
been proven or reasonably suspected of being the cause
of disease, it was found that the oysters in ques-
tion had been floated or grown in heavily polluted
water where direct contact with specific infection
could be proven or readily assumed. The Wesleyan
epidemic is a case in point. Oysters had undoubtedly
been floated in the contaminated waters at Fair Haven
for a number of years previous to 1894 without any
noticeable effect on the health of persons eating them,
but specific infection of the water from two patients
in a house near by was followed by a serious epidemic.
2948 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY |
Valuable studies of the relation between shellfish
and disease have recently been published by Bulstrode
(x911) and Wilhelmi (1911) and Stiles (1912).
Effect of Cookery upon Polluted Shellfish. It should
be noted that it is unfortunately not only raw shellfish
which are responsible for the spread of disease. Most
of the processes of cookery to which these foods are
subjected are insufficient to destroy pathogenic germs.
Clark (1906) found that clams and oysters in stews
and fried and scalloped in the usual manner were
generally free from colon bacilli and streptococci.
With steamed clams, however, the bacteria present
could not be destroyed except by a temperature high
enough and prolonged enough to ruin the clams for
eating. Rickards (1907) confirmed these results as
to the danger from steamed clams, while he found fried
clams and clams in chowder and scalloped oysters to
be practically sterilized. Oyster stew, however, is
not exposed to long continued heat as is clam chowder,
and fried oysters are less thoroughly heated than
fried clams in the ordinary processes in use. Oysters
in both of these forms and fancy roast oysters still
contained colon bacilli and streptococci. Buchan (1910)
finds that the ordinary methods of cooking mussels
do not remove the risk of typhoid infection.
Bacteriological Examination of Shellfish. Without
further discussing the general sanitary aspects of the
subject it is important to consider just how one may
determine whether the oysters from a given region are
polluted or not. The methods which have been
developed for this work are essentially modifications
EXAMINATION OF SHELLFISH 249
of the methods used in water examination, involving
sometimes total counts of bacteria at different tem-
peratures, but especially the application of the various
tests for the determination of the colon bacillus, since
here, as in water examination, this organism may be
taken as an index of pollution and its occurrence in
considerable numbers must be looked upon not merely
with suspicion, but as a practical proof that the
supernatant waters are polluted and that the shell-
fish themselves may contain organisms of pathogenic
importance, such as B. typhi, B. dysenteriz, B. sporo-
genes and others. Determinations of the pollution
of the water above the beds are sometimes made
as bearing indirectly and inferentially on the possi-
bility of the pollution of the shellfish contained therein.
Results of the two determinations are not always
in close agreement, however, owing to the rapidly
changing local conditions due to tide, etc. The gen-
eral relations and the individual variations between
water and shellfish determinations are well _ illus-
trated in the table on page 250 from the report
by Newlands and Ham (1910) on conditions in New
Haven Harbor.
Study of the methods of examination of shellfish
has been conducted with great care at the Lawrence
Experiment Station by Gage, at the Sanitary Research
Laboratory at the Institute of Technology by Phelps,
at Brown University by Gorham, and in New York
by Pease. Other officials of the Shellfish Commissions
of different States have also carried out investigations
upon this subject. The Lawrence Experiment Station
250 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
BACTERIA IN WATER AND SHELLFISH, NEW HAVEN
HARBOR
Water. © Oysters.
Station. Av. Number Average | Average
Samples Bacteria per c.c. Number | Number ves Character.
Taken. |, | B. Coli *| B. Coli *| go ¥8°0".| of Bottom.
37° C. | 20°C, | Ber c-c: | Per c.c. Pie
Ferry St : :
Bridge I2 210 1260 AS Fi alee eee Soft
Tomlin- ;
son Br I5 910 2650 SHS TG oe Jai ws aiaterahe oe
No. 1 15 510 1680 SI I Savane ot ee ab aa rR
No. 2 15 375 910 WUE Peres ta pen eee ve
No. 3 16 255 835 9 72 16 re
Buoy 10 I5 155 450 EO) He Deena seme Min
0. 4 15 160 1720 Day AN onretes Ae) A ad 8
No. 5 17 615 1340 74 308 13 7
Buoy 5 23 315 715 oD by CAPS ee Wier res ye aS
Buoy 8 15 205 410 Bie dy sg scalen hie metre ts
No. 6 16 145 485 8 37 6 Seaweed
No. 7 ai 215 740 29 425 II Hard
No. oB. . II 220 260 7 6. 10 r
No. 9A 13 100 185 9 4 Io re
No. 9 12 195 200 17 37 10 me
No. 7A II 120 240 10 255 Ir BM
No 16 180 270 7 370 6
No. 10 23 300 615 9 100 I Soft
No. 11 II 405 510 8 Io 4 “¢
Buoy 6 21 815 1690 ODP it Ske: srt ha teeta eae
Buoy 3 17 175 590 6 201 8 Hard
No. 12 I4 620 I1I90 4 6 5 “
No. 13 7 240 120 Bae) 10 8 xs
No. 14 I2 285 Ir00 I- 7 8 7
Buoy 4 4 375 | 1400 4
0. 15 7 455 1680 I 45 15 Hard
No. 16.. 14 280 1025 I- I- 3 Soft
No. 17.. 14 300 1260 ble) PI ead, barra Seve Hard
No. 19.. I 800 300
No. 20.. Io 135 860 I— 10 8 Hard
Buoy 2. II 375 905 2 ,
No. 22. 8 305 560 I— 7.3 3 Hard
Buoy tr. 6 IIs 9095 I- 4 12 es
o. 18. 10 255 675 I-
No. 24. 4 710 1340 4 9 10 Hard
No. 23 6 450 240 I— te
No. 25 2 130 1000 I-
No. 26 5 130 405 I—
No. 27 Io 630 605 Tier cepa. Bees Soft
No. 28 4 415 1400 I- 4 3 Mudandsand
No. 29 5 370 1700 Times) Sor Fe sgul) warene te Soft
No. 30 5 185 440 I— I- 15 Hard
No. 31 7 320 130 I— I— 15 SF
No. 32 5 70 1050 I- 3 15 vi
No. 33 4 485 405 I- I- ae) rly
No. 34 4 535 495 I— I 10 ae
No. 35 4 120 270 I- I 15 Sticky
* Jackson's lactose bile presumptive test used.
Minus sign after figure 1 indicates that the average was less than 1.
EXAMINATION OF SHELLFISH 251
method was published in the Massachusetts State
Board of Health Report for 1905 (Clark, 1906). This
method consisted in the total counts of bacteria de-
veloping at 20° and 37° and the fermentation reaction
in dextrose broth. Experience indicated that it was.
not merely necessary to examine the stomach contents
of the oysters but the “ shell water ” as well was sub-
jected to examination. With the advent of lactose bile
as a better medium for the development of B. coli
without interference with other typés of bacteria, the
substitution of this medium for dextrose broth was
commonly made, and this is now one of the standard
media employed for the determination.
It has been noted that the superiority of lactose
bile to dextrose broth is greatest in water examinations
when the water is most polluted. In the study of
shellfish the danger of overgrowths is even greater
than in polluted waters, since the organic matter in
the oyster and its surrounding shell water furnishes a
culture medium for many bacteria. Streptococci are
particularly abundant. As pointed out in Chapter
TX, streptococci die out more rapidly than colon bacilli
in potable waters, but where organic matter is present
in abundance the former may survive the latter.
We have compiled the table on page 252 from the
results of Clark (1906). In all cases except in that
of the shell water there is a considerable difference
between the dextrose fermentation tests and the
colon isolations, indicating an overgrowth by strepto-
cocci and other forms, of colon bacilli originally
present. The B. sporogenes is also very frequently
252 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
responsible for such anomalous results in shellfish
examinations.
COLON BACILLI AND STREPTOCOCCI IN DIFFERENT
PORTIONS OF THIRTY CLAMS
Per Cent of Samples Showing
Fermenta- :
Seer B. Coli and
tion in : Strepto-
Dextrose B. Coli. coach: eee ie
Shell qwaters, vii sot gee 90 83 47 40
O51 | CUR aie See ti iAtee tae es 77 53 25 t5
Stomach (intestine)... . 55 35 22 12
Rectum (intestine)..... 82 45 43 13
TAVER Ss cdi, EVE ee 39 18 15 3
Visceral tissue........ 18 8 7 2
It will be noted from Clark’s table above that the
shell liquor is not only freer from overgrowths than the
portions of the body of the clam, but that the propor-
tion of positive reactions is in each case higher. Since
the shell water is of course easier to examine than the
macerated animal, this is now generally adopted as the
standard material for examination.
Self-purification of Shellfish. In connection with
the bacteriological examination of shellfish for colon
bacilli certain investigations have been carried out
which are of great importance from the commercial
as well as from the sanitary standpoint. Phelps (1911)
has shown that oysters which develop in waters sub-
ject to sewage pollution may be purified or entirely
freed from colon bacilli by the removal of the oysters
themselves to waters of purer character, when, after
EXAMINATION OF SHELLFISH 253
sufficient time has elapsed, the oysters will have cleansed
themselves through their metabolic processes and
become entirely safe even for consumption in the raw
state. It is of considerable importance to determine
the length of time necessary for this self-purification
to take place. Obviously, from the commercial stand-
point it is desirable to make it as short as possible,
while from the sanitary standpoint it must be long
enough to insure a thorough and satisfactory removal
of all traces of polluted matter. Oyster beds which
are free from pollution or which are sufficiently good
for the re-laying for polluted oysters are difficult to
find and limited in areas because of their nearness to
sources of pollution. The investigations in question
were conducted by Phelps in the Providence River
and the upper part of Narragansett Bay. The oysters
were removed from heavily polluted regions and car-
ried to waters which were practically free from pollu-
tion, where they were planted. Examinations were
made from day to day in order to determine the length
of time that these particular oysters showed pollution
and it was found that within 4 days the organisms
of the colon type were practically all eliminated.
It must be borne in mind that, if shellfish are care-
lessly opened and handled, they may suffer a considerable
additional pollution in the process, and may therefore
be much worse instead of better than when they were
taken. This is well brought out by the table on page
254, taken from a report by Stiles (1911) in which
shucked market oysters show much worse pollution
than market oysters in the shell.
254 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
COMPARATIVE BACTERIOLOGICAL CONDITION OF MAR-
KET OYSTERS, SHUCKED AND IN THE SHELL
(STILES, Ig11).
Average per c.c. Liquor.
Bacteria.
Number :
0)
Samples. Bile
Plain Agar. Salt | B. Coli. | Strepto-
Agar. coccl,
25° 377 37°
Shell oysters. .... 36 6,000} 1,000 200 7 ce
Shucked oysters. .} 33 |867,000|268,000] 45,000} 74,000 | 8000
Seasonal Variation of Bacteria in Oysters. It has
been observed by Gorham (1912) and others that the
examination of oysters from certain regions made in
the summer failed to agree with the similar analyses
from the same beds made in the winter. With the
advent of cold weather there seems to be a great
improvement in the sanitary quality, so that oysters
taken from beds in close proximity to the outfalls of
large sewers show in the colder months entire absence
of any evidence of contamination, judged solely by the
bacteriological data. Thus Gorham found in the sum-
mer of 1910 that all oysters on the beds in the Prov-
idence and Warren Rivers and the upper part of Narra-
gansett Bay were so badly polluted by sewage as to
be unfit for food. Colon bacilli were found in the
“shell water” of every oyster in amounts as small as
or of a cubic centimeter or less. Chemical and
bacteriological examination of the waters over these
EXAMINATION OF SHELLFISH 255
beds showed them to be heavily sewage polluted. In
December of the same year the analyses of the oysters
were strikingly different, although the condition of
the water was apparently unchanged. In the examina-
tion five oysters were selected in each case and the
average total number of bacteria per cubic centimeter
was determined and the presence of colon bacilli was
tested by the bile tube and subsequent isolation and
identification of the organisms. The table on page 256
shows the numbers of bacteria found, and the propor-
tion of the five oyster samples in which colon bacilli
were present in cubic centimeter amounts and also
in o.1 and o.o1 of a cubic centimeter.
The conclusions arrived at by Gorham are that
during the cold weather the oysters assume a condition
of rest or hibernation, during which time ciliary move-
ment ceases and the process of feeding is suspended.
No organisms are therefore taken in from the outside
water and those inside the oyster are gradually elim-
inated, so that the total number of organisms is
reduced very considerably and the oyster becomes —
practically free from colon bacilli.
Standard Methods for the Examination of Shellfish.
The examination of shellfish for pollution is regarded
as of such importance by the American Public Health
Association (1912) that a committee was established
to report upon methods of examination and estima-
tion of the numbers of colon bacilli found. The
following abstract of the second report of this
committee gives the recommendations for standard
methods for bacteriological examination of shellfish
ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
256
SEASONAL VARIATION IN THE BACTERIAL CONTENT OF
OYSTERS
(GoRHAM, 1912)
Ea
3232] Proportion of Five
eos a Oysters Showing B. Coli Tempera-
Date. 2 NaS Rawat Score.| Present in ores
goo > Water in hea
eae
ASS] Ic.c. | 0.1 c.c.|0.0rc c.
Bep No. 8. PROVIDENCE RIVER
Dec. 20, 1910} 1000 3 I ° 4 |oo1rcec, {—r1°
Jan. 14,1911 | 750 5 3 I 41
Pkt aa 80 4 iB ° 23 | 0.01 c.c r=
Jans 27. Sec: 23 5 3 ° 32
Feb. 10 i654 130 2 2 ° 4 | 220.¢.¢ 0.1°
Feb. 28..... 140 ° ° ° © | 0.0001 c.c.} 1° |
i ET me Aiepte Me 200 5 4 ° 4I | 0.01 C.c L7s~
ADTH TAs... 275 5 2 ° 23 | 0.01 C.c 8.5°
April 28..... 700 5 5 4 410 | 0.0001 ¢.c.| 12.5°
May t2: 2.3: 1700 5 5 5 500 | 0.0001 C.c.| 15°
Bep No. 44. PROVIDENCE RIVER
Jan. 7, 1911..| 425 5 5 I 140. Wit. ase 0.25°
Heb 27... 250 4 ° fo) 4 lia °°
Feb. 28..... 240 5 I fo) TA eeu tae Or5*
March 11 100 5 2 ° 23:1 Soca niee 2°
April 14..... 210 2 ° ° Dit" sien o.
April 28..... 1000 5 5 4 410.) Naieate Irs"
May 12..... 1100 5 5 4 AIO 7} ct bara 14.75°
Bep No. 204. WARREN RIVER
Jan. 25,1911 | 600 5 4 I 50’ Kuk s eae °°
Peb::10; <5 5 140 ° ° ° o | t.0c.c °°
Feb. 28,-....: 400 fe) fe) ro) o | 0.01 c.c 0.75°
March 4 750 cis a o* ret | ee ST °.75°
March 11 60 I ° ° t |‘Ovon cs x2
March 14....] 3400 ° ° ° © | 0.01 <.c 8.75"
April 28..... 1050 5 5 4 410 | 0.01 C.c 134
Bep No. 205. WARREN RIVER
Dec. 22, 1910| 250| 3 re) ° $0 [ i aeads —1°
Feb. 10, 1911 | 325 fe) ° 0 o | £-0.c.c. °°
Peb:-28;...3.. 450 4 2 ° 14 | 0.01 cc te
March 4..... 600 2 2 I Baleaeas 0.78"
Marchir....| 85 2 I ° 3 | 0.01 cc 2°
April 14..... 325 I I ° 2 |0.01 C.c 8.25°
April 28..... 4000 a 5 5 500 | 0.01 c.c r¢°
* Only three oysters used.
EXAMINATION OF SHELLFISH 257
which were adopted by the Association at its meet-
ing in 1912:
RECOMMENDATIONS FOR STANDARD METHODS FOR THE
BACTERIOLOGICAL EXAMINATION OF SHELLFISH
Oysters in the Shell
Selection of Sample. Twelve (12) oysters of the average
size of the lot under examination, with deep bowls, short
lips, and shells tightly closed, shall be picked out by hand
and prepared for transportation to the laboratory.
As complete a record of such data as is possible to obtain
shall be made covering the following points:
The exact location of the bed from which the sample
has been selected. .
The depth of the water over the bed at time of collection.
The state of the tide.
The direction and velocity of the wind.
Other weather conditions.
The day and hour of the removal of the stock from the
water.
The conditions under which the stock has been kept
since removal from the water and prior to the taking of
the sample.
The day and hour of the taking of the sample.
Transportation of the Sample. The oysters so selected
shall be packed in suitable metal or pasteboard containers
of such size and shape that a number of them can be
enclosed in a shipping case capable of satisfactory refriger-
ation by means of ice. The important points in this con-
nection are:
A. The prevention of the mixing of the oyster liquor
of different samples, and of the mixing of the ice-water
with the oysters.
258 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
B. The icing of the samples, if they are not to arrive
at the point of laboratory examination inside of 36 hours,
or if the outside temperature is above 50° F.
It is not necessary to enclose the oysters in an absolutely
tight container, providing the above conditions are main-
tained.
Condition of Samples. Record shall be made of the
general condition of the oysters when received, especially
whether the shells are open or closed; of the presence of
abnormal odors; and of the temperature of the stock.
Technical Procedure. The bacteriological examination
shall be started as soon as possible after the receipt of the
sample.
The oysters shall be thoroughly cleaned with a stiff
brush and clean running water and then dried. The edges
of the shell shall be passed through the flame or burned
with alcohol.
The opening of the shell shall be accomplished by either
of the following methods:
A. By the use of a sterile oyster knife in the usual manner.
B. By drilling through a flamed portion of the shell
near the hinge with a sterile drill. The drill shall be
sterilized, and the site of the operation on the shell shall
be flamed at least once during the drilling process.
Bacterial Counts. Bacterial counts shall be made of
a composite sample of each lot obtained by mixing the
shell liquor of five oysters. Agar shall be used for the
culture medium and in general the procedure shall be in
accordance with the method recommended for the exam-
ination of water by the Committee on Standard Methods
of Water Analysis of the American Public Health Association.
The water used for dilution purposes shall contain 1 per
cent of sodium chloride, in order to approximate the natural
salinity of oyster liquor.
The agar plates shall be incubated at 20° C. for three
days and the colonies then counted.
EXAMINATION OF SHELLFISH 259
Determination of Bacteria of the Bacillus Coli Group.
The quantitative determination of the presence of B. coli
shall be in accordance with the following procedure:
Measured quantities (1.0, 0.1, 0.01 c.c., etc., or their
equivalents in dilutions) of the shell water of each of 5
oysters selected from the dozen, shall be placed in fer-
mentation tubes containing lactose peptone bile, prepared
according to the method recommended by the Committee
on Standard Methods of Water Analysis. These shall be
‘incubated for three days at 37° C., and the presence or
absence of gas noted daily. For all ordinary purposes of
routine work a development of from tro to 85 per cent of
gas during this time period shall constitute a positive test
indicating a presumption of the presence of at least one
bacterium of the Bacillus coli group in the quantity of shell
water tested. But no final B. coli rating based on these
results shall be used for official approval or condemnation
unless positive confirmatory tests for the presence of organ-
isms of the B. coli group shall have been obtained from
the tube of highest or next highest dilution from each
oyster, showing the presence of gas. These confirmatory
tests shall be begun immediately upon noting the formation
of gas, and carried out in accordance with the procedure
recommended by the Committee on Standard Methods of
Water Analysis.
Statement of Resulis. The results of the bacterial
counts shall be expressed as Number of Bacteria per c.c.
The results of the tests for B. coli shall be expressed either
in the form of the following arbitrary numerical system
to be known as “ The American Public Health Association
Method of Rating Oysters for B. coli; or in Estimated
Number of Bacteria of the B. coli Cio per c.c. of the
Sample.”
260 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
The American Public Health Association Method of Rating
Oysters for B. Coli.* ;
The following values shall be assigned to the presence
of bacteria of the B. coli group in each of the 5 oysters
examined, these figures being the reciprocals of the greatest
dilutions in which the test for B. coli was positive:
If present in 1.0 c.c. but not in o.1 c.c., a value of 1.
If present in 0.1 c.c. but not in o.o1 c.c., a value of 10.
If present in o.o1 c.c, but not in o.cor c.c., a value
of 100, etc.
The sum of these values for the 5 oysters gives the total
value for the sample and this figure shall be taken as the
‘rating for B. coli.”
The results shall be expressed in the following tabular
form:
RESULTS OF TESTS FOR B. COLI IN DILUTIONS
INDICATED
Oysters. 1.0 C.c. 0.1 c.c. 0.01 c.c. Nears
I 0 + ° 10
2 + i ° Io
3 a ° O° 7
4 + ° ° I
5 + ° O° I
Total, or rat\ing for B. coli =23
+ = presence of bacteria of the B. coli group in fermentation tube
test with lactose bile.
o = failure to demonstrate presence of bacteria of the B. coli group.
Estimated Number of B. Coli per c.c. If the standard
B. coli rating above described is divided by 5, or, in general,
if the rating is divided by the number of oysters tested,
the result will be approximately the number of B. coli
* Where the term B. coli is used, it refers in all cases to bacteria of
the B. coli group and not to the specific prototype.
EXAMINATION OF SHELLFISH 261
per c.c. of shell water. Partly because it does not do this
exactly, but also for simplicity and the avoidance of fractions,
the method of stating results as an arbitrary rating is
preferred by the committee. Practical experience with the
method also has appeared to justify this preference.
Illustrations of the Application of the Method of Rating
Oysters for B. Coli. Sometimes results similar to the
following are obtained, that is, one or more oysters may
show positive results in small quantities of shell water,
while an equal number may show negative results in larger
quantities. In this case the next lower numerical value
shall be given to the positive results in the high dilutions,
and such positive results shall be considered as being trans-
ferred to a lower dilution giving negative results in another
oyster. This is done on the theory that inconsistent results,
mathematically considered, may follow naturally from an
unequal distribution of the bacteria in the shell water.
This recession of the assigned values, however, shall not
be carried beyond the point where the number of such
recessions is greater than the number of instances where
other oysters in the series failed to give positive B. coli
results.
As examples of the method of obtaining the rating for
B. coli, the following illustrations are given. They repre-
sent results that may be met with in practice:
CASE A.—RESULTS OF B. COLI TESTS IN DILUTIONS
INDICATED
Oysters. 1.0 c.c. 0.1 c.c. 0.01 C.c. ep rae:
> + tr ° 10
as 4: a ° 10
3 + 15 ° 10
4 + ° ° 10 (not 1)
5 “i i i 10 (not 100)
50=rating
262 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
CASE B.—RESULTS OF B. COLI TESTS IN DILUTIONS
ok
INDICATED
Oysters. ho ce. 0.1 c.c. 0.01 c.c. Samana
I a a of 10 (not 100)
2 + +} + Io (not 100)
3 + ° ° I
4 ° ° ° I (not o)
5 ° ° ° I (not o)
23 =rating
CASE C.—RESULTS OF B. COLI TESTS IN DILUTIONS
INDICATED
Oysters. 1.0 c.c. 0.1 c.c. 0.01 c.c. wee
I + + fo) Io
2 ++ + ° Io
3 - =; ni 100
4 = a + 10 (not 100)
5 oS ° ° 10 (not 1)
140= rating
Oysters removed from the Shell (Opened or Shucked Stock).
Except as hereinafter stated, all the procedures and
requirements for the examination of opened oysters, i.e.,
shucked stock, shall be those specified for the examination
of oysters in the shell.
Selection and Preparation of Sample. The stock in the
container from which the sample is to be taken shall be
thoroughly mixed, and one or more wide-mouthed sterile
jars of a total capacity of one quart shall be each half filled
with the sample by means of a clean ladle or other instru-
ment sterilized by flaming alcohol. The jar or jars shall
be so sealed as to exclude all possibility of contamination
from without.
a
Ag
rm
EXAMINATION OF SHELLFISH 263
Transportation of Samples. When the time between
the collection of the sample and its examination exceeds
3 hours, or if the outside temperature is above 50° F., the
sample shall be thoroughly refrigerated by means of ice
placed around, but not in, the sample jars.
Technical Procedure. The bacteriological examination
shall be begun as soon as possible after taking the sample.
The sample shall be thoroughly shaken at least 25 times
immediately before opening.
Bacterial Counts. The procedure specified for oysters
in the shell shall be followed:
Determination of Bacteria of the Bacillus Coli Group.
The procedure specified for oysters on the shell shall be
followed, but attention is called to the fact that higher
dilutions than 7}, c.c. are usually required. Triplicate
fermentation tubes shall be inoculated from each dilution
of the sample.
Statement of Results. The results of the bacteriological
examination of the opened oysters, or shucked stock, shall
be expressed in the same way as that specified for oysters
in the shell, except that in the calculation of B. coli rating
the values for the results of the positive fermentation tests
after confirmation shall be recorded for each of the inocula-
tions of each dilution. In order that the rating from these
triplicate tests may be compared with that obtained from
testing 5 oysters in the shell, the sum of the values for
the triplicate tests shall be multiplied by 3. If, instead, the’
sum is divided by 3, the result will give approximately the
number of B. coli per c.c.
Clams and Other Shellfish
The methods for examining clams and shellfish other
than oysters shall be those given above. Certain modi-
fications are necessary in the method of handling the samples
- and the opening of the shells, etc.
264 ELEMENTS OF WATER BACTERIOLOGY
Clams are more likely to lose water during transportation
than oysters. It is therefore necessary to take greater
precautions to separate different samples of clams from
each other than in the case of oysters.
In opening soft clams it has been found that if two
incisions are made through the mantle the shell water
may be poured out without opening the shell.
Hard clams are more difficult to open, but if the shell —
be struck over the dorsal muscle with a small hammer
an opening will be formed permitting the insertion of the
knife to cut the muscle.
Sometimes clams and other shellfish contain too little
liquor to make all of the tests above described. This is
always the case when the shells are very small. Under
these conditions the water from two or more shellfish shall
be taken together and tested and considered as one.
_ Standards of Interpretation. As in the case of water
it is neither practicable nor desirable to attempt to formulate
any hard and fast standard for passing or condemning
shellfish. It is very clear from the work carried out
by the English Commission, and at Lawrence, Boston,
Providence and New Haven in this country that shell-
fish from entirely unpolluted regions are free from colon
bacilli and that the proportion of positive tests for
these organisms increases with the increase in pollution.
Just where to draw the line, however, it is not easy to
say. According to Newlands and Ham (1910), the stand-
ards of permissible pollution adopted by various English
and American workers vary from a positive test in 1
c.c. to a positive test in o.1 c.c. of shell liquor. The
Bureau of Chemistry of the United States Department
of Agriculture condemns oysters sold in interstate com-
merce which show three positive tests out of five in 0.1 c.c,
portions, and the same standard has been adopted by the
Rhode Island Shell Fish Commission.
ew
ate - -
APPENDIX!
PREPARATION OF CULTURE MEDIA
In view of the marked influence upon bacteriological
reactions of variations in culture media caused by differ-
ences both in ingredients and in technique of preparation,
it is necessary that uniform methods be used in order to
obtain comparable data. In specifying the various ingre-
dients used in culture media it is the intention that they
shall be uniform in quality, but it is not the intention
that the recommendations as to ingredients and technical
manipulations shall stand in the way of true progress as
to improvements. When, however, improved or modified
methods are used, the variations from the standard methods
shall be plainly set forth together with the reasons for the
modifications.
INGREDIENTS
Distilled water shall be used in the preparation of stand-
ard culture media.
Infusions of fresh lean meat, and not meat extract,
shall be used as the basis of various media.
Peptone shall be that of Witte (dry from meat).
Gelatin shall be the best French brand, so called. It
shall be as free as possible from acids and other impurities,
and shall be of such a character that a 10 per cent solution
1 From the Report of the Committee on Standard Methods of the
American Public Health Association.
265
266 APPENDIX
prepared in the usual way shall not soften when kept at
a temperature of 25° C.
Commercial agar in threads shall be of as high a grade
as can be obtained. Agar may be purified by washing.
The various sugars, such as dextr se, lactose, and sac-
charose, shall be as nearly as possible the chemically pure
compounds designated. Unusual effort to obtain such
sugars is considered to be necessary.
Glycerine shall be double distilled.
In place of litmus, a 1 per cent aqueous solution of
. Kahlbaum’s azolitmin may be used. |
Of the various other ingredients used, nearly all of which
are of a mineral nature; special effort shall be made to
see that they are chemically pure products within the
full meaning of this expression.
STERILIZATION
Sterilization in the autoclave seems to be preferable to
that in flowing steam. Both in the lowering of the melting
point of gelatin and in the breaking down of sugar media
the time of sterilization has a greater effect than does the
temperature within the standard limits. It is, therefore,
suggested that small containers be used and that media
be sterilized in the autoclave at 120° C. (15 pounds pressure)
for 15 minutes. A shorter period than this, in practice,
sometimes results in incomplete sterilization, and a longer.
time results in the inversion of sugars or the lowering of
the melting point of gelatin. Agar media should be melted
before placing in the autoclave.
An important point in the sterilization of gelatin and
sugar media is to have the sterilizer hot when the media
are introduced, so that heating to the point of sterilization
will be accomplished as quickly as possible. Also when
sterilization is complete the media should be cooled rapidly.
This not only reduces the time of heating, thus preserving
APPENDIX 267
the gelatin and sugar, but also assists in the actual sterili-
zation. It is also advisable in the use of the autoclave
to keep the small pet cock at the bottom partially open
so that steam is escaping during sterilization. This insures
the removal of all air. If practicable, store media at room
temperature for two days to see that sterilization is complete.
In intermittent sterilization, media shall be placed on
each of three successive days in streaming steam for 30
minutes after the steam fills the sterilizer.
REACTION
Phenolphthalein shall be the standard indicator used
in obtaining the reaction of all media. Turmeric paper
possesses similar properties, and its use is advised where
phenolphthalein is not available.
Titrations and adjustment of reactions shall be made
as follows: :
Put 5 c.c. of the medium to be tested into 45 c.c. dis-
tilled water. Boil briskly one minute. Add 1 cc. of
phenolphthalein solution (5 gm. of commercial salt in 1
liter of 50 per cent alcohol). Titrate while hot (preferably
while boiling) with N/2o0 caustic soda. A faint but distinct
pink color marks the true end-point. This distinct pink
color may be more precisely described as a combination
of 25 per cent of red (wave length approximately 658).
with 75 per cent of white as shown by the disks of the
color top (described under Record of Tints and Shades
of Apparent Color, p. 10 of Standard Methods Report).
In practice, titration is continued until the pink color of
alkaline phenolphthalein matches that of the fused disks.
All reactions shall be expressed with reference to the
phenolphthalein neutral point and shall be stated in per-
centages of normal acid or alkaline solutions required to
. heutralize them. Alkaline media shall be recorded with
the minus (—) sign before the percentage of normal acid
268 APPENDIX
needed for their neutralization, and acid media with the
plus (+) sign before the percentage of normal alkaline
solution necessary for their neutralization.
The standard reaction of culture media shall be ++1.0
per cent. If it differs from 1 per cent by more than o.2
per cent it should be readjusted.
Wherever reactions other than the standard above given
are used it shall be clearly stated in all results of bacterial
work, and the reasons therefor also stated.
STORAGE OF MEDIA
It is recognized by the committee that it is desirable
to prepare media in large quantities in order to guard
against discrepancies in composition; but, all things con-
sidered, the complications resulting from the varying
amounts of heating incident to withdrawing portions from
time to time and tubing it, are believed to more than
offset this advantage. Consequently, when possible, media
shall be put at once into tubes and placed in cold storage.
To guard against changes due to evaporation all media
not used promptly shall be stored in a moist atmosphere,
preferably in an ice-box, or else the flask shall be sealed
by dipping the cotton plug in paraffin.
NUTRIENT BROTH
Nutrient broth shall be prepared as follows: Infuse
soo gm. chopped lean meat 24 hours with 1000 c.c. dis-
tilled water in refrigerator. Restore loss by evaporation.
Strain infusion through cotton flannel. Add 1 per cent
peptone. Warm on water bath, stirring until the pep-
tone is dissolved. Heat over boiling water (or steam)
bath 30 minutes. Restore loss by evaporation. Titrate.
Adjust reaction to +1 per cent by adding normal hydro-
chloric acid or normal sodium hydrate, as required. Boil
APPENDIX 269
2 minutes over free flame, constantly stirring. Restore loss
by evaporation. Filter through absorbent cotton and cotton
flannel, passing the liquid through until clear. Titrate and
record final reaction. Tube, using 10 c.c. in each tube.
Sterilize.
SUGAR BROTHS
Sugar broths shall be prepared in the same general manner
as the standard nutrient broth, with the addition of 1
per cent of dextrose, lactose, saccharose or other sugar,
just before sterilizing. The removal of muscle-sugar by
inoculation with B. coli is unnecessary if small amounts
of gas are disregarded.
Ii, however, test-tubes of small dimensions are used and
the presence of any gas, however small, is taken to indicate
gas formation the removal of muscle sugar is necessary.
The reaction of sugar broths shall be neutral to phenol-
phthalein.
Sterilization may be done in streaming steam, as usual,
or in the autoclave at 120° C. (15 pounds pressure) for
I5 minutes. Sterilization in the autoclave seems to be
preferable to that in flowing steam.
For the routine work of testing samples in water for
B. coli, especially large volumes of water are to be mixed
with broths of such strength that the resulting mixture .
will be one of normal strength. Dextrose broth made
with Liebig’s Beef Extract is not equal in effectiveness
to that made of fresh beef extract and should not be sub-
stituted for the latter.
LACTOSE BILE
The lactose bile medium consists of sterilized undiluted
- fresh ox gall (or a ro per cent solution of dry fresh ox gall)
_ to which has been added 1 per cent of peptone and 1 per
cent of lactose. The addition of peptone is important.
270 APPENDIX
GELATIN
No gelatin media should be employed having a melting
point below 25° C. The percentage of gelatin added may
be increased to bring the melting point up to the desired
figure. With most gelatin on the market 11 per cent
“seems to be preferable to the standard of 10 per cent,
provided the gelatin is weighed out without correcting for
contained moisture, as appears to have been the custom.
Ten per cent, or even 20 per cent of moisture commonly
occurs in laboratory gelatin, and unless this is taken into
account in weighing, the stiffness of the media is materially
affected and the bacterial results obtained considerably
modified. All gelatin should be tested for moisture before
using by drying a sample for half an hour at 105° C. The
stock should be kept under uniform conditions in tight
containers, so that the percentage of water present may
then be properly accounted for and the weight on a dry
basis be used in making up the medium.
AGAR
For bacterial counts 10 gm. of agar per liter should be
used. The smaller amount seems to be sufficient to carry
the added water and the medium is less stiff. This appears
to give higher and more consistent counts. Fifteen grams
may be employed for keeping cultures.
North medium is especially valuable for keeping cultures,
particularly cocci. This is composed as follows:
500 c.c. Extract of 500 gms. of chopped beef.
500 c.c. Distilled Water.
1o gm. Agar.
20 gm. Gelatin.
20 gm. Peptone.
5 gm. Sodium Chloride.
Reaction neutral.
It is well to determine the reaction of the media after
sterilization, as during this process the reaction often changes
APPENDIX 271
and the final results should correspond to the acidity
recommended by the standard methods. What has been
said regarding the necessity of correcting for moisture in
gelatin applies with equal force to agar and for the same
reasons.
NUTRIENT GELATIN AND AGAR
Nutrient gelatin and agar shall be prepared as follows:
Gelatin. Agar.
I. Boil 15 gm. thread agar in 500 c.c.
water for half an hour and make
up weight to 500 gm. or digest for
15 minutes in the autoclave. Let
this cool to about 60° C.
2. Infuse 500 gm. lean meat 24 Infuse 500 gm. lean meat 24 hours
hours with 1000 c.c. of dis- with 500 c.c. of distilled water in
tilled water in refrigerator. refrigerator.
3. Make up any loss by evaporation.
4. Strain infusion through cotton flannel.
— Weigh filtered infusion.
6. Add 1 per cent Witte’s pep- Add 2 per cent of Witte’s pep-
tone and 1o per cent Gold tone.
Label sheet gelatin on dry
basis. ‘
Pi Warm on water bath, stirring till peptone and
gelatin are dissolved and not allowing the
temperature to rise above 60° C.
s: To 500 gm. of the meat infusion
add 500 c.c. of the 3 per cent:
agar, keeping the temperature
below 60° C.
9. Titrate, after boiling one minute to expel
carbonic acid.
Io. Adjust reaction to +1.0 per cent by adding
normal hydrochloric acid or sodium hydrate
as required.
Il. Heat over boiling water (or steam) bath for
40 minutes.
12. Restore loss by evaporation.
- 313. Readjust to +1.0 per cent if necessary and
boil 5 minutes over free flame, constantly
stirring.
14. Make up loss by evaporation.
272 APPENDIX
15. Filter through absorbent cotton and cotton
flannel, passing the filtrate through the filter
until clear.
16. Titrate and record the final reaction.
ry. Tube, using 10 c.c. of medium in each tube.
18. Sterilize 15 minutes in the autoclave at 120
degrees, or for 30 minutes in streaming steam
on three successive days. Put the gelatin at
once into ice-water till solidified.
19. Store in the ice-chest in a moist atmosphere,
to prevent evaporation.
LACTOSE LITMUS AGAR
Lactose litmus agar shall be prepared in the same manner
as nutrient agar, with the addition of 1 per cent of lactose
to the medium just before sterilization. The reaction shall
be made neutral to phenolphthalein (see p. 267).
If the medium is to be used in tubes the sterilized azo-
litmin solution shall not be added until just before the
final sterilization.
If the medium is to be eed in Petri dishes the steril-
ized azolitmin solution shall not be added to the medium
until it is ready to be poured into the dishes.
More colonies and better general results are obtained
on the lactose litmus agar plates, when the litmus and
lactose are each sterilized separately and added to the
plate with the neutral agar at the time of planting. Good
results can, however, be obtained, if the agar and lactose
are mixed and sterilized in an autoclave at 120° C. for
15 minutes only.
The azolitmin on the market varies considerably, much
of that sold being entirely unreliable for the purpose. A 1
per cent solution of Kahlbaum’s azolitmin, if boiled for
5 minutes, readily dissolves and needs no correction for
acidity if added to standard agar. Many bacteriologists
prefer pure litmus to azolitmin, and it is therefore sug-
gested that its use be made optional. Both total and
red colonies may be counted after from 18 to 24 hours
APPENDIX 273
when incubated at 37° C. Such tests are sometimes used
in the control of filtration plants.
LIVER BROTH
This medium is made from a hot infusion of beef liver
instead of fresh meat, and is, in other respects, with the
exception that phosphate is added the same as dextrose
broth, but it is a richer food medium for bacteria. It
gives gas formation with all species which ferment dextrose
and develops attenuated bacteria, whether gas-forming or
not, to a better degree than does beef broth. It -is also
especially suited to the rejuvenation of species in pure
culture.
FORMULA
SS AON oe aia og p55 ak vaca uabaws uae 500 gm
pane CWC Soe oe sick Spee a ec cec eee eee Io gm
PRCRINOHE distro ene Sh Sa pees Io gm
Di-Potassium Phosphate (K2HPO,)........... I gm
Water
1. Chop 500 gm. of beef liver into small pieces and add
1000 c.c. of distilled water. Weigh the infusion and container.
2. Boil slowly for 2 hours in a double boiler, starting
cold and stirring occasionally.
3. Make up any loss in weight by evaporation and pass
through a wire strainer.
4. To the filtrate add 10 gm. of peptone, 10 gm. of °
dextrose and 1 gm. of potassium phosphate.
5. After warming this mixture in a double boiler and
stirring it for a few minutes to dissolve the ingredients,
titrate with N/20 sodium hydrate, using phenolphthalein as
an indicator, and neutralize with normal sodium hydrate.
6. Boil vigorously for 30 minutes in a double boiler,
and 5 minutes over a free flame with constant stirring to
prevent the caramelization of the dextrose.
7- Make up the loss in weight by evaporation and filter
through cotton flannel and filter paper.
274 APPENDIX
8. Tube and sterilize in an autoclave for 15 minutes
at 120° C. (15 pounds).
Other valuable liver media (for use in the identification
of B. sporogenes and other species) are prepared as given
below:
LIVER GELATIN
1. Proceed as in steps 1, 2, 3, in preparing liver broth.
2. Cool the filtrate to 50° C. Add ro per cent of sheet
gelatin and stir a few minutes until dissolved.
3. Add 1 per cent of peptone, 1 per cent of dextrose
and o.1 per cent of potassium phosphate.
4. Stir until the ingredients are dissolved, keeping the
temperature below 50° C., and then proceed as in steps
5, 6, 7, 8.
LIVER AGAR
1. Chop 500 gm. of beef liver into small pieces, add 500
c.c. of distilled water, and boil slowly for 2 hours, stirring
occasionally.
2. Add 5 gm. of agar (dried at 105° C. for 30 minutes)
to 500 c.c. of distilled water and digest for 30 minutes in
an autoclave at 120° C. (15 pounds pressure).
3. After making up the loss by evaporation, pass the
liver infusion through a wire strainer, add 500 c.c. of the
filtrate to the agar solution and proceed as in steps 4, 5,
6, 7, 8, in preparing liver broth.
It is very important to note that liver broth should not
be exposed to the high temperature attained in the auto-
clave any longer than 15 minutes, as prolonged heating
above the boiling-point causes caramelization of the carbo-
hydrates, rendering the medium less delicate for bacterial
development. For the rejuvenation of attenuated cultures,
especially B. sporogenes, the addition of very small pieces
of liver tissue, which have been sterilized in Petri dishes
APPENDIX 275
in the autoclave for 15 minutes improves the rejuvenating
properties of the medium. They should be added to the
tubes after sterilization.
Bacterial growth being very rapid in this medium, pre-
liminary POSTS at 37° C. should be concluded between
6 and 12 hours.
HESSE AGAR
Agar (absolutely dry): 2 06500 02625 6o. eee 4.5 gm
enbime,) WHE oo oss oka eas Sanee vet xdaas Io gm.
Baemer's extract of Beek... oo. es ye. ce exes 5 gm
SaMMR pee ea. iy. irae goa Bat 5 lata aes al oo aS 8.5 gm
MPIRIIINOML WALES lk i vrs els oleae eh Sask wi Sees I00o C.c
Dissolve 4.5 gm. of dry agar in 500 c.c. distilled water
by heating over a free flame, making up loss in weight by
evaporation. Into another vessel 500 c.c. of distilled water
is poured and to this is added 10 gm. of peptone, 5 gm. of
Liebig’s Beef Extract, and 8.5 gm. of salt. This is heated
until all is dissolved and the loss in weight by evaporation
is made up by adding distilled water.
Add the two solutions together; boil 30 minutes; make
up loss in weight with distilled water, filter through absorb-
ent cotton held in the funnel by cotton flannel, passing
the filtrate through several times until perfectly clear.
Test the reaction; adjust, if necessary, to +1.0 per cent
normal acid, and tube, using 10 c.c. of medium in each
tube. Sterilize for 15. minutes at 120° C. (15 pounds’
pressure) in an autoclave. Cool with running water and
store in an ice-chest the air of which is saturated with
moisture.
CONRADI-DRIGALSKI MEDIUM
These authors have modified lactose litmus agar by
adding to it nutrose and crystal violet and by using 3 per
cent of agar instead of 1 per cent. The crystal violet
strongly inhibits the growth of many other bacteria, especially
cocci, which would also color the medium red; the 3 per
276 APPENDIX
cent agar makes the diffusion of the acid which is formed
more difficult.
Three pounds of chopped beef are allowed to stand 24
hours with 2 liters of water. The meat infusion is boiled
one hour and filtered. Twenty gm. of Witte’s peptone,
20 gm. of nutrose, and 10 gm. of NaCl are then added,
and the mixture boiled another hour. After filtration and
the addition of 60 gm. of agar the mixture is boiled for 3
hours, made alkaline and filtered. In the meantime 300
c.c. of litmus solution (Kahlbaum) are boiled for 15 minutes
with 30 gm. of lactose. Both solutions are then mixed
and the mixture, which is now red, made faintly alkaline
with ro per cent soda solution. To this feebly alkaline
mixture 4 c.c. of hot sterile 10 per cent soda solution are
added and 20 c.c. of a sterile solution (1 to 1000) of crystal
violet (Hiéchst B.).
ENDO MEDIUM
Make 3 per cent agar as follows:
1. To 1 liter of cold water add 30 gm. of powdered agar
by sifting successive small portions upon the surface and
allowing them to settle.
2. Add 10 gm. of Witte’s peptone and 5 gm. of Liebig’s
meat extract.
3. Heat in double boiler until the ingredients are thoroughly
dissolved.
4. Neutralize the sodium carbonate, using litmus as an
indicator, and then add 10 c.c. of a 10 per cent solution
of sodium carbonate. ;
5. Store the medium in flasks in lots of 100 ¢.c. or in larger
known quantities, the flasks being large enough for the
other ingredients to be added later.
6. Sterilize 2 hours in streaming steam.
It is essential to use powdered agar and cold water,
since the agar settles more readily in cold water.
APPENDIX 277
To use Endo medium: (a) make a 1o per cent solution
of sodium sulphite in water; (b) make a ro per cent solution
of basic fuchsin in 96 per cent alcohol; (c) add 2 c.c. of
the fuchsin solution to 10 c.c. of the sulphite solution, pre-
pared as above, and steam a few minutes in an Arnold
sterilizer.
7. Add 1 gm. of chemically pure lactose to each 100 C.c.
of Endo medium.
8. Melt the Endo medium in streaming steam and add
3 c.c. of the fuchsin-sulphite solution described above.
9. Pour plates, and allow them to -harden thoroughly
in the incubator.
The lactose used must be chemically pure, and the sul-
phite solution must be made up fresh every day.
HISS’ MEDIA
Two media are used: one for the isolation of the typhoid
bacillus by plate culture, and one for the differentiation
of the typhoid bacillus from all other forms in pure culture
in tubes.
Plate Medium. The plate medium is composed of 10
gm. of agar, 25 gm. of gelatin, 5 gm. of sodium chloride,
5 gm. of Liebig’s extract, 10 gm. of dextrose, and 1000 c.c.
of water. When the agar is thoroughly melted the gelatin
is added and completely dissolved by a few minutes’ boiling.
The medium is then titrated, to determine its reaction,
phenolphthalein being used as an indicator. The requisite
amount of normal hydrochloric acid or of sodium hydrate
solution is added to bring it to the desired reaction; Le.,
+2. To clear the medium add the whites of one or two
eggs, well beaten in 25 c.c. of water, boil for 45 minutes,
and filter through a thin filter of absorbent cotton. Add
the dextrose after clearing. The reaction of the medium
is most important; it should contain never less than 2 per
cent of normal acid.
278 APPENDIX
Tube Medium. The tube medium contains agar 5 gm.,
gelatin 80 gm., sodium chloride 5 gm., meat extract 5 gm.,
and dextrose ro gm. to the liter of water; reaction +1.5.
The mode of preparation is the same as for the plate medium,
care being taken always to add the gelatin alter the agar
is thoroughly melted, so as not to alter this ingredient by
prolonged exposure to high temperature. The dextrose is:
added after clearing.
MILK
The milk to be used as a culture medium shall be as
fresh as possible, “ Certified Milk” being ordinarily the
best obtainable in city laboratories. It shall be placed in
a refrigerator over night to allow the cream to rise and
the suspended matter to settle. The skimmed milk shall
be siphoned off into a flask for use. It will be found more
convenient, however, to allow the milk to stand in a separa-
tory funnel. Should the milk be too acid the reaction shall
be corrected to +1 by the addition of normal sodium hydrate.
It is then ready ‘to be tubed and sterilized. Litmus milk
shall be prepared as above, with the addition of sterile r
per cent azolitmin. As it is impossible to make each lot
of litmus milk with the same shade of color, it is recom-
mended that a control tube be always exposed with the
inoculated tubes for purposes of comparison. ©
NITRATE BROTH
Dissolve 1 gm. peptone in 1 liter of tap water, and add
0.2 gm. of nitrite-free potassium nitrate.
PEPTONE SOLUTION FOR INDOL TEST
Broth which has been inoculated with B. coli to remove
the muscle sugar contains toxins which interfere with the
proper growth of many species, hence peptone solution,
APPENDIX 279
(x per cent peptone in water) is recommended for use in
the indol test.
ZESCULIN MEDIA
Broth. Dissolve 10 gm. peptone, 5 gm. commercial
sodium taurocholate (or glycocholate), o.1 gm. esculin and
o.5 gm. soluble iron citrate in 1 liter distilled water.
Tube in 5 c.c. quantities in test-tubes and sterilize.
It is preferable to keep the iron citrate solution separate
and to add it to the rest of the media.as used, since the
iron causes a precipitate. Sometimes the iron citrate will
not readily dissolve. In such case a few drops of ammonia
will cause immediate solution, especially on warming. The
excess of ammonia should then be boiled off.
Agar. This medium is made in the same manner as the
broth with the addition of the usual amount of agar.
APPARATUS .
Few definite requirements need be made respecting
apparatus. The quality of the glass shall be such as not
to be easily acted upon by the reagents used, and all glass-
ware shall be scrupulously clean when used. When nec-
essary it shall be sterilized by dry heat for one hour at
about 150° C. A slight browning of the cotton stoppers.
is a good index of proper exposure.
In some operations, as for example, the determination
of the thermal death point, it is necessary to use test-tubes
of a definite size and thickness. For this purpose the
standard size culture tube shall be 15 cm. long, 1.6 cm.
in diameter, and of medium weight. Tubes to be filled
with gelatin for quantitative work may be those described
as 6 in. X? in. “ heavy.” ;
The standard loop for making transfers shall be pre-
pared as follows:
280 APPENDIX
Bend the end of a piece of No. 27 platinum wire about
ro cm. long over a bit of No. ro wire, and fasten the loop
thus formed into a glass rod to serve as a handle. A
loopful of culture shall be interpreted as meaning all the
fluid that the loop can hold. That is, the fluid shall form
a bi-convex body and shall not be simply a film covering
the space in the loop. :
The standard fermentation tube shall be a tube 1.5 cm.
in diameter, bent at an acute angle, closed at one end and
provided with a bulb at the other which is large enough
to receive all the liquid contained in the closed portion.
The length of the closed end of the tube shall be about
14cm. The bulb shall have a diameter of about 3.8 cm.
INCUBATION
There shall be two standard temperatures of incubation—
20° C. and 37° C., the first corresponding to ordinary room
temperature, the second to blood heat. The temperature
of the incubators shall not be allowed to vary from these
two standards by more than 1° C. in either direction.
The atmosphere of the incubator shall be kept moist,
preferably near the point of saturation. The incubator shall
be ventilated so as to insure a reasonably good circulation
of air in order to prevent the accumulation in the incubator
of gases which might be prejudicial to the development of
the bacteria.
No definite period of incubation can be prescribed which
will be suitable for all the work of species determination,
but in reporting results the period used shall always be
stated and form a part of the report. General statements
as to the necessary periods will be found in connection
with the principal tests.
REFERENCES
ApBa, F. 1895. Sulla presenza del bacillus coli nelle acque pota-
bili, e sopra un metodo per metterlo in evidenza. La Riforma
medica, XI, 302. -
Appa, F., Orlandi, E. and Rondelli, A. 1899. Ueber die Filtra-
tionskraft des Bodens und die Fortschwemmung von Bakterien
durch das Grundwasser. Zeitschrift fiir Hygiene, XX XT, 66.
Aspott, A. C. 1899. The Principles of Bacteriology. Philadelphia
and New York, 1899.
Apami, J. G., and Cuopin, J. A. 1904. On a Simple Method of
Isolating from Water Forms which Agglutinate with Typhoid
Serum. Journal of Medical Research, XI, 469.
ALTSCHULER, E. 1903. Eine typhusanreicherungsmethode. Cen-
tralblatt fiir Bakteriologie, Abth. 1, XX XTII, 741.
Amyot, J. A. 1902. Is the Colon Bacillus a Normal Inhabitant
of the Intestines of Fishes? Transactions of the American Public
Health Association. 1901 Meeting. XXVII, 400.
ANDREWES, F. W. and Horper, T. J. 1906. A study of the strepto-
cocci pathogenic for man. Lancet, CLXXI, 708.
Ayers, S.H. 1911. A Counting Apparatus for Litmus Plates with a
cold counting Plate for Use with Gelatin Plates. Journal of the
American Public Health Association, I, 892.
BartHet, C. Bidrag till kinnedonnen om mieikeyre bektertetaunk
forekomst och utbredunig utom mjélken. Rev. Centralblatt fiir
Bakteriologie, Abth. IT, XVI, 550.
BECKMANN, W. 1894. Ueber die typhusahnlichen Bakterien des
Strassburger Wasserleitungswassers. Archiv fiir experimentelle
Pathologie und Pharmakologie, XX XIII, 466.
BeEuLitzeR. 1899. Zur Lehre iiber das Bacterium coli commune.
Rev. Jahresbericht iiber die Fortschritte in der Lehre von den
pathogenen Mikroérganismen, XV, 326.
Bercey, D. H., and DEEHAN,S. J. 1908. The colon-aerogenes group
of bacteria. Journal of Medical Research, XTX, 175.
281
282 REFERENCES
Bettencourt, A., and Borces, I. 1908¢. Recherches sur le B. coli,
des Vertébrés Inférieurs et des Céréales. Archivos do Real Insti-
tuto Bacteriologico Camara Pestana, Tome II, Fasc. II, 221.
BETreNcourT, A., and Borces, I. 1908). Peut-on distinguer le
Coli bacille de l’Homme de celui des animaux au moyen de la
fixation du complément. Archivos do Real Instituto Bacteri-
logico Camara Pestana, Tome II, Fasc. II, 245.
Birr1, U. 1906. La coagulabilita al calore delle culture in latte
come elemento di diagnosi bacteriologica. Soc. Medico-Chirurgica
di Bologna, 16, Diz. 1906. Rev. Centralblatt fiir Bakteriologie,
Abth. I, Ref., XL, 312.
Birri, N. 1907. Ancora sulla prova della coagulabilita delle culture
in latte nella diagnostica bacteriologica del gruppo tifocoli. Societa
Medico-Chirurgica di Bologna, Mar. 14, 1907. Rev. Bulletin de
Vinstitut Pasteur, V, 380.
BLACHSTEIN. 1893. Contribution A étude microbique de l’eau.
Annales de l'Institut Pasteur, VII, 680.
Botton, M. 1886. Ueber das Verhalten verschiedener Bakterfen-
arten im Trinkwasser. Zeitschrift fiir Hygiene, I, 76.
BouLLANGER, E. and Massor, L. 1903. Etudes sur les microbes
nitrificateurs. Annales de l’institut Pasteur, XVII, 492.
Boyce, MacConxry, Grunsaum and Hitr. 1902. The Reduc-
tion in the Number of Bacteria in a Biological Effluent (Double
Contact), by means of Filtration. Second Report of the Royal
Commission on Sewage Disposal, 87.
Braun, A. 1906. Le rouge neutre et le diagnostic rapide de la souil-
lure des eaux de boisson par le colibacille. Bulletin de sions:
Pasteur, IV, 561.
BREZINA, E. 1906. Die Donau vom Leopoldsberge bis Prealeee
die Abwisser der Stadt Wien und deren Schicksal nach ihrer
Einmiindung in den Strom. Zeitschrift fiir Hygiene, LITT, 369.
Brotzu, L. 1895. Sulla desinfezione del canale intestinale. Annali
del l’instituto d’igiene sperimentale della R. Universita di Roma,
IV, 427. Rev. Centralblatt fiir Bakteriologie, XVII, 726.
Brown, C. C. 1893. Fourth Report on Mohawk and Hudson Rivers.
Thirteenth Annual Report of the State Board of Health of New
York for 1892, 680.
Bucuan, G. F. 1g10o. Typhoid Fever and Mussel Pollution. Journal
of Hygiene, X, 569.
BUCHNER. 1893. Ueber den Einfluss des Lichtes auf Bakterien
und iiber die Selbstreinigung der Fliisse. Achiv fiir Hygiene,
XVII, 170.
ButstrovE, H. T. 1911. Report on Shellfish other than Oysters in
REFERENCES 283
Relation to Disease. Supplement to the Thirty-ninth Annual
Report of the Local Government Board in continuation of the
Report of the Medical Officer for 1909-10.
Burrt, R. 1895. Nachweis von Fikalbakterien im Trinkwasser.
Hygienische Rundschau, V, 49. |
Burr, R. 1910. Ueber scheinbar plétzliche Neuerwerbung eines
bestimmten Garungsvermégens durch Bakterien der Coligruppe.
Centralblatt fiir Bakteriologie, Abth. IT, XXVIII, 321.
CALMETTE, A. 1905. Recherches sur l’épuration biologique et
chimique des eaux d’égout effectuées a l’institut Pasteur de Lille
et a la station expérimentale de la Madeleine, I.
Catmetre, A. 1907. Recherches sur Jl’épuration biologique et
chimique des eaux d’égout effectuées a l’institut Pasteur de Lille
et 4 la station expérimentale de la Madeleine. II.
Cuick, H. 1901. The Distribution of Bacterium coli commune.
‘ The Thompson-Yates Laboratories Report, III, 1 and 117.
CHRISTIAN. 1905. Zum Nachweis fakaler Verunreinigung von Trink-
wasser. Archiv fiir Hygiene, LIV, 386.
Crark, H. W. 1906c. Experiments upon the Purification of Sewage
and Water at the Lawrence Experiment Station during the Year
1905. Thirty-seventh Annual Report of the State Board of Health
of Massachusetts for 1905.
Criark, H. W. 19066. Studies at the Lawrence Experiment Station
on the Pollution of Shellfish. Thirty-seventh Annual Report of
the State Board of Health of Massachusetts for 1905, 429.
Criark, H. W., and Gace, S. DEM. 1900. The Significance of the
Appearance of B. Coli communis in Filtered Water. Journal
of the Boston Society of Medical Sciences, IV, 172.
Crark, H. W., and Gace, S. D. 1905. The Functions of Various
Types of Bacteria in the Purification of Sewage, with some Methods
for their Quantitative Determination. Engineering News, LIII, 27.
Crark, H. W., and Gace, S. D. t909. Disinfection as an Adjunct to
Water Purification. Journal of the New England Water Works
Association, XXIII, 302.
CiemesHa, W.W. io12a. The Bacteriology of Surface Waters in the
Tropics. Calcutta and London.
CiemesHa, W.W. 19123. A Criticism of Dr. A. C. Houston’s Report
on the Biological Characters of B. coli isolated from (1) Raw,
(2) Stored River Water, and (3) Stored and Filtered Water. Jour-
nal of Hygiene, XII, 463.
COMMITTEE OF BACTERIOLOGISTS. 1898. Procedures recommended
for the Study of Bacteria, with especial Reference to Greater
Uniformity in the Description and Differentiation of Species,
284 REFERENCES | :
Being the Report of a Committee of Bacteriologists to the Com- y
mittee on the Pollution of Water-supplies of the American Public :
Health Association. Transactions of the American Public Health
Association. 1897 Meeting. XXIII, 60.
CoMMITTEE APPOINTED TO CONSIDER THE STANDARDIZATION OF METHODS
FOR THE BACTERIOSCOPIC EXAMINATION OF WATER. 1904. Report.
Journal of State Medicine, XII, 471.
COMMITTEE ON STANDARD METHODS FOR THE BACTERIOLOGICAL EXAM-
INATION OF SHELLFISH. 1912. American Journal of Public
Health, IT, 34.
COMMITTEE ON STANDARD METHODS OF WATER ANALYSIS. 1905.
Report of Committee on Standard Methods of Water Analysis to
the Laboratory Section of the American Public Health Association.
Journal of Infectious Diseases, Supplement No. 1, tr.
_, COMMITTEE ON STANDARD METHODS oF WATER ANALYSIS, 1912.
Report of Committee on Standard Methods for the Examination
of Water and Sewage to the Laboratory Section of the American
Public Health Association. Second edition, New York.
CopeLanp, W. R. igot. The Use of Carbolic Acid in Isolating
the Bacillus coli communis from River Water. Journal of the :
Boston Society of Medical Sciences, V, 381. 7
CopELAND, W. R., and Hoover, C. P. 1911. The Interpretation of
Tests for B. coli communis. Journal of Infectious Diseases, IX,
343.
CRAMER, C. 1885. Die Wasserversorgung von Ziirich und ihr
Zusammenhang mit den Typhus-epidemie des Jahres 1884.
Zurich.
DitrHorn, F., and GI~pEMEISTER, E. 1906. Eine Anreicherungs-
methode fiir den Nachweis von Typhusbacillen in Trinkwasser
bei der chemischen Fallung mit Ejisenoxychlorid. Hygienische
Rundschau, XVI, 1376.
Dorsert, A. 1906. Wachstum von Typhus- und Koli-Reinkul-
turen auf verschiedenen Malachitgriin-Nihrbéden. Archiv fiir
Hygiene, LIX, 370. ;
Dott, M. L. 1908. Simple Synthetic Media for the Growth of B.
coli and for its Isolation from Water. Journal of Infectious Diseases,
V, 616.
DomBrowsky. ‘1903. Zur Biologie der Ruhrbacillen. Archiv fir
Hygiene, XLVII, 243.
Downes, A., and Biunt, T. P. 1877. Researches on the Effect
of Light upon Bacteria and other Organisms. Proceedings of
the Royal Society, XX VI, 488.
Drew, G. H. 1912. Report of Investigations on Marine Bacteria
REFERENCES 285
carried on at Andros Island, Bahamas, British West Indies, in
May, 1912. Year Book of the Carnegie Institution of Washington,
No. 11, 136.
DRIGALSKI, V. 1906. Ueber ein Verfahren zur Zuchtung von Typhus-
bazillen aus Wasser und ihren Nachweis in Brunnenwasser.
Arbeiten aus dem Kaiserlichen Gesundheitsamte, XXIV, 68. _
Dricatski, V., and ConraApr, H. 1902. Ueber ein Verfahren zum
Nachweis der Typhusbacillen. Zeitschrift fiir Hygiene, XX XIX,
- 283.
Ductaux, E. 1898. Traité de Microbiologie, Vol. I. Paris, 1898.
Diccetr, M. 1904. Die Bakterienflora gesunder Samen und daraus
gezogener Keimpflinzchen. Centralblatt fiir Bakteriologie, Abth.
TI, XII, 602.
Dunpar. 1896. Zur Differentialdiagnose zwischen den Cholera-
vibrionen und anderen denselben nahestehenden Vibrionen. Zeit-
schrift fiir Hygiene, XXI, 295.
Dunnam, E. K. 1887. Zur chemischen Reaction der Cholera-
bakterien. Zeitschrift fiir Hygiene, IT, 337.
Dunuam, E. K. 1889. On the Bacteriological Test of Drinking-
water. Medical Record, XXXVI, 367.
Duruam, H. E. 1898. On the Serum Diagnosis of Typhoid Fever,
with special reference to the Bacillus of Gartner and its Allies.
Lancet, 1808, I, 154.
Durgam, H. E. t1901. Some theoretical Considerations upon the
Nature of Agglutinins, together with further Observations upon
Bacillus typhi abdominalis, Bacillus enteritidis, Bacillus coli
communis, Bacillus lactis aerogenes, and some other Bacilli of
allied Character. Journal of Experimental Medicine, V, 353.
Dyar, H. G., and Kerrn, S. C. 1893. Notes on Normal Intestinal
Bacilli of the Horse and of certain other Domesticated Animals.
Technology Quarterly, VI, 256. .
_ Eppy, H. P. 1902. Annual Report of the Superintendent of Sewers
of the City of Worcester for the Year ending November 30, tgor.
Worcester. 1902.
EIJKMAN, C. 1904. Die Girungsprobe bei 46° als Hilfsmittel bei
der Trinkwasseruntersuchung. Centralblatt fiir Bakteriologie,
Abth. I, Orig., XX XVII, 742.
ELsNER. 1896. Untersuchungen iiber electives Wachsthum der
Bacterium coli-arten und des Typhusbacillus. Zeitschrift fiir
Hygiene, XXI, 25.
Enpo, S. 1904. Ueber ein Verfahren zum Nachweis der Typhus
bacillen. Centralblatt fiir Bakteriologie, Orig., XXXV, roo.
ENGINEERING NEws. 1912. Bacterial Contents of Allegheny, Monon-
286 REFERENCES
gahela and Ohio Rivers at and below Pittsburgh. Engineering
News, LXVII, 483.
Escuericu, T. 1885. Die Darmbakterien des Neugeborenen und
Sauglings. Fortschritte der Medicin, III, 515 and 547.
Eyre, J. W. H. 1904. On the Distribution of B. coli in Nature.
Lancet, 1904, I, 648.
Feurs. 1906. Die Beeinflussung der Lebensdauer von Krank-
hcitskeimen im Wasser durch Protozoen. Hygienische Rund-
schau, XVI, 113.
FERREIRA, A., Horta, A., and PAREDES, C. 1908a. Recherches sur
le B. coli communis de l’intestin de ’homme. Archivos do Real
Instituto Bacteriologico Camara Pestana, Tome II, Fasc. II, 153.
FerrerrA, A., Horta, A., and PAREDES, C. 1908). Recherches sur le
B. coli de l’intestin des Mammiferes et des Oiseaux. Archivos do
Real Instituto Bacteriologico Camara Pestana, Tome II, Fasc. IT,
203.
Ficker, M. 1904. Ueber den Nachweis von Typhusbacillen im
Wasser durch Fallung mit Eisen sulfat. Hygienische Rundschau,
LV S75
FiscnHer, A. 1900. The Structure and Functions of Bacteria. Trans.
by Jones, A. C. Oxford, 1900.
FiscHer, B., and Fratau, G. 1901. Typhusbacillen in einer ein-
gesandten typhusverdichtigen Wasserprobe. Centralblatt fiir
Bakteriologie, XXTX, 320.
Forp, W. W. 1903. The Classification and Distribution of the
Intestinal Bacteria in Man. Studies from the Royal Victoria
Hospital, I, also Studies from the’Rockefeller Institute for Medical
Research, IT.
FRANKLAND, G. and P. 1894. Micro-organisms in Water. Lon-
don, 1894.
FREMLIN. 1893. Vergleichende Studien an Bact. coli commune
verschiedener Provenienz. Archiv fiir Hygiene, XIX, 295.
FREUDENREICH, E. von. 1888. De l’antagonisme des bacteriés et
de Vimmunité qu’il confére aux milieux de culture. Annales de
l'Institut Pasteur, IT, 200.
FREUDENREICH, E. von. 1895. Ueber den Nachweis des Bacillus
coli communis im Wasser und dessen Bedeutung. Centralblatt
fiir Bakteriologie, XVIII, 102.
Fromme, W. toto. Ueber die Beurteilung des Colibakterienbefundes
im Trinkwasser nebst Bemerkungen iiber den Nachweis und das
Vorkommen der Colibazillen. Zeitschrift fiir Hygiene, LXV, 251.
Frost, W.D. 1901. A Laboratory Guide in Elementary Bacteriology.
Madison, 1go1.
La - 7 —T ee _ as
a0y: eae 2a ee te = gt
Jb lead
Pe ee! See Fe Le te i
viel
ae se
a a VY
REFERENCES 287
Frost, W. D. 1904. The Antagonism exhibited by certain Sapro-
phytic Bacteria against the Bacillus typhosus, Gaffky. Journal
of Infectious Diseases, I, 599.
’Frost, W. H. 1910. Note on an organism isolated from Washington
Tap Water agglutinated readily by the serum of Typhoid Patients.
American Journal of Public Hygiene, XX, 670.
Futter, G. W. 1895. On the Proper Reaction of Nutrient Media
for Bacterial Cultivation. Transactions of the American Public
Health Association. 1894 Meeting. XX, 381.
Futter, G. W. 1899. Report on the Investigations into the Puri-
fication of the Ohio River Water for the Improved. Water-supply
of the City of Cincinnati, Ohio. Cincinnati, 1899.
Futter, G. W. 1902. Report of Committee on Standard Methods
of Water Analysis. Transactions of the American Public Health
Association. 1901 Meeting. XXVII, 377.
Futter, G. W., and Fercuson, C. E. 1905. Concerning Tests for
B. coli communis in Water. Journal of Infectious Diseases,
Supplement No. 2, 142.
Futter, G. W., and Jonnson, G. A. 1899. On the Differentiation
and Classification of Water Bacteria. Journal of Experimental
Medicine, IV, 609.
GAEHTGENS, W. 1905. Ueber die Erhdhung der Leisterungs-
fahigkeit des Endoschen Fuchsinagars durch den Zusatz von
Kafiein. Centralblatt fiir Bakteriologie, Orig. XX XIX, 634.
Gace, S. D. 1901. Notes on Testing for B. coli in Water. Journal
of Applied Microscopy, IV, 1403.
Gace, S. D. 1902. Bacteriological Studies at the Lawrence Experi-
ment Station, with Special Reference to the Determination of
B. coli. Thirty-third Annual Report of the State Board of Health
of Massachusetts for 1901, 397. 3
Gace, S. D. 1905. Contributions to the Biochemistry of Sewage
Purification; the Bacteriolysis of Peptones and Nitrates. Tech-
nology Quarterly, March, 1905. Also Journal of the American
Chemical Society, XX VII, 327.
Gace, S. D. 1906. A Study of the Numbers of Bacteria Develop-
ing at different Temperatures and of the Ratios between such
Numbers with Reference to their Significance in the Interpre-
tation of Water Analysis. Biological Studies by the Pupils of
William Thompson Sedgwick, Boston, 1906.
Gace, S. D. 1910. Methods for Testing Shellfish for Pollution,
Journal of Infectious Diseases, VII, 78.
Gace, S. D., and Apams, G. O. 1904. Studies of Media for the
288 REFERENCES
Quantitative Estimation of Bacteria in Water and Sewage. Jour-
nal of Infectious Diseases, I, 358.
Gace, S. D., and Puetps, E. B. 1902. Studies of Media for the
Quantitative Estimation of Bacteria in Water and Sewage.
Transactions of the American Public Health Association. 1901
Meeting. XXVII, 392.
Gace, S. D., and PHetps, E. B. 1903. Notes on B. coli and Allied
Forms, with Special Reference to the Neutral Red Reaction.
Transactions of the American Public Health Association. 1902
Meeting. XXVIII, 402. .
Garré, C. 1887. Ueber Antagonisten unter den Bakterien.- Cor-
respondenzblatt fiir Schweizer Aertze. XVII, 385.
GARTNER, A. 1910. Das Bacterium coli als Indikator fiir fakale Ver-
unreinigung eines Wassers. Zeitschrift fiir Hygiene. LXVII, 55.
GavuTiz, A. 1905. Sur la détermination quantitative du colibacille dans
les eaux d’alimentation. Annales de |’Institut Pasteur, XTX, 124.
GorDAN. 1904. Bakteriologische Untersuchungen zur Beurteilung
von Kleien nach ihrer Neigung zur Schimmelbildung. Rev.
Centralblatt fiir Bakteriologie, Abth. II, XIII, 56x.
Gorpon, M. H. 1904. Report on a bacterial test for estimating
pollution of air. Supplement to the Thirty-second Annual Report
of the Local Government Board containing the Report of the
Medical Officer for 1902-3.
Gorpon, M. H. 1905. Report of some characters by which various
streptococci and staphylococci may be differentiated and identified.
Supplement to the Thirty-third Annual Report of the Local Goy-
ernment Board containing the Report of the Medical Officer for
1903-4, 388.
GorHam, F. P. 1912. Seasonal Variations in the Bacterial Content
of Oysters. American Journal of Public Health, IT, 24.
Hate, F. E.,and Metta, T. W. toro. Studies on Inhibition, Attenua-
tion and Rejuvenation of B. coli. American Journal of Public
Hygiene, XX, 622.
Hate, F. E., and Metra, T. W. torr. The Value of the Esculin Test.
Journal of the American Public Health Association, I, 833.
HAMMERL, H. 1897. Ueber das Vorkommen des Bacterium coli
im Flusswasser. Hygienische Rundschau, VII, 520.
HANKIN, E. H. 1899. On the Detection of the B. typhi abdominalis
in Water and other Substances. Centralblatt fiir Bakteriologie,
XXVI, 554.
HARRISBURG. 1913. Twenty-fifth Annual Report of the Board of
Commissioners of the Water and Lighting Department of the City
of Harrisburg, Pa., for the year 1912.
i ti
REFERENCES 289
Harrison, F. C., and vAN DER Leck, J. 1909. Aesculin Bile Salt
Media for Water Analysis. Centralblatt fiir Bakteriologie, Abth.
I, XXII, 547.
Hewrr, A. 1893. Untersuchungen iiber die Verunreinigungen der
Donau durch die Abwiisser der Stadt Wien. Das ésterreichische,
Sanitiitswesen. V, 53.
Herarvs, W. 1896. Ueber das Verhalten der Bakterien im Brun-
nenwasser, sowie iiber reducirende und oxydirende Eigenschaften
der Bakterien. Zeitschrift fiir Hygiene, I, 193.
Hessr, W., and NrepNer. 1898. Die Methodik der bakteriolo-
gischen Wasseruntersuchung. Zeitschrift fiir Hygiene, X XIX,
454-
Hesse, G. 1904. Beitrige zur Herstellung.von Niahrbéden und
zur Bakterienziichtung. Zeitschrift fiir Hygiene, XLVI, r.
Hesse, W., and NreEpNER. 1906. Die quantitative Bestimmung von
Bakterien in Fliissigkeiten. Zeitschrift fiir Hygiene, LIT, 259.
HitcERMANN, R. 1906. Der Nachweis der Typhusbazillen in Wasser
mittels der Eisenfallungsmethoden. Archiv fiir Hygiene, LIX, 355.
HItcERMANN. 1909. Der Wert des Bacillus-coli Befundes zur Beur-
teilung der Reinheit eines Wassers. Der Wert der Eijkmanschen
Garungsprobe. Klinischen Jahrbuch, XXII, 315.
Hn, H. W. 1899. Report of Director of Bacteriological Labo-
ratory. Twenty-seventh Annual Report of the Health Depart-
ment of the City of Boston for the year 1898, 63.
Hutt, H.W. 1904. Porous Tops for Petri Dishes. Journal of Medical
Medical Research, XIII, 93.
Hut, H. W., and Etims, J. W. 1898. An Apparatus for the Collec-
tion of Samples of Water for Chemical, Microscopical, and Bac-
teriological Analysis. Transactions of the American Public Health
Association. 1897 Meeting. XXIII, 193.
Hiss, P. H. 1902. New and Simple Media for the Differentiation,
of the Colonies of Typhoid, Colon and Allied Bacilli. Journal of
Medical Research, VIII, 148.
Hiss, P. H. 1904. On the Fermentative and Agglutinative Char-
acters of Baci!li of the “‘ Dysentery Group.” Journal of Medical
Research, XIII, 1.
HorrMann, W. 1905. Untersuchungen iiber die Lebensdauer von
Typhusbazillen in Aquariumwasser. Archiv fiir Hygiene, LIT, 208.
HoFrMann, W., und Ficker, M. 1904. Ueber neuer Methoden des
Nachweises von Typhusbacillen. Hygienische Rundschau, XIV, 1.
H6reAMMeER, C. r1o11. Untersuchungen iiber das Verhalten niederer
Krustacean gegeniiber Bakterien im Wasser. Archiv fiir Hygiene,
LXXIUII, 183.
290 REFERENCES
Horrocks, W. H. 1899. On the Behavior of the Bacillus Typhosus
in Sewage. Journal of the Sanitary Institute, XX, 664.
Horrocks, W. H. 10901. An Introduction to the Bacteriological
Examination of Water. London, 1gor.
Horrocks, W. H. 1903. The Bacillus coli communis; considered
as an Indicator of Sewage Contamination of Water Supplies.
Journal of the Royal Army Medical Corps, I, 362.
Horton, E. G. 1903. The Colon Bacillus in Ground Waters. Jour-
nal of Hygiene, III, 155.
Houston, A. C. 1898. Chemical and Bacteriological Examination
of Soils with reference to the Amount and Nature of the Organic
Matter and the Number and Character of the Bacteria contained
in them. Supplement to the Twenty-seventh Annual Report of the
Local Government Board, containing the Report of the Medical
Officer for 1897-98, 251.
Houston, A. C. 1899. a. Chemical and Bacteriological Examina-
tion of the ‘‘ Washings ” of Soils, with Reference to the Amount
and Nature of the Organic Matter and the Number and Character
of the Bacteria contained in them. Supplement to the Twenty-
eighth Annual Report of the Local Government Board containing
the Report of the Medical Officer for 1898-99, 439.
Houston, A. C. 1899. 6. Bacterioscopic Examination of Drinking-
’ water with Particular Reference to the Relations of Streptococci
and Staphylococci with Water of this Class. Supplement to the
Twenty-eighth Annual Report of the Local Government Board
containing the Report of the Medical officer for 1898-99, 467.
Houston, A. C. 1900. a. Chemical and Bacteriological Examina-
tion of the “ Washings ” of Soils, with Reference to the Amount
and Nature of the Organic Matter, and the Number and Char-
acter of the Bacteria contained in them. Supplement to the
Twenty-ninth Annual Report of the Local Government Board con-
taining the Report of the Medical Officer for 1899-1900, 489.
Houston, A. C. 1900. 6. On the Value of Examination of Water
for Streptococci and Staphylococci with a view to detection of
its Recent Contamination with Animal Organic Matter. Sup-
plement to the Twenty-ninth Annual Report of the Local Govern-
ment Board containing the Report of the Medical Officer for
1899-1900, 458.
Houston, A, C: 1901. Report on the Chemical and Bacteriological
Examination of Chichester Well-water. Supplement to the
Thirtieth Annual Report of the Local Government Board contain-
ing the Report of the Medical Officer for 1900-01, 511.
Houston, A. C. 1902. a. Bacteriological Standards in relation to
REFERENCES * 291
potable and non-potable streams. Second Report of the Royal
* Commission on Sewage Disposal, 25. ’
Houston, A. C. 1902. 6. Some of the chief Methods used in the
Bacteriological Examination of Sewage and Effluents. Second
Report of the Royal Commission on Sewage Disposal, 135.
Houston, A. C. 1903. a. Report on the Bacteriological Examina-
tion of the Normal Stools of Healthy Persons. Supplement to
the Thirty-second Annual Report of the Local Government Board
containing the Report of the Medical Officers for 1902-03, 511.
Houston, A. C. 1903. 6. Report on the Chemical and Bacterio-
logical Examination of Tunbridge Wells Deep Well Water. Supple-
ment to the Thirty-second Annual Report of the Local Govern-
ment Board containing the Report of the Medical Officer for
1902-03, 581.
Houston, A. C. 1904. a. The Bacteriological Examination of the
River Thames and the Thames Estuary. Fourth Report of the
Royal Commission on Sewage Disposal. Vol. III, r.
Houston, A. C. 1904. b. The Inoculation of Sewage with B. pyo-
cyaneus and the subsequent Isolation of this microbe from (1A)
_ the effluent from a continuous Filter; (2A) Septic Tank Liquor;
and (2B) the Effluent from Contact Beds. Fourth Report of the
Royal Commission on Sewage Disposal, Vol. III, 77.
Houston, A. C. 1904. c. Note on the Absence of Bacillus coli (or
coli-like microbes) from one cubic centimeter to one thousand
cubic centimeters of certain Samples of unpolluted or only
slightly polluted water. Journal of Pathology and Bacteriology,
X, 456.
Houston, A. C. 1904. d. Report on the Bacteriological Examina-
tion of (1) the Normal Stools of Healthy Persons; (2) the Intestinal
Contents of Sea-Fowl and Fish; and (3) Certain of our Public
Water Supplies. Supplement to the Thirty-third Annual Report
of the Local Government Board containing the Report of the
Medical Officer for 1903-04, 472.
Houston, A. C. 1905. a. The bacteriological examination of milk.
Report to the London County Council, July 11, 1905.
Hovuston, A.C. 1905. 6. Report on the Bacteriological Examination
of (1) Deep Well Waters; (2) Upland Waters; and (3) Cow-Dung.
Supplement to the Thirty-fourth Annual Report of the Local
Government Board containing the Report of the Medical Officer
for 1904-05, 326.
Houston, A. C. 1906. a. Metropolitan Water Board. Reports for
November and December, 1905.
Houston; A. C. 1906. 6. Metropolitan Water-Supply. Monthly
292 REFERENCES
Reports for 1906 of the Water Examiners and of the Director of
Water Examinations.
Houston, A. C. 1908. The Vitality of the Typhoid Bacillus in arti-
ficially infected samples of raw Thames, Lee, and New River
Waters, with special reference to the question of storage. First
Report on Research Work, Metropolitan Water Board, London.
Houston, A.C. 1909. Third Report on Research Work on the Storage
of Raw River Water Antecedent to Filtration, Metropolitan Water
Board, London.
Houston, A. C. 1911. Seventh Report on Research Work, Metro-
politan Water Board, London.
Howe, E. C. 1912. A Biometric Investigation of Certain Non-spore-
forming Intestinal Bacilli. Science, N. S., XXXV, 225.
HUNTEMULLER, O. 1905. Vernichtung von Bakterien im Wasser
durch Protozoen. Archiv fiir Hygiene, LIV, 89.
Trons, E. E. 1901. Some Observations on Methods for the Detec-
tion of B. coli communis in Water. Transactions of the American
Public Health Association, t900 Meeting, X XVI, 310.
Trons, E. E. 1902. Neutral Red in the Routine Examination of
Water. Journal of Hygiene, II, 314.
Jackson, D. D. 1906. A New Solution for the Presumptive Test
for Bacillus coli. Biological Studies by the Pupils of William
Thompson Sedgwick, Boston, 1906.
Jackson, D. D. 1907. The Use of Lactose-Bile Medium in Water
Analysis. Journal of Infectious Diseases, Supplement No. 3, 30.
Also Transactions of the American Public Health Association, 1906
Meeting, XXXII, Part II, 30.
jackson, D. D. to11. Glassification of the B. coli Group. Journal
of the American Public Health Association, I, 930.
Jackson, D. D., and Metra, T. W. to009. Differential Methods for
Detecting the Typhoid Bacillus in Infected Water and Milk. Jour-
nal of Infectious Diseases, VI, 194.
Jackson, D. D., and Murer, T. C. 1o11. Liver Broth. Journal of
the American Public Health Association, I, 927.
JANnowsk1, T. 1888. Ueber den Bakteriengehalt des Schnees. Cen-
tralblatt fiir Bakteriologie, IV, 547.
Jounson, G. A. 1904. Isolation of Bacillus coli communis from the
Alimentary Tract of Fish and the Significance thereof. Journal
of Infectious Diseases, I, 348.
Jounson, G. A. 1905. Report on Sewage Purification at Columbus,
Ohio. Columbus, 1905.
Jounson, G. A. 1907. Some Notes on Oriental Water-works. Engi-
neering News, LVIII, 481.
REFERENCES 293
Jorpan, E.O. 1890. A Report on Certain Species of Bacteria observed
in Sewage. Special Report of the State Board of Health of Massa-
chusetts on the Purification of Sewage and Water, I, 821.
Jorpan, E. O. 1900. Some Observations upon the Bacterial Self-
purification of Streams. Journal of Experimental Medicine,
V, 271.
Jorpan, E. O. 1901. The Relative Abundance of Bacillus coli com-
munis as an Index of the Self-purification of Streams. Journal
of Hygiene, I, 295.
JorDAN, E. O. 1905. The Persistence of Agglutinability in Typhoid
Bacilli in Water. Journal of Infectious Diseases, Supplement
No. 1, 172.
Jorpan, E. O., Russet, H. L., and Zerr, E. R. 1904. The Lon-
gevity of the Typhoid Bacillus in Water. Journal of Infectious
Diseases, I, 641.
KABRHEL, A. 1906. Studien iiber den Filtrationseffekt der Grund-
wasser. Archiv fiir Hygiene, LVII, 345.
Kaiser, M. 1905. Ueber die Bedeutung des Bacterium coli im
Brunnenwasser. Archiv fiir Hygiene, LI, 121.
KELLERMAN, K. F., Pratt, R. W., and Kiwperty, A. E. 1907. The
Disinfection of Sewage Effluents for the Protection of Public Water
Supplies. Bulletin No. 115, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S.
Department of Agriculture.
KELLERMAN, K. F., and Wurttaker, H. A. 1909. Farm Water
Supplies of Minnesota. Bulletin 154, Bureau of Plant Industry,
U. S. Department of Agriculture.
Keyes, F. G. 1909. The Gas Production of Bacillus coli. Journal
of Medical Research, XXT, 60.
Kuynicttrt, L. P., Wixstow, C.-E. A., and Pratr, R. W., 1910. Sewage
Disposal. New York.
KIssKALT, X. 1906. Die Verunreinigung der Lahn und der Wieseck
durch die Abwiasser der Stadt Giessen, mit besonderen Beriick-
sichtigung der Brauchbarkeit der iiblichen Methoden zur Unter-
suchung von Flussverunreinigungen. Zeitschrift fiir Hygiene
LITT, 305.
KLAUMANN, F. 1904. Beitrag zur Frage der Wirkung des Kaffeins
auf Typhus und Colibakterien. Centralblatt fiir Bakteriologie,
Orig. XXXVI, 312.
Kien, E. 1898. Report on the Morphology and Biology of Bacillus
enteritidis sporogenes; on the association of this microbe with
Infantile Diarrhoea and with Cholera Nostras; and on its rela-
tions with Milk, with Sewage, and with Manure. Supplement to
the Twenty-seventh Annual Report of the Local Government
294 REFERENCES
Board containing the Report of the Medical Officer for
1897-98, 210.
Kien, E. 1899. Further Report on the Bacillus enteritidis sporo-
genes. Supplement to the Twenty-eighth Annual Report of the
Local Government Board containing the Report of the Medical
Officer for 1898-99, 312.
Kein, E., and Houston, A. C. 1898. Report on Bacteriologicai
Evidence of Presumably Recent and therefore Dangerous Sewage
Pollution of elsewise Potable Waters. Supplement to the Twenty-
seventh Annual Report of the Local Government Board containing
the Report of the Medical Officer for 1897-08, 318.
KLEIN, E., and Houston, A. C. 1899. Further Report on Bacterio-
logical Evidence of Recent and therefore Dangerous Sewage Pollu-
tion of elsewise Potable Waters. Supplement to the Twenty-
eighth Annual Report of the Local Government Board containing
the Report of the Medical Officer for 1898-99, 408. ates
Kien, E., and Houston, A. C. 1900. Preliminary Account of
the Results of a Bacterioscopic Analysis of Different Cereals and
Foodstuffs. Supplement to the Twenty-ninth Annual Report of
the Local Government Board containing the Report of the Medical
Officer for 1899-1900, 593.
Ktotz, O. 1904. On a Bacillus Isolated from Water and Aggluti-
nated by High Dilutions of Typhoid Serum. Journal of Medical
Research, XI, 475.
Kiotz, O, and Horman, W. L., 1911. Infection by the Gas-Bacillus
in Coal Mines. Journal of Infectious Diseases, IX, 251.
Kocu, R. 1893. Ueber den augenblicklichen Stand der bakterio-
logischen Choleradiagnose. Zeitschrift fiir Hygiene, XIV, 310.
Koun, E. 1906. Zur Biologie der Wasserbakterien. Centralblatt
fiir Bakteriologie, Abth. II, XV, 690.
Kotte, W., and Gorscutiicu, E. 1903. Untersuchungen iiber die
Bakteriologische Choleradiagnostik und Specificitéit der Koch-
schen Choleravibrio. Zeitschrift fiir Hygiene, XLIV, 1.
KonrApi, D. 1904. Ueber die Lebensdauer pathogenen Bakterien
im Wasser. Centralblatt fiir Bakteriologie, Abth. I, Orig.
XXXVI, 203.
KonricuH. 1910. Zur Bewertung des Bacterium coli im Wasser.
Klinisches Jahrbuch, XXIII, 1.
Korscuun, S..W. 1907. Zur Frage der Verbreitung des Abdominal
typhus durch Trinkwasser. Archiv fiir Hygiene, LXTI, 336.
KRANEPUHL, 1907. Beitriige zur Frage der Abwasserdesinfektion
mittels Chlorkalkes. Mitteilungen aus der Kéniglichen Prii
REFERENCES 295
fungsanstalt fiir Wasserversorgung und Abwisserbeseitigung zu
Berlin, IX, 149.
Kruse, W. 1894. Kritische und experimentelle Beitrage zur hygieni-
schen Beurtheilung des Wassers. Zeitschrift fiir Hygiene, XVII, 1.
Kruse. 10908. Beitrage zur Hygiene des Wassers. Zeitschrift fiir
Hygiene, LIX, 6.
Kiser and NEUFELD, F. 1899. Ueber einen Befund von Typhus-
bacillen im Brunnenwasser. Zeitschrift fiir Hygiene, XXXI, 133.
Kourpyowerr, O. 1907. Zur Frage der Desinfektion ungereinigter
und gereinigter stadtischer Abwasser mit Chlorkalk. Mitteilun-
gen aus der K@6niglichen Priifungsanstalt fiir Wasserversorgung
und abwasserbeseitigung zu Berlin, IX, 162. :
Laws, J. P., and ANDREWES, F. W. 1894.+ Report on the Result
of Investigations of the Micro-organisms of Sewage. Report to
London County Council, December 13, 1894.
LepERER, A., and BAcHMANN, F. 1011. Fallacies in the Bacterial
Control of a Sewage Purification Plant. Proceedings of the Third
Meeting of the Illinois Water Supply Association, 144.
Le Gros, F. L. 1902. Monographie des Streptocoques et des agents
des septicémies métadiphtériques particuliérement des diplocoques.
Paris, 1902.
LEMKE. 1911. Ueber Anreicherung von Typhusbacillen in Wasser.
Deutsche medicinische Wochenschrift, XX XVII, 1608.
Lentz, O. and Tietz, J. 1903. Eine Anreichungsmethode fiir Typhus-
und Paratyphusbazillen. Muenchener Medizinische Wochen-
schrift, L., 2139.
Lentz, O., and Tietz, J. Y905. Weitere Mittheilungen iiber die
Anreichungsmethode fiir Typhus- und Paratyphusbazillen, mittelst
einer Vorkultur auf Malachitgriinagar. Klinisches Jahrbuch,
XIV, 495.
Levy, E., and Bruns, H. 1899. Zur Hygiene des Wassers. Archiv
fiir Hygiene, XXXVI, 178.
LIGNIERES. 1894. Nouveau moyen d’isolement du colibacille.. Comptes
rendus de la société de biologie, 1894, 200.
LOEFFLER. 1893. Zum Nachweis der Cholerabakterien im Wasser.
Centralblatt fiir Bakteriologie, XIII, 380.
LOEFFLER, F.. 1903. Neues Verfahren zum Nachweise der Typhus-
bazillen in Faeces, Wasser, Erde. Deutsche Medizinische Wochen-
schrift, XXTX, 36.
LoEFFLER, F. 1906. Der Kulturelle Nachweis der Typhusbazillen
in Faeces, Erde und Wasser mit Hilfe des Malachitgriins. Deutsche
Medizinische Wochenschrift, XXXII, 280.
Lonctey, F. F., and Baton, W. U. C. 1907. Notes on the Deter-
296 REFERENCES
mination of B. coli in Water. Journal of Infectious Diseases,
IV, 397-
Lupenau, C. 1907. Das Kaffeinanreichungverfahren zum Typhus-
nachweis im Stuhle. Archiv fiir Hygiene, LXI, 232.
MacConkey, A. tIg00. Experiments on the Differentiation and
Isolation from Mixtures of the Bacillus coli communis and Bacillus
typhosus by the Use of Sugars and the Salts of Bile. The Thomp-
son-Yates Laboratories Report, IIT, 41.
MacConkeEy, A. 1901. Further Note on Bile Salt Lactose Agar.
The Thompson-Yates Laboratories Report, IIT, 151.
MacConkEy, A. 1905. Lactose-fermenting Bacteria in Feces,
Journal of Hygiene, V, 333.
MacConkeEy, A. 1906. A Contribution to the Bacteriology of Milk.
Journal of Hygiene, VI, 385. ;
MacConkey, A., and Hitt, C. A. r1g01. A simple Test for Fecal
Contamination. The Thompson-Yates Laboratories Report, IV,
51.
Maxci11, R. H. 1901. The Neutral-red Reaction as a means of
detecting Bacillus coli in Water-supplies. Journal of Hygiene,
I, 430.
MarsHatt, W. E. 1907. The Para-Dimethyl-amido-benzaldehyde
Test for Indole. Journal of Hygiene, VII, 581.
Mascuek, J. 1887. Bakteriologische Untersuchungen des Leit-
meritzer Trinkwasser. Jahresbericht der Oberrealschule zu Leit-
meritz. 1887.
MASSACHUSETTS STATE BOARD OF HEALTH. 1899. Thirtieth Annual
Report, for 1898.
MASSACHUSETTS STATE BOARD OF HEALTH. 1900. Thirty-first Annual
Report, for 1899.
MASSACHUSETTS STATE BOARD OF HEALTH. t1gor. Thirty-second
Annual Report, for 1900.
MASSACHUSETTS STATE Board OF HEALTH. 1902. Thirty-third
Annual! Report, for tgot.
Matuews, A. P. 1893. On Wurtz’s Method for the Differentiation
of Bacillus typhi abdominalis from Bacillus coli communis and
its Application to the Examination of Contaminated Drinking-
water. Technology Quarterly, VI, 241.
Mayer, G. 1902. Untersuchungen von Wasserliufen in China.
Centralblatt fiir Bakteriologie, Abth. I, Orig., XXXII, 412.
McGowan, G., Houston, A. C., and Kersuaw, G. B. 1904. Reports
on Land Treatment of Sewage. Fourth Report of the Royal Com-
mission on Sewage Disposal, Vol. IV.
McWEENEY, E. J. 1904. Report on the Shellfish Layings on the
REFERENCES 297
Irish Coast as Respects their Liability to Sewage Contamination.
British Medical Journal, 1904, II, 497.
Miovet, P. 1886. De la richesse en bactéries des eaux d’essangeage.
Revue d’Hygiene, VIII, 388.
Miqvet, P. 1891. Manuel pratique d’analyse bactériologique des
eaux. Paris, 1891. :
Micvet, P., and Camsrer, R. 1902. Traité de Bactériologie pure
et appliquée. Paris, 1902.
Moore, V. A., and Wricut, F. R. 1900. A Comparison of B. coli
communis from Different Species of Animals. Journal of the
Boston Society of Medical Sciences, IV, 175.
Moors, V. A., and Wricut, F. R. 1902. Preliminary Observations
on B. coli communis from Certain Specie’ of Animal. Science,
N.S., XV, 372.
Moroni, A. 1898. Bacterium coli commune, Archives per le
Scienze mediche, XXII, 26r.
Moront, A. 1899. La presenza del bacillus coli communis nelle
acque. La Riforma medica, XV, 111.
Miitter, O. 1905. Ueber den Nachweis von Typhusbazillen im
Trinkwasser mittels Chemischer Fallungsmethoden, insbesondere
durch Fallung mit Eisenoxychlorid. Zeitschrift fiir Hygiene, LI, 1.
Miter, P. 1900. Ueber die Verwendung des von Hesse und Niedner
empfohlenen Nahrbodens bei der bacteriologischen Wasserunter-
suchung. Archiv fiir Hygiene, XX XVIII, 350.
NEUMANN, G. 1906. Der Nachweis des Bacterium coli in den
Ausserwelt unter Zuhilfnahme der Eijkmannschen Methode.
Archiv fiir Hygiene, LIX, 174.
NEUMANN, G. 1910. Der Nachweis des Bacterium coli in der Aussen-
welt, besonders auf Nahrungsmitteln. Deutsche medicinische
Wochenschrift, XXXVI, 2046.
New Jersey STATE CoMMISSION, 1907. Report of the State Sewage
Commission to the Legislature of 1907.
NEwLanps, J. A., and Ham, G. C. 1910. Report to the State Board
of Health of Connecticut on the Sanitary Investigation of Oyster
Grounds in the New Haven Harbor.
New ORLEANS, 1903. Report on Water Purification Investigations
and on Plans Proposed for Sewerage and Water-works Systems.
NreTerR, A. Ueber den Nachweis von Typhusbazillen in Trinkwasser
durch Fillung mit Eisenoxychlorid. Hygienische Rundschau,
XVI, 57.
Nowack, K. 1905. Ueber die Grenzen der Verwendbarkeit des Mala-
chitgriinagars zum Nachweise der Typhusbazillen in Stuhle.
Archiv fiir Hygiene, LIIT, 374.
298 REFERENCES
Nowack, K. 1907. Untersuchungen iiber die Zuverlissigkeit der
Eijkmannschen Probe. Mitteilungen aus der K@niglichen Prii-
fungsanstalt fiir Wasserversorgung und Abwasserbeseitigung zu
Berlin, IX, 197.
Orto, M., and Neumann, R.O. 1904. Ueber einige bakteriologische
Wasseruntersuchungen in Atlantischen Ozean. Centralblatt fiir .
Bakteriologie, Abth. II, XIII, 481.
Pakes, E. C. C. 1900. The Application of Bacteriology to Public
Health. Public Health, XII, 385.
PAPASOTIRIU, J. 1901. Untersuchungen iiber das Vorkommen des
Bact. coli in Teig, Mehl und Getreide, nebst einigen Bemerkungen
iiber die Bedeutung des Bact. coli als Indikator fiir Verunreinigung
von Wasser mit Fikalein. Archiv fiir Hygiene, XLI, 204
PaRIETTI, E. 1890. Metodo di ricerca del Bacillo del tifo nelle acque
potabili. Rivista d’Igiene e Sanita publica. I, 409.
Park, W. H., Cottins, K. R., and Goopwin, M. E. 1904. The
Dysentery Bacillus Group and the Varieties which should be
included init. Journal of Medical Research, XT, 553.
PecxHam, A. W. 1897. The influence of Environment upon the
Biological Processes of the Various Members of the Colon Group
of Bacilli. Journal of Experimental Medicine, II, 549.
PENFOLD, W. J. 1912. On the Specificity of Bacterial Mutation,
with a Résumé of the Results of an Examination of Bacteria found
in Feces and Urine, which undergo Mutation when grown on
Lactose Media. Journal of Hygiene, XII, 195.
PENNINGTON, M. E., and Kiser, G. C. 1900. An Experimental
Study of the Gas-producing Power of Bacillus coli communis
under Different Conditions of Environment. Journal of the
American Chemical Society, XXII, 556.
PENNSYLVANIA, 1908. The Dectection of Bacillus typhosus in the Water
Supplied to the City of Scranton. Second Annual Report of the
Commissioner of Health of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania
for 1907, 410.
Petrruscuky, J., and Puscu, H. 1903. Bacterium coli als Indi-
cator fiir Fakalverunreinigung von Wiéassern. Zeitschrift fiir
Hygiene, XLIII, 304.
Puetps, E. B. 1907. A Method for Calculating the Numbers of B.
Coli from the Results of Dilution Tests. American Journal of
Public Hygiene, XVIII, 141.
Puetps, E. B. 1911. Some Experiments upon the Removal of Oysters
from Polluted to Unpolluted Waters. Journal of the American
Public Health Association, I, 305.
REFERENCES 299
Puetps, E. B., and CARPENTER, W. T. 1906. The Sterilization of
Sewage Filter Effluents. Technology Quarterly, XIX, 382.
PuHEtps, E. B., and HamMMonpD, F.S. 1909. A Study of Certain Para-
colon Forms found in Polluted Deep Wells. American Journal of
Public Hygiene, XTX, 545.
Pairprick, B. G. 1905. Changes in the Bacterial Content of Water
in passing through a Distributing Reservoir. Journal of Medical
Research, XII, 410.
Poujot, M. G. 1897. Sur la présence trés fréquent du Bacterium
coli dans les eaux naturelles. Comptes rendus de la Société de
Biologie, IV, 982.
Prausnitz, W. 1890. Der Einfluss der Miinchener Kanalisation
auf die Isar mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Frage der Selb-
streinigung der Fliisse. Munich, 1890.
Prescott, S. C. 1902. a. On the Apparent Identity of the Cultural
Reactions of B. coli communis and certain Lactic Bacteria. Science,
N. S., XV, 363.
Prescott, S. C. 1902. 6. A Note on Methods of Isolating Colon
Bacilli. Science, N. S., XVI, 671.
Prescott, S. C. 1903. On Certain Precautions Required in Making
and Interpreting the so-called “‘ Colon Test ” for Potable Waters.
Medicine, XI, 20.
Prescott, S. C. 1906. The Occurrence of Organisms of Sanitary
Significance on Grains. Biological Studies by the Pupils of William
Thompson Sedgwick, Boston, 1906.
Prescott, S. C., and BAKer, S. K. 1904. The Cultural Relations
of Bacillus coli and Houston’s Sewage Streptococci, and a Method
for the Detection of these Organisms in Polluted Waters. Journal
of Infectious Diseases, I, 193. Also, Transactions of the American
Public Health Association. 1903 Meeting, XXIX, 369.
Procaccini, R. 1893. Influenza della luce solare sulle acque di
rifiuto. Annali dell’ Istituto d’Igiene Sperimentale di Roma,
Il, 437. ;
Rapp, R. 1903. Ueber den Einfluss des Lichtes auf organische Sub-
stanzen mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Selbstreinigung der
Fliisse. Archiv fiir Hgyiene, XLVI, 170.
REFIK. 1896. Sur les divers types de coli-bacille des eaux. Annales
de l'Institut Pasteur, X, 242.
Retnscu, A. 1891. Zur bakteriologischen Untersuchung des Trink-
wassers. Centralblatt fiir Bakteriologie, X, 415.
_ REMLINGER, P., and ScHNEER, G. 1897. Contribution a létude
du bacille typhique. Annales de |’Institut Pasteur, XT, 55.
Reynotps, A. R. 1902. Report of Streams Examination, Chemic
300 REFERENCES
and Bacteriologic, of the Waters between Lake Michigan at Chicago
and the Mississippi River at St. Louis, for the purpose of determin-
ing their condition and quality before and after the Opening of
the Drainage Channel. Chicago, 1902.
Rickarps, B. R. 1907. Pollution of Shellfish by Sewage. Thirty-
fifth Annual Report of the Health Department of the City of Boston,
for the year 1906, 80.
REAL, S. 1902. Water and its Purification. London, 1902.
Ripeat, S. 1906. Sewage and the Bacterial Purification of Sewage.
Third Edition, London and New York, 1906.
Rotu, E. 1903. Versuche iiber die Einwirkung des Kaffeins auf
das Bakterium Typhi und Coli. Hygienische Rundschau, XIII,
480.
RoTHBERGER, C. J. 1898. Differential diagnostische Untersuchungen
mit gefaérbten Nahrbéden. Centralblatt fiir Bakteriologie, Abth.
I, XXIV, 513.
.RUEDIGER, G. F. tg11. Studies on the Self-purification of Streams.
Journal of the American Public Health Association, I, 411.
RussEtL, H. L. 1891. Untersuchungen iiber im Golf von Neapel
lebende Bakterien. Zeitschriit fiir Hygiene, XI, 166.
RussEtL, H. L. 1892. Bacterial Investigation of the Sea and its
Floor. Botanical Gazette, XVII, 312.
Russett, H. L., and Bassett, V. H. 1899. The Significance of
Certain Gas-forming Bacteria of Non-colon Type in Sanitary
Water Analysis. Proceedings of American Public Health Asso-
ciation, XXV, 1899 Meeting, 570.
RussELL, H. L., and Futter, C. A. 1906. The Longevity of Bacillus
typhosus in Natural Waters and in Sewage. Journal of Infectious
Diseases, Supplement No. 2, 40. Also Transactions of the Ameri-
can Public Health Association, t905 Meeting, XX XT, Part IT.
SavaGE, W. G. 1901. Neutral Red in the Routine Bacteriological
Examination of Water. Journal of Hygiene, I, 437.
SavaGE, W. G. 1902. The Significance of Bacillus coli in Drinking
Water. Journal of Hygiene, IT, 320.
SavaGe, W. G. 1903. The Pathogenicity of B. coli in Relation to
the Bacteriological Examination of Water. Journal of Hygiene,
III, 388.
SavaGe, W. G. 1905. Bacteriological Examination of Tidal Mud.
as an Index of Pollution of the River. Journal of Hygiene, V, 146.
SavacE, W. G. 1906. The Bacteriological Examination of Water
Supplies. Philadelphia, 1906.
Sawin, L. R. 1907. Experience with Lactose-Bile Medium for th:
Detection of B, coli in Water, Journal of Infectious Diseases,
REFERENCES 301
Supplement No. 3, 33. Also Transactions of the American Public
Health Association, 1906 Meeting, XXXII, Part I, 33.
Sawix, L. R. roro. Pancreatin-bile salt medium for the detection
of B. coli in water. American Journal of Public Health, XX, 672.
SCHEPILEWSKI, E. 1903. Ueber den Nachweis der Typhusbakterien
nach der Methode von Dr. A. W. Windelbandt. Centralblatt fiir
Bakteriologie, XX-XIIT, 304.
SCHEURLEN. 1891. Ueber die Wirkung des Centrifugirens auf Bak-
teriensuspensionen, besonders auf die Vertheilung der Bakterien in
der Milch. Arbeiten aus dem Kaiserlichen Gesundheitsamte, VII,
269.
Scuotretius,M. 1885. Zum mikroskopischen Nachweis von Cholera-
bacillen in Dejectionen. Deutsche medicinische Wochenschrift,
XI, 213.
ScHipER. 1903. Zum Nachweis der Typhusbacillen in Wasser.
Zeitschrift fiir Hygiene, XLII, 317.
ScHULTz-SCHULTSENSTEIN. 1903. Ueber die nitrificierenden Mikro-
organismen der Filterkérper biologischer Abwasser-Reinigungs-
anlagen. Mitteilungen a. d. K. Priifungsanstalt fiir Wasser-
versorgung und Abwasserbeseitigung zu Berlin, IT, 1.
SCHUMACHER. 1905. Die Desinfektion von Krankenhausgruben mit
besondere Beriicksichtigung des Chlorkalkes und ihre Kontrolle.
Gesundheits-Ingenieur, XXVIII, 361.
Sepcwick, W.T. 1889. Recent Progress in Biological Water Analysis.
Journal of the New England Water-works Association, IV, 1.
Sepcwick, W. T. 1902. Principles of Sanitary Science. New York,
1902.
Sepcwick, W. T., and Prescorr, S. C. 1895. a. On the Bacterial
Contents of Certain Ground-waters, including Deep-Wells.
Twenty-sixth Annual Report of the State Board of Health of Massa-
chusetts for 1894, 435. ;
Sepcwick, W. T., and Prescott, S. C. 1895. 6. On the Influence
of Slight Variations in the Composition of Nutrient Gelatin upon
the Development of Water Bacteria. Transactions of the American
Public Health Association, 1894 Meeting, XX, 450.
Sepcwick, W. T., and Wrystow, C.-E. A. 1902. Experiments on
the Effect of Freezing and other Low Temperatures upon the
Viability of the Bacillus of Typhoid Fever, with Considerations
regarding Ice as a Vehicle of Infectious Disease. Memoirs of the
American Academy of Arts and Sciences, XII, 467.
_SHUTTLEWoRTH, E. B. 1895. Some Deductions from Bacteriological
Work on the Water of Lake Ontario. Transactions of the American
Public Health Association, 1894 Meeting, XX, 58.
302 REFERENCES
SmitH, T. 1893. a. A New Method for Determining Quantitatively
the Pollution of Water by Fecal Bacteria. Thirteenth Annual
Report of the State Board of Health of New York for 1892, 712.
SmitH, T. 1893. 0. The Fermentation-tube with Special Reference
of Anaerobiosis and Gas Production among Bacteria. The Wilder
Quarter-century Book, 187.
SmitH, T. 1895. Ueber den Nachweis des Bacillus coli communis
im Wasser. Centralblatt fiir Bakteriologie, XVIII, 494.
SPITTA. 1903. Weitere Untersuchungen iiber Flussverunreinigung.
Archiv fiir Hygiene, XLVI, 64.
Spitta and ImHorr. 1906. Apparate zur Entnahme von Wasser-
proben. Mitteilungen aus der Kéniglichen Priifungsanstalt fiir
Wasserversorgung und Abwiasserbeseitigung zu Berlin, VI, 57.
Stamm, J. 1906. Ueber die Bedeutung des von einigen pathogenen
Bakterien der Typhus-Coli-Gruppe unter anaéroben Bedingun-
gen produzierten Gases fiir die Differentialdiagnose. Centralblatt
fiir Bakteriologie, Abth. I, Orig., XLII, 590.
STARKEY, T. A. 1906. A.method for the Isolation of Typhoid and
Colon Bacilli from Drinking Waters, etc. American Journal of
the Medical Sciences, CX XXII, 109.
STARKEY, T. A. 1909. New Bacteriological Standard for Water
Analysis. Journal of the Royal Sanitary Institute, XXX, 3or.
STARKEY, T. A. 1911. Typhoid-like Infections. Journal of the Royal
Sanitary Institute, XXXII, 467.
STERNBERG, G. M. 1892. Manual of Bacteriology. New York,
1892.
Stires, G. W. to11. The Bacteriological Examinations of Shucked
and Shell Oysters. Journal of the American Public Health Asso-
ciation, I, 623.
Stites, G. W. 1912. Sewage-polluted Oysters as a Cause of Typhoid
and other Gastro-intestinal Disturbances. Bulletin No. 156, Bureau
of Chemistry, U. S. Department of Agriculture.
Stokes, W. R. 1904. A Simple Test for the Routine Detection of
the Colon Bacillus in’ Drinking Water. Journal of Infectious
Diseases, I, 341.
Stokes, W. R., and Hacuter, F. W. 1910. The Control of Typhoid
Fever in City and Country. Archives ‘of Internal Medicine, VI,
121.
Stokes, W. R., and Hacutet, F. W. 1912. The Use of a Modified
Hesse’s Medium for Isolating the Typhoid Bacillus and the Cholera
Spirillum from Stools. American Journal of Public Health, IT,
182.
Stokes, W. R., and Stoner, H. W. 1909. Dextrose vs. Lactose for
REFERENCES 303
Detecting the Colon Bacillus. American Journal of Public Hygiene,
XIX, 312.
Stoxvis, C. S., and SWELLENGREBEL, N. H. 1911. Purification of
Water by Infusoria. Journal of Hygiene, XI, 481.
StoucHTON, G. vAN E. 1905. Characteristics of Colon Bacilli and
the Value of the Presumptive Test. Journal of Infectious Dis-
eases, Supplement No. 2, 147.
SrrdszNER. 1904. Typhus bacillen in dem Wasser eines Haus-
brunnens. Centralblatt fiir Bakteriologie, XX XVIII, 109.
THOMANN, J. 1907. Zum Nachweis des Bacterium coli commune
im Wasser vermittels der Eijkmannschen Methode. Hygienische
Rundschau, XVII, 857.
Tuomson, T. 1894. Report on an Epidemi¢ of Enteric Fever in
the Borough of Worthing and in the Villages of Broadwater and
West Tarring. Supplement to the Twenty-third Annual Report
of the Local Government Board, containing the Report of the
Medical Officer for 1893-4, 47.
TuresH, J.C. 1903. Report on an Extensive Epidemic of Diarrhoea
Apparently Due to the Pollution of a Public Water Supply.
British Medical Journal, 1903, I, 760.
TuresH, J. C. 1904. The Examination of Waters and Water-Sup-
plies. London, 1904.
Tuumm, K. and Pritzkow, A. 10903. Versuche iiber die Reinigung
der Abwisser von Tempelhof bei Berlin durch das biologische
Verfahren. Mitteilungen aus der K@6niglichen Priifungsanstalt
fiir Wasserversorgung und Abwisserbeseitigung zu Berlin, I, 127.
TreMann, F., and GARTNER, A. 1889. Die chemische und mikro-
scopisch-bakteriologische Untersuchung des Wassers. Bruns-
wick, 18809.
Tosey, E. N. 1906. The Methods for Testing the Indol Reaction.
Journal of Medical Research, XV, 3o0r.
Tutty, E. J. 1912. The Hygiene of the Swimming Pool. Avera’
Journal of Public Health, II, 186.
Twort, F. W. 1907. The Fermentation of Glucosides by Bacteria
of the Typhoid-coli Group and the Acquisition of New Fermenting
Powers by Bacillus dysenteriz and other Micro-organisms. Prom
ceedings of the Royal Society, Series B, LXXTX, 329.
Vattet, G. Une nouvelle technique pour la recherche du bacille
typhique dans les eaux de boissons. Archives de Médicine Experi-
mentale, XIII, 557.
Van Busxirx, L. H. 1912. Outfits for Chemical and Bacteriological
Field Determinations. Monthly Bulletin, Ohio State Board of
Health, I, 483.
304 REFERENCES
VINCENT, H. 1905. Sur la signification du “ Bacillus coli” dans
les eaux potables. Annales de I’Institut Pasteur, XIX, 233.
VINCENT, H. 1907. Recherches sur les microbes anzrobies des eaux.
Annales de I’Institut Pasteur, X XI, 62.
Waker, L. R. 1001. Bacteriological Investigations of the Iowa
State College Sewage. Proceedings of the Iowa Academy of
Sciences, Igor.
WarTHELET, M. A. 1895. Recherches bactériologiques sur les déjec-
tions dans la fiévre typhoide. Annales de l'Institut Pasteur,
TX, 251.
WEISSENFELD, J. 1900. Der Befund des Bacterium coli im Wasser
und das Thierexperiment sind keine brauchbare Hiilfsmittel fiir
die Hygienische Beurtheilung des Wassers. Zeitschrift fiir Hygiene,
XXXV, 78.
Wetcu, W. H., and Nurratt, G. H. F. 1892. A Gas-producing
Bacillus (Bacillus aerogenes capsulatus, N. S.) Capable of Rapid
Development in the Blood Vessels after Death. Bulletin of the
Johns Hopkins Hospital, July, 1892.
West, F. D. 1909. Notes on the Voges and Proskauer Reaction for
Bacillus coli communis. American Journal of Public Hygiene,
XIX, 227.
Wuerry, W. B. 1905. A Search into the Nitrate and Nitrite Con-
tent of Witte’s ‘‘ Peptone ” with special Reference to its Influence
on the Demonstration of the Indol and Cholera Red Reactions.
Journal of Infectious Diseases, IT, 436.
Wurrpte, G. C. 1896. Discussion of Paper on Water-borne Dis-
eases, by T. Smith. Journal of the New England Waterworks,
Association, X, 217.
Wurerte, G.C. 1899. On the Necessity of Cultivating Water Bacteria
in an Atmosphere Saturated with Moisture. Technology Quarterly,
XII, 276.
Wurtz, G. C. 1901. Changes that take place in the Bacterial
Contents of Water during Transportation. Technology Quarterly,
XIV, 21.
WureptE, G. C. 1902. On the Physical Properties of Gelatin with
Reference to its Use in Culture Media. Technology Quarterly,
LEV, 727.
Wurrrpte, G. C. 1903. On the Practical Value of Presumptive Tests
for Bacillus coli in Water. Technology Quarterly, XVI, 18.
Wuirrte, G. C. 1907. Quality of Kennebec River Water. Water
Supply and Irrigation Paper, No. 198, N. S. Geological Survey,
167.
REFERENCES 305
Warerte, G. C. 10913. The 37° Bacterial Count. American Journal
of Public Health, ITT, 36.
Wauirerpte, G.-C., and Mayer, A. 1906. a. On the Relation between
Oxygen in Water and the Longevity of the Typhoid Bacillus.
Journal of Infectious Diseases, Supplement No. 2, 72.
Wurrrte, G. C., and Mayer, A. 1906. 6. On the Relation between
Oxygen in Water and the Longevity of the Typhoid Bacillus.
Journal of Infectious Diseases, Supplement No. 3, 76. Transac-
tions of the American Public Health Association, 1905 Meeting,
XXXI, Part IT.
Wimat, F. 1806. Sérodiagnostic de la fiévre typhoide. La Semaine
Médicale, XVI, 250.
Wuxetm, J. 1011. Die Einleitung der Abwasser in das Meer.
_ Wasser und Abwasser, IV, 177 and 221.
Wittson, H. S. 1905. The Isolation of B. Typhosus from Infected
Water, with Notes on a New Process. Journal of Hygiene, V, 429.
Winstow, C.-E. A. to01. The bacteriological Examination of
Water and its Interpretation. Journal of the New England Water-
works Association, XV, 459.
Winstow, C.-E. A. 10903. a. Studies on Quantitative Variations in
Gas Production in the Fermentation-tube. Science, N. S., XVII,
375-
Winstow, C.-E. A. 1903. 6. The Occurrence of the Colon Bacillus
on the Hands. Journal of Medical Research, X, 463.
Winstow, C.-E. A. 1905. The Number of Bacteria in Sewage and
Sewage Effluents determined by Plating upon different Media
and by a New Method of Direct Microscopic Enumeration. Jour-
nal of Infectious Diseases, Supplement No. 1, 209; Contributions
from the Sanitary Research Laboratory and Sewage Experiment
¢ Station of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, I, 41.
Winstow, C.-E. A., and Betcuer, D. M. 1904. Changes in the:
Bacterial Flora of Sewage during Storage. Journal of Infectious
Diseases, I, 170.
Winstow, C.-E. A., and HuNNEWELL, M. P. 1902. a. Streptococci
Characteristic of Sewage and Sewage-polluted Waters, Science,
N.S., XV, 827.
Winstow, C.-E. A., and HuUNNEWELL, M. P. 1902. 6. A Study of
the Distribution of the Colon Bacillus of Escherich and of the
Sewage Streptococci of Houston in Polluted and Unpolluted Waters.
Journal of Medical Research, VIII, 502.
Wrnstow, C.-E. A., and Kricter, I. J. 1912. A Quantitative Study
of the Bacteria in City Dust with Special Reference to Intestinal
and Buccal Forms. American Journal of Public Health, I, 663.
306 REFERENCES
Winstow, C.-E. A., and Locurince, E. E. 1906. The Toxic Effect
of certain Acids upon Typhoid and Colon Bacilli in Relation to
the Degree of their Dissociation. Journal of Infectious Diseases,
IH, 547.
Winstow, C.-E. A., and Patmer, G. T. 1910. A Comparative Study
of Intestinal Streptococci from the Horse, the Cow and Man.
Journal of Infectious Diseases, VII, 1.
Winstow, C.-E. A., and PHetps, E. B. 1905. The Chemical and
Bacterial Composition ‘of the Sewage discharged into Boston
Harbor from the South Metropolitan District. Journal of Infec-
tious Diseases, Supplement No. 1, 175; Contributions from the
Sanitary Research Laboratory and Sewage Experiment Station
of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, I, 7.
Wixstow, C.-E. A., and Puerrs, E. B. 1907. Investigations on
the Purification of Boston Sewage in Septic Tanks and Trickling
Filters (1905-1907). Technology Quarterly, XX, 387.
Winstow, C.-E. A., and WaLKer, L. T. 1907. Note on the Fer-
mentative Reactions of the B. coli Group. Science, N. S., XXVI,
797-
Winstow, C.-E. A., and Winstow, A. R. 1908. The Systematic
Relationships of the Coccacee. New York. ;
Zikes, H. 1902. Zur Kenntnis der chemischen und _biologischen
Schwankungen im Gehalte der Brunnenwasser. Mitteil. d. Oester.
Versuchstationen fiir Brauerei und Malzerei. Wien, 1902. H.
1o. Rev. Hygienische Rundschau, XIII, 830.
INDEX OF
Abba, 144, 161.
Abbott, 36.
Adami, 81.
Adams, 30, 44, 45, 46.
Altschuler, 83.
American Committee on Standard
Methods, 136, 137, 193, 208.
Amyot, 142.
Baker, 203, 204.
Barthel, 147.
Baton, 107, 111, 117.
Bachmann, 64, 231.
Beckmann, 143.
Belcher, 213.
Belitzer, 140.
Bergey, 180, 191.
Bettencourt, 141, 142, 147, 172.
Biff, 176.
Blachstein, 144.
Blunt, 16.
Bolton, 53.
Borges, 141, 142, 147.
Boullanger, 241.
Braun, 122.
Brezina, 55.
Brotzu, 140.
Brown, 151.
Bruns, 144.
Buchan, 248.
Buchner, 17.
Bulstrode, 225, 248.
Burri, 150, 183.
AUTHORS
Calmette, 235, 241.
Cambier, 36, 47.
Cameron, 245.
Carpenter, 237.
Chick, 65, 105, 153-
Chopin, 8r.
Christian, 120.
Clark, H. W., 57, 72, 111, 146,
157, 162, 166, 242, 248, 251.
Clark, W. M., 118, 199.
Clemesha, 17, 21, 108, 114, II5,
184, 193, 210.
Cramer, 54.
Conn, 245.
Conradi, 76.
Copeland, 102, 105, 192.
Davis, 118, 190.
Deehan, 180, 191.
Dibdin, 228.
Ditthorn, 85.
Doebert, 77.
Dolt, 130.
Downes, 16.
Drew, 13, 36.
Drigalski, 76, 85.
Duclaux, 6.
Diiggeli, 147.
Dunbar, 97.
Dunham, 56, 96.
Durham, 93, 95-
Dyar, 140.
308
Eddy, 232.
Egger, 26.
Eijkman, 120,
Ellms, 36.
Elsner, 75.
Endo, 76.
English Committee, 136.
Escherich, 99.
Eyre, 140.
Fehrs, 15.
Ferguson, 116.
Ferreira, 102, 141.
Ficker, 80, 84.
Fischer, 2, 26, go.
Flatau, go.
Fox, oI.
Frankland, 12, 37, 98.
Fremlin, 140.
Freudenreich, 16, 150.
Fromme, 113, I19, 121, 142, 163,
171, 225.
Frost, 16, 179.
Fuller, 16, 32, 43, 57, 116, 182.
Gaehtgens, 77.
Gage, 8, 9, 30, 31, 43, 44, 45, 46,
69, 70, 72, 107, 108, 109, IIT,
122)°533) 3465-7575: 202, 1106,
177, 186, 187, 203, 218, 230,
242, 249.
Garré, 15.
Gartner, 14, 35, 53; 159, 170, 171.
Gautié, 172.
Gildemeister, 85.
Gordan, 147, 2009.
Gorham, 249, 254, 256.
Hachtel, 70, 91, 97.
Hale, 116, 126, 127, 129.
Ham, 244, 249, 250, 264.
Hammerl, 151.
Hammond, 113, 115, 116.
INDEX OF AUTHORS
Hankin, 75.
Hansen, 221.
Harrison, 120.
Hazen, 10.
Heider, 226.
Heraeus, 35.
Hesse, 29, 45, 47-
Hilgermann, 120.
Hill, 36, 64.
Hiss, 78, 89.
Hoffmann, 24, 80.
Holman, 213.
Hoover, 102, 192.
Horder, 199, 209.
Horhammer, 15.
Horrocks, 15, 26, 87, 153, 182, 203,
207, 212.
Horta, 102, 141.
Houston, 11, 21, 22, 24, 27, 96,
II5, 141, 146, 150, 152, 158,
159, 162, 178, 185, 189, 197,
202, 207, 200, 213, 222, 236,
239.
Howe, 175, 177, 180, 199.
Hunnewell, 115, 118, 203.
Huntemiiller, 15.
Irons, 106, 109, 120, 122.
Jackson, 64, 78, 81, 91, 122, 123,
131, 192.
Janowski, 6.
Johnson, 58, 142, 182, 235, 232.
Jordan, 14, 16, 17, 20. 23, 39, 55
153, 155, 226.
Kabrhel, 25.
Kaiser, 163.
Keith, 140.
Kellerman, 26, 238, 240.
Kimberly, 238, 240.
Kinnicutt, 234, 236.
Kisskalt, 9.
INDEX OF AUTHORS
Klein, 75, 81, 146, 211, 213.
Kligler, 148.
Klotz, 82, 213.
Kloumann, 80.
Koch, 97.
Kohn, 38, 53-
Konradi, 24.
Konrich, ror, 102, 121, 141, 147,
148, 163, 169, 179, 171, 176,
183, 187, 188.
Korschun, 15.
Kranepuhl, 239
‘Kruse, 143, 169.
Kiibler, go.
Kurpjuweit, 239.
Laws, 92, 202.
Lederer, 64, 231.
LeGros, 203.
Lemke, 77.
Lentz, 77.
Levy, 144.
Lochridge, 19.
Loeffler, 77, 96.
Longley, 107, 111, 117, 165.
Lubenau, 87.
MacConkey, 122, 175, 177, 178,
180, 184, 189, 190, IgI.
Makgill, 122.
Marshall, 176.
Marvel, 246.
Maschek, 26, 35.
Mass. State Board of Health, 136,
161.
Massol, 241.
Massini, 183.
Mathews, 66, 105.
Mayer, A., 18, 19.
Mayer, G., 56.
McWeeney, 175.
Melia, 81, 91, 116, 126, 727, 129.
Miquel, 6, 37, 47, 51, 55-
309
Moore, 140.
Moroni, 144.
Muer, 131.
Miller, 30, 31, 36, 84, 183.
Neufeld, go.
Neuman, 13, 120, 147.
Newlands, 244, 249, 250, 264.
Nibecker, 12, 67, 68, 111, 133, 204.
Niedner, 45, 47-
Nieter, 85.
Nowack, 77; 121.
Nuttall, 211.
Orlandi, 161.
Osgood, 226.
Otto, 13.
Pakes, 153.
Palmer, 209.
Papasotiriu, 146.
Paredes, 102, 141.
Parietti, 74.
Park, 80.
Pease, 240.
Peckham, 182.
Penfold, 183.
Petruschky, 168.
Phelps, 30, 31, 43, 44, 71, 111, 113,
II5, 116, 122, 133, 177, 186,
187, 233, 237, 249, 252.
Philbrick, 10, 11, 54.
Poujol, 144.
Pratt, 234, 236, 238, 240.
Prescott, 12, 26, 43, 67, 107, 146,
203, 204.
Procaccini, 17.
Pusch, 168.
Rapp, 17, 18.
Refik, 143.
Reinsch, 43.
Remlinger, 93.
310 INDEX OF
Reynolds, 1109.
Rickards, 248.
Rideal, 66, 229, 237, 242.
Riedel, 38.
Rivas, 180.
Rogers, 118, 199.
Rondelli, 161.
Roth, 80.
Rothberger, 122.
Ruediger, 22, 23.
Russell, 13, 16.
Sauerbeck, 183.
Savage, 24, 62, 122, 141, 145, 168,
214, 225.
Sawin, 124, 125.
Schepilewski, 83.
Scheurlen, 14.
Schneider, 93.
Schottelius, 96.
Schiider, 84.
Schultz-Schultzenstein, 241.
Schumacher, 230.
Sedgwick, 4, 21, 43, 95, 105.
Shell Fish Commission, A.P.H.A.,
255.
Shuttleworth, 59.
Smith, ror, 106, 140, 150, 180.
Soper, 246.
Spitta, 14.
Stamm, 117.
Starkey, 86, 95, 96.
Sternberg, 52.
Stiles, 248.
Stokes, 79, 91, 97, 122, 127.
Stokvis, 15.
Stoner, 127.
Swellengrebel, 15.
AUTHORS
Thoman, 75.
Thomson, 75.
Thorne-Thorne, 246.
Thresh, 36, 95, 246.
Tiemann, 14, 35.
Tietz, 77.
Tully, 73.
Twort, 183.
Vallet, 84.
Van Buskirk, 50.
van der Leck, 129.
Vincent, 56, 172, 213, 223.
Walker, 101, 147, 180, 232.
Wathelet, 92.
Weissenfeld, 145.
Welch, 211.
West, 180.
Wheeler, 18.
Wherry, 178.
Whipple, 18, 19, 38, 39, 41, 44, 46,
63, 71, 72, 110, 118, 181, 221.
Whittaker, 26.
Widal, 89.
Wilhelmi, 248.
Willson, 80, 84, 90.
Winslow, 12, 19, 2I, 20, 30, 34,
60, 66, 67, 68, 71, 101, 111, 118,
133, 147, 148, 155, 180, 199, 203,
209, 213, 221, 232, 233, 234, 236.
Wolfthiigel, 26, 38.
Woodman, 221.
Wright, 140.
Wurtz, 65, 104.
Zagari, 15.
Zeit, 16, 23.
SUBJECT INDEX
Acid-forming organisms, 65.
Acid wastes, antiseptic effect of,
20.
Aesculin, 129.
Aesculin bile medium, 1209.
Aesculin medium, preparation of,
279.
Aesculin test, 1209.
Agar, drying of, 78.
Agar, for body temperature count,
63.
Agar, preparation of, 270.
Agglutination of typhoid bacilli,
81, 82, 83.
Anaerobic bacteria, 2or.
Anaerobic spore-forming bacilli,
2rt.
Anglo-American procedure, 172.
Aniline dyes, use of, 77.
Antagonism, 16.
Anthrax, occurrence in water, 98.
Apparatus, treatment of, 279.
Arbitrary standards, fallacy of, 51.
Atmospheric waters, 5.
Atypical colon bacilli, 135.
Azolitmin, 272.
Bacillus, anaerobic spore-forming,
211.
Bacillus acidi lactici, 189.
Bacillus aerogenes, 1809.
Bacillus alcaligenes, 94.
Bacillus anthracis, 98.
Bacillus coli, 94, 90.
cultural features, 100.
discovery, 90.
distribution in waters, 152.
effect of temperature on, 113.
fermentation reactions, ror.
importance of numbers, 149.
index of pollution, 219.
in cold-blooded animals, 142.
in ground waters, 113.
in sewage, 230.
in soils, 152.
isolation of, 104, 132.
isolation by Conradi-Drigalski
medium, 106. :
isolation by Endo medium, 106.
isolation by synthetic media,
130.
mutations in, 183.
occurrence, 99.
occurrence in animals, 140, 141.
occurrence on plants, 146.
pathogenicity, roo.
positive isolations, 110.
preliminary enrichment of, 106.
quantitative test, 138.
standard tests for, 115.
streak characteristics, 134.
ubiquity of, 143. ~
Bacillus coli and sewage strepto-
cocci, 205, 206.
311
312
B. communis, 181.
B. communior, 181.
a ’
B. dysenteriae, 89, 94.
B. enteritidis, 94.
B. mycoides, 133.
B. sporogenes, 211.
characteristics of, 213.
‘growth in liver broth, 212.
in sewage, 213.
isolation of, 211.
occurrence of, 212.
B. typhi, 94.
identification of, 87.
comparison with B. coli, 87.
in oysters, 91.
isolation from water, 89, go.
isolation of, go.
small numbers in water, 92.
B. welchii, 129, 134, 138, 211.
Bacteria, affected by temperature,
20.
as agents of decomposition, 3.
count of as index of efficiency
of filters, 50.
counts of on different media, 44.
development at high tempera-
tures, 69.
’ distribution, 1.
diurnal variation of in sewage,
233.
effect of composition of media
on, 19.
effect of light, 16, 17.
effect of rainfall on, 7.
effect of storage on, 10.
estimation of, 48.
expression of counts of, 49.
factors influencing diminution,
£3;
field determinations of, 49.
food requirements, 2
in contact effluents, 240.
in disinfected effluents, 240.
Bacteriological
Bacteriological
SUBJECT INDEX
Bacteria in driven ita 27.
in dust and air, 6.
in earth, 6.
in filtered waters, 57.
in ground waters, 25.
in lakes and ponds, 12.
in ocean, 13.
in oysters, seasonal variation of,
254, 250.
in polluted streams, 7.
in rain and snow, 6.
in sand effluents, 234, 240.
in septic effluents, 240.
in sewage, 232.
in sewage effluents, 233.
in shallow wells, 26.
in springs, 26.
in surface waters, 54.
in trickling filter effluents, 236.
in unpolluted streams, 7.
in water, 5.
in water and shellfish, 249, 250.
metatrophic, 2
microscopic enumeration of, 29.
mineral nutrients for, 53.
multiplication in stored waters,
37:
nitrifying, 4
number of as index of purity, 60.
numbers of in sewage, 232.
occurrence, 1
paratrophic, 2
pathogenic in water, 74.
prototrophic, 2, 29.
relation to character of food, 29.
quantitative methods of deter-
mination, 20.
seasonal variation of, 7.
sedimentation of, 14.
examination of
shellfish, 244, 248.
examination of
sewage, methods of, 229.
oP Ti ene 5 ee
SUBJECT INDEX
Bacteriological examinations of
water, significance of, 217.
Bacteriological methods for super-
vision of filtration plants, 227.
Bacteriological methods for super-
vision of water supplies, 227.
Bacteriological methods in detect-
ing sewage distribution, 226.
Bacteriology of sewage, 228.
Bacteriology of sewage effluents,
228.
Bacteriology of sewage filters, 241.
Bacteriological examination, 220.
advantages of, 220.
certainty of, 223.
delicacy of, 221.
Bile, importance of, 127.
Bile media, 81, 122.
Bile salts, 122.
selective action of, 123, 128.
Body temperature count, 42, 61.
relation to hot weather, 70.
_ Caffein, selective action of, 80.
* Calcium hypochlorite, 238.
Carbon dioxide, absorption of,
117.
Chemical disinfection, 238.
Chlorine disinfection, relation to
counts, 72.
Cholera red reaction, 97.
Cholera spirillum, isolation from
water, 96.
media for, 96.
Clams, 244, 263.
Cold, action of on bacteria, 21.
Colon bacilli, 64, 99.
as index of pollution, 168.
as index of self-purification,
153-
atypical, 135, 177.
colonies of, 133.
comparison with B. typhi, 87.
313
Colon bacilli, distribution in
waters, 152.
effect of temperature on, 22.
* flaginac,” 185.
importance of numbers, 149.
increased survival in cold
weather, 22.
in cultivated soil, 170.
in dust, 148.
in filter effluents, 166.
in filtered waters, 163.
in foods, 347.
in fruits, 147.
in grains, 146.
in ground waters, 161.
in sewage, 231.
in sewage effluents, 231.
in shallow wells, 162.
in shellfish, 252.
in soil, 148.
in surface waters, 157.
in unpolluted waters, 155.
isolation of, 104.
isolation by bile media, 122.
on plants, 146.
standard tests for, 115.
“‘ typical,” 176.
ubiquity of, 143.
varieties of, 174.
viability at different tempera-
tures, 128.
Colon group, 99.
characteristics, 104.
distribution in water, 185.
Jackson’s classification of, 192.
McConkey’s classification of,
180.
statistical classification, 198.
tests for, 174.
variations in, 181.
Colon test, ror.
Colon typhoid group, 94.
reactions of, 95.
314
Comparison of sand and mechan-
ical filters, 58.
Composition of médium, impor-
tance of, 43.
Confirmatory tests, 136.
Conradi-Drigalski medium, 76.
for B. coli, 106.
preparation of, 275.
Contact beds, 235.
Counting, 48.
Crystal violet, 76.
Culture media, ingredients for,
265.
preparation of, 265.
reaction of, 267.
sterilization of, 266.
titration of, 267.
uniform methods for, 265. -
Deep wells, bacteria in, 27.
Dextrose broth, 107.
advantages of, 108.
comparison with lactose bile,
125.
disadvantages of, 108.
Dextrose test, failure of, 116.
Diluting samples, 40.
Disinfection of sewage, 237.
Disinfection of sewage effluents,
237,
Distribution of types of colon
group in waters, 184.
Division of colon group, 174.
Dunham’s solution, 97.
Dysentery, spread by water, 95.
Eijkman test, 120.
Endo medium, 76.
for B. coli, 106.
preparation of, 276.
Examination of shellfish, standard
methods for, 255, 257.
Examination of shell water, 251.
SUBJECT INDEX
Expression of quantitative re-
sults, 49. 4
Fermentation of lactose, 114.
Fermentation test, 105, 109, 179.
effect of temperature on, 112.
exceptions to, 111.
interpretation of, 110.
Field kits, 49.
Field methods, 50.
Filter plants, routine control of,
230.
Filtered waters, bacteria in, 57.
Filtration in Japan, 58.
* Flaginac ” B. coli, 185.
Food supply, importance of, 20.
Gartner bacillus, 95.
Gas-forming bacteria, growth in
liver broth, 131.
Gas production in vacuo, 118.
Gas ratio, 100, 109.
effect of age on, 117.
unreliability of, 118.
Gelatin liquefaction, 177.
Gelatin plates, use of, 41.
Gelatin, preparation of, 270.
Green plants, food requirements,
Ground waters, 6.
bacterial content of, 56.
B. coli in, 113.
Hesse medium, 78.
drying of, 78.
preparation of, 275.
High temperatures,
of, 60.
Hiss agar. medium, 78.
preparation of, 277.
Hog cholera bacillus, 94.
significance
Incubation, 46, 280.
SUBJECT INDEX
Incubation period, 41, 47-
for body temperature count,
64.
Incubator, necessity for moisture
in, 46.
Indol test, 176.
Infusoria, destruction of bacteria
by, 15-
Interpretation of results, 51.
Intestinal bacilli, 103, 201.
Isolation of B. coli, 104, 132.
by bile media, 122.
Tsolation of cholera spirillum, 97-
Isolation of streptococci, 203.
Lactose bile, 81, 122, 126.
action of bacteria on, 102.
advantage of, 127.
comparison with dextrose broth,
125.
decomposition of, 64.
preparation of, 269.
Lactose fermentation, 114.
importance of, 115.
Lactose fermenting bacilli, 102.
effect of storage on, 115.
“Lamirasacsal,” streptococci, 210-
“ Larasacsal ” streptococci, 210.
Light, destructive effect on bac-
teria, 16, 17.
Litmus lactose agar, 64, 104.
counts, 65.
incubation of, 132.
preparation of, 272.
Liver agar, preparation of, 274.
Liver broth, 131.
preparation of, 273.
Liver gelatin, preparation of, 274.
Malachite green agar, 77-
McConkey’s group in filtered
water, 198.
315
McConkey’s groups in raw waters,
198.
McConkey’s groups in stored
waters, 198.
Mechanical filtration, 57.
Methods of estimation, 48.
Middletown outbreak, 245.
Milk, preparation of, 278.
Mussels, 244.
Mutations in B. coli, 183.
Nahrstoff-agar ratio, 31.
Nahrstoff-gelatin ratio, 31.
Nahrstoffi-Heyden agar, 29.
‘Neutral red, 122.
Neutral red reaction, 12r.
Neutral red test, 178.
Nitrate broth, preparation of, 287.
Nitrates, 3.
Nitrite test, 177-
Nitrogen cycle, 4.
Nitroso-indol reaction, 97.
Nutrient broth, preparation of,
268.
Nutrose, 76.
Obligate parasites, 29.
Overgrowth, effect of, 1109.
Oysters, 244.
B. coli in, 259.
bacterial counts of, 258.
bacteriological examination of,
257-
opened, examination of, 262.
rating for B. coli, 260.
sampling, 257-
Oysters and typhoid, 246.
Para-colon bacilli, 187.
Para-typhoid bacilli, 94.
316
Pathogenes in water, 74.
Pathogenic bacteria, 74.
Peptone, importance of, 44.
Petri dishes, 105.
Phenol agar, 105.
Phenol broth, 119.
Phenol dextrose broth, 108.
Plate method, 105.
Plating, 40.
Polluted shellfish,
ery on, 248.
Polluted waters, isolation of B.
coli from, 107.
Pollution, progressive, 223.
of shellfish, 245.
temporary, 225.
Porous tops, 64, 105.
Precipitation of typhoid bacilli,
81, 83, 84.
Preliminary enrichment, 106.
Presumptive test, 110.
Presumptive tests, various, 126.
Presumptive tests with bile media,
124.
Progressive pollution,
of, 223.
Prototrophic bacteria, 29.
Protozoa, reduction of bacteria
by, 15.
Pumping, effect of on bacteria, 35.
effect of cook-
detection
Quantitative bacteriological de-
termination, 29.
interpretation of, 51.
Quantitative results, expression
of, 49.
Rainfall, effect of on bacteria, 7.
Reaction, importance of, 43.
Reaction of culture media, 267.
Reaction, optimum, 43. .
SUBJECT INDEX
Reducing bacteria, importance of,
242. -
Relation between room tempera-
ture and body temperature
counts, 61, 67, 71.
Room temperature counts, 61.
Saccharose, fermentation of, 180.
Samples, dilution of, 40.
Samples, icing of, 39.
Sampling, 33.
Sand filtration, 57.
Sanitary chemical analysis, sig-
nificance of, 216.
Sanitary inspection, 215.
importance of, 172.
Seasonal variation, 72.
Sedimentation, 7.
Sedimentation of bacteria, 14.
Self-purification, 20.
Selective media, 219.
Selective temperatures, 219.
Sewage, bacteria in, 214.
bacteriology of, 228.
colon bacilli in, 231.
Sewage effluents, bacteriology of,
eee).
colon bacilli in, 231.
standards for, 239.
Sewage examination, use of bile
medium in, 231.
Sewage sampling, error of, 231.
streptococci, 134, 201.
as index of pollution, 202.
isolation of, 204.
Sewage streptococci’ and B. coli,
growth in dextrose broth, 205,
206.
detection of, 206.
Sewage and sewage effluents, 228,
220.
Shallow wells, bacteria in, 26.
SUBJECT INDEX
Shallow wells, body temperature
count in, 67. _
Shellfish and disease, 244.
bacteriological examination of,
248, 251.
bacteria in shucked, 254.
careless handling of, 253.
colon bacilli in, 252.
self-purification of, 252.
standards of interpretation, 264.
streptococci in, 252.
Shell water, examination of, 251:
Significance of 37° count, 62.
Specific sewage organisms, tests
for, 230.
Springs, bacteria in, 26.
Standard methods, 32, 33, 41-
necessity of, 45.
Standard reaction, 268.
Standards for sewage effluents,
239.
Staphylococci in sewage, 202.
Storage, effectiveness of, 25.
effect of on bacteria, 10, 21.
effect of duration of, 23.
}
effect on lactose fermenters, 115. |
Storage of samples, effect of, 37.
‘Stored waters, 6.
Streptococci, 64, 133.
antagonism to colon bacilli, 208.
comparative fermentations by, |
210.
from different animals, 200.
in sewage, 202.
in saliva, 204.
in shellfish, 252.
in polluted waters, 203.
in stored sewage, 207.
indicative of recent pollution,
207.
index of pollution, 220.
isolation of, 203.
on animal bodies, 204.
Streptococci,
209.
Streptococci, “‘ lamiracsal,”’ 210.
Streptococci, “ larasacsal,”’ 210
Streptococcus equinus, 209.
Sugar broths, preparation of, 269.
Sugar reactions, 179.
Sugars, action of bacteria on, 102.
Surface waters, 5.
bacterial content of, 54.
Swimming pools, bacteria in, 72.
Synthetic media, 130.
varieties of, 208,
Temperature, effect on B. coli, 113.
effect on bacteria in water, 20.
effect on fermentation test, 112.
Temporary pollution, detection of,
225.
Titration of culture media, 267.
Toxic products, effect of, 15.
Trickling filters, 235.
Typhoid, occurrence
weather, 22.
in cold
Typhoid and shellfish, 245.
Typhoid bacilli, agglutination of,
81, $2, 83.
artificial infection of water
with, 24.
developing on malachite green
media, 77. .
effect of oxygen on, 19.
enrichment in caffein media, 79.
enrichment of, 75.
examination of water for, 74.
in polluted waters, 23.
in pure culture, 16.
in tap water, 24.
in unsterilized waters, 23.
isolation by lactose bile, 81.
isolation of, 76.
media for, 76, 77, 78, 79.
precipitation of, 81, 83, 84.
318
Typhoid, preliminary enrichment
of, 79.
separation by motility, 85.
small numbers in water, 92.
summary of isolation methods,
86.
uncultivated strains in water, 24.
viability in mud, 24.
viability in sewage, 16.
viability in water, 15.
“ Typical ” B. coli, 176.
SUBJECT INDEX
Unpolluted waters, body tempera-
ture count in, 68.
Urea, decomposition of, 3.
Voges-Proskauer reaction, 180.
Waters, classification of, 5.
Wells, bacteria in, 26, 56.
B. coli in, 26, 162, 163.
deep, 27.
2073
‘i
Baie sete ite
Cae Nee
Pail ca ties
Masta tener hs
sip elton ty
Tagu'r
i ve
sts + ysis in Ste
eRe
ae
wit fee
s f
st it
Soe
3 4 AMER sty
ies ae:
ts
Paeen
F ve
rae
vs) ott
tes ‘afb
Mare!
Sot otes
oT ER oe
ay stint
- seed ‘i 3
ot eae?
CR AH
rae
oy
oo
ree
oat '
Baa cM
it didnt ts
revet
ie
ich nd
"i iy Mt
ay pre i aie coe 7
opl ‘tal: ues Te
1